WO2000021985A2 - Genes encoding olfactory receptors and biallelic markers thereof - Google Patents

Genes encoding olfactory receptors and biallelic markers thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000021985A2
WO2000021985A2 PCT/IB1999/001729 IB9901729W WO0021985A2 WO 2000021985 A2 WO2000021985 A2 WO 2000021985A2 IB 9901729 W IB9901729 W IB 9901729W WO 0021985 A2 WO0021985 A2 WO 0021985A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
olfactory receptor
sequence
polynucleotide
seq
polypeptide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB1999/001729
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2000021985A3 (en
Inventor
Lydie Bougueleret
Kattayoun Malekzadeh
Original Assignee
Genset
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Genset filed Critical Genset
Priority to AU61176/99A priority Critical patent/AU6117699A/en
Publication of WO2000021985A2 publication Critical patent/WO2000021985A2/en
Publication of WO2000021985A3 publication Critical patent/WO2000021985A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains to a purified or isolated nucleic acid comp ⁇ sing ten open reading Frames (ORFs) encoding ten different olfactory receptor-like proteins, non-codmg regions flanking the ORFs as well as fragments thereof.
  • the invention also provides recombinant expression vectors and recombinant cell hosts containing a nucleic acid encoding said olfactory receptor proteins.
  • the invention also concerns the olfactory receptor proteins encoded by these ORFs as well as polypeptides that are homologous to said olfactory receptor proteins and the peptide fragments of both the olfactory receptor proteins and their homologous polypeptide counterparts.
  • the invention also deals with antibodies directed specifically against such polypeptides that are useful as diagnostic reagents.
  • the invention further encompasses bialle c markers of the olfactory receptor gene useful in genetic analysis.
  • the invention also deals with methods and kits for the detection of the olfactory receptor proteins and with methods and kits for screening hgand molecules binding to these proteins.
  • the olfactory receptor cells the first cells in the pathway that give nse to the sense of smell, he in a small patch of membrane, the olfactory epithelium, in the upper part of the nasal cavity. These cells are specialized afferent neurons that have an enlarged extension analogous to a dendrite. Several long hairlike processes extend out from this extension along the surface of the olfactory epithelium where they are bathed in mucus. The hairlike processes contain the receptor proteins for olfactory stimuli. The axons of these neurons form the olfactory nerve.
  • molecules of the substance For the detection of an odorous substance which is called an odorant, molecules of the substance must first diffuse into the air and pass into the nose to the region of the olfactory epithelium. Once there, they dissolve m the mucus that covers the epithelium and then bind to specific receptor proteins on the cilia.
  • olfactory neurons each contains one, or at most a few, of the 1,000 or so different receptor types, each of which responds only to a specific chemically related group of odorant molecules.
  • Each odorant has characte ⁇ stic chemical groups that distinguish it from other odorants, and each of these groups activates a different receptor type.
  • identity of a particular odorant is determined by the activation of a precise combination of receptors, each of which is contained m a distinct group of olfactory neurons
  • olfactory neurons synapse in the bram structures known as olfactory bulbs, which he on the undersurface of the frontal lobes.
  • Axons from olfactory neurons sha ⁇ ng a common receptor specificity synapse together on certain olfactory-bulb neurons, thereby maintaining the specificity of the original stimuli.
  • the diversity of olfactory receptors is encoded by a large germ-line repertoire of olfactory receptor genes.
  • the size of the olfactory receptor gene family m the human genome is unknown but it has been estimated to encompass 200 to 1 ,000 genes The locations of only a few human genes have been determined to date. The picture that has emerged so far is that several large clusters of olfactory genes and pseudogenes span hundreds of kilobases on several chromosomes. Using FISH analyses, more than 25 distinct locations of olfactory receptors gene have been identified in the human genome.
  • the olfactory epithelium appears to be organized into distinct topographic regions or zones m which expression of a particular receptor gene appears to be restricted to one of the four zones m the epithelium Withm the zone, the distribution of neurons expressing a given receptor is random. Chromosomal mapping studies have revealed clusters of odorant receptor genes at a single locus, and numerous such loci have been mapped to different chromosomes.
  • receptors expressed in the same zone map to different loci, and a single locus can contain genes expressed in different zones
  • a putative odorant receptor promoter consisting of the 6.1 kb DNA fragment upstream of the receptor coding region, has been shown to be sufficient to direct olfactory receptor expression in a tissue-specific, zonal-specific manner
  • Olfactory receptors share a seven-transmembrane domain structure (TM1 to TM7) with many neurotransmitter and hormone receptors. They show a high degree of sequence similarity m some conserved domains (TM2 and TM7) as well as regions of diversity (TM3, TM4, TM5, and TM6). They are responsible for the recognition and G protein-mediated transduction of odorant signals. The genes encoding these receptors are devoid of mtrons within their coding regions
  • Olfactory receptors display all hallmarks of the G-protein coupled receptor superfamily but have also some unique motifs. Most notably they appear to be minimal in structure with very short cytoplasmic and extracellular loops. In addition, they display a striking structural diversity in the third, fourth and fifth transmembrane domains which are supposed to form the hydrophobic core of these proteins, and may form the hgand binding site of the receptors.
  • This invention provides a nucleic acid molecule encoding ten different olfactory receptorlike proteins (OLF).
  • the invention also deals with a nucleic acid molecule comp ⁇ sing a nucleotide sequence encoding an olfactory receptor-like protein, which nucleotide sequence is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, as well as with the corresponding polypeptide encoded by this nucleotide sequence and with antibodies directed against the corresponding polypeptide.
  • Oligonucleotide probes or p ⁇ mers hybridizing specifically with an olfactory receptor genomic sequence are also part of the present invention, as well as DNA amplification and detection methods using said p ⁇ mers and probes.
  • the invention also concerns a pu ⁇ fied and/or isolated biallehc marker located m the sequence of the olfactory receptor gene cluster of the invention, wherein said biallehc marker is useful as a diagnostic tool in order to detect an allele associated with a specific phenotype as regards to the olfaction system, including an alteration of the olfactory perception of substances or molecules.
  • a further object of the invention consists of recombinant vectors comprising any of the nucleic acid sequences desc ⁇ bed above, and in particular of recombinant vectors comp ⁇ smg a sequence encoding an olfactory receptor protein, as well as of cell hosts and transgenic non human animals compnsmg said nucleic acid sequences or recombinant vectors
  • a further object of the invention consists of methods for screening substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecule described above.
  • Figure 1 Alignment of the ammo acid sequences of the olfactory polypeptides encoded by the Open Reading Frames of the olfactory receptor gene cluster of the invention.
  • the lower line represents the consensus sequence.
  • the locations of the seven transmembrane domains TMl to TM7 are boxed.
  • LISTING SEQ ID No 1 contains the olfactory receptor genomic sequence.
  • SEQ ID Nos 2-11 contains the nucleotide sequences of the open reading frame sequences of SEQ ID No 1 encoding the OLF1 to OLF 10 polypeptides
  • SEQ ID No 12-21 contain the ammo acid sequence of OLF 1 to OLF 10 polypeptides encoded by the open reading frames of SEQ ID Nos 2-11.
  • SEQ ID Nos 22-25 contain the amplification primers used for FISH experiments described in Example 1.
  • SEQ ID No 26 contains a primer containing the additional PU 5' sequence described further in Example 3.
  • SEQ ID No 27 contains a primer containing the additional RP 5' sequence described further in Example 3.
  • the following codes have been used in the Sequence Listing to indicate the locations of biallehc markers within the sequences and to identify each of the alleles present at the polymorphic base.
  • the code “r” in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymorphic base is a guanine, while the other allele is an adenine.
  • the code “y” in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymo ⁇ hic base is a thymine, while the other allele is a cytosine.
  • the code “m” in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymorphic base is an adenine, while the other allele is an cytosine.
  • the code “k” in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymorphic base is a guanine, while the other allele is a thymine.
  • the code “s” in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymo ⁇ hic base is a guanine, while the other allele is a cytosine.
  • the code “w” in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymo ⁇ hic base is an adenine, while the other allele is an thymine.
  • the nucleotide code of the original allele for each biallehc marker is the following:
  • the aim of the present invention is to provide polynucleotides and polypeptides related to novel olfactory receptors, notably useful in order to design suitable means for detecting specific odorant molecules in a material sample, particularly in a material sample suspected to contain an odorant molecule that consists of one of the specific ligands for the olfactory receptors of the invention.
  • OLF1 to OLF 10 genes, when used herein, encompasses genomic, mRNA and cDNA sequences encoding the OLF1 to OLF 10 olfactory receptor proteins.
  • heterologous protein when used herein, is intended to designate any protein or polypeptide other than the OLF1 to OLF 10 proteins.
  • isolated requires that the matenal be removed from its original environment
  • a naturally-occur ⁇ ng polynucleotide or polypeptide present m a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or DNA or polypeptide, separated from some or all of the coexisting mate ⁇ als m the natural system, is isolated.
  • Such polynucleotide could be part of a vector and/or such polynucleotide or polypeptide could be part of a composition, and still be isolated m that the vector or composition is not part of its natural environment.
  • purified polynucleotide is used herein to describe a polynucleotide or polynucleotide vector of the invention which has been separated from other compounds including, but not limited to other nucleic acids, carbohydrates, hpids and proteins (such as the enzymes used in the synthesis of the polynucleotide), or the separation of covalently closed polynucleotides from linear polynucleotides.
  • a polynucleotide is substantially pure when at least about 50%, preferably 60 to 75% of a sample exhibits a single polynucleotide sequence and conformation (linear versus covalently close).
  • a substantially pure polynucleotide typically comprises about 50%, preferably 60 to 90% weight weight of a nucleic acid sample, more usually about 95%, and preferably is over about 99% pure.
  • Polynucleotide purity or homogeneity is indicated by a number of means well known m the art, such as agarose or polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of a sample, followed by visualizing a single polynucleotide band upon staining the gel. For certain pu ⁇ oses higher resolution can be provided by using HPLC or other means well known in the art.
  • polypeptide refers to a polymer of ammo acids without regard to the length of the polymer; thus, peptides, ohgopeptides, and proteins are included withm the definition of polypeptide. This term also does not specify or exclude post-expression modifications of polypeptides, for example, polypeptides which include the covalent attachment of glycosyl groups, acetyl groups, phosphate groups, hpid groups and the like are expressly encompassed by the term polypeptide.
  • polypeptides which contain one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, non-naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which only occur naturally m an unrelated biological system, modified ammo acids from mammalian systems etc.), polypeptides with substituted linkages, as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occur ⁇ ng and non-naturally occur ⁇ ng.
  • amino acid including, for example, non-naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which only occur naturally m an unrelated biological system, modified ammo acids from mammalian systems etc.
  • polypeptides with substituted linkages as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occur ⁇ ng and non-naturally occur ⁇ ng.
  • recombinant polypeptide is used herein to refer to polypeptides that have been artificially designed and which comp ⁇ se at least two polypeptide sequences that are not found as contiguous polypeptide sequences m their initial natural environment, or to refer to polypeptides which have been expressed from a recombinant polynucleotide.
  • purified polypeptide is used herein to describe a polypeptide of the invention which has been separated from other compounds including, but not limited to nucleic acids, hpids, carbohydrates and other proteins.
  • a polypeptide is substantially pure when at least about 50%, preferably 60 to 75% of a sample exhibits a single polypeptide sequence
  • a substantially pure polypeptide typically comprises about 50%, preferably 60 to 90% weight/weight of a protein sample, more usually about 95%, and preferably is over about 99% pure
  • Polypeptide purity or homogeneity is indicated by a number of means well known m the art, such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of a sample, followed by visualizing a single polypeptide band upon staining the gel. For certain pu ⁇ oses higher resolution can be provided by using HPLC or other means well known in the art
  • non-human animal refers to any non-human vertebrate, birds and more usually mammals, preferably p ⁇ mates, farm animals such as swme, goats, sheep, donkeys, and horses, rabbits or rodents, more preferably rats or mice.
  • animal is used to refer to any vertebrate, preferable a mammal. Both the terms “animal” and “mammal” expressly embrace human subjects unless preceded with the term "non-human"
  • an antibody binding domain refers to a polypeptide or group of polypeptides which are comprised of at least one binding domain, where an antibody binding domain is formed from the folding of variable domains of an antibody molecule to form three-dimensional binding spaces with an internal surface shape and charge distribution complementary to the features of an antigemc determinant of an antigen, which allows an immunological reaction with the antigen.
  • Antibodies include recombinant proteins comprising the binding domains, as wells as fragments, including Fab, Fab', F(ab) 2 , and F(ab') 2 fragments.
  • an "anti g emc determinant” is the portion of an antigen molecule, in this case a OLF1 to OLF 10 polypeptide, that determines the specificity of the antigen-antibody reaction.
  • An “epitope” refers to an antigenic determinant of a polypeptide.
  • An epitope can comprise as few as 3 amino acids m a spatial conformation which is unique to the epitope. Generally an epitope comp ⁇ ses at least 6 such ammo acids, and more usually at least 8-10 such ammo acids.
  • Methods for determining the ammo acids which make up an epitope include x-ray crystallography, 2-d ⁇ mens ⁇ onal nuclear magnetic resonance, and epitope mapping e.g. the Pepscan method described by Geysen et al. 1984; PCT Publication No. WO 84/03564; and PCT Publication No. WO 84/03506
  • nucleotide sequence may be employed to designate indifferently a polynucleotide or a nucleic acid. More precisely, the expression “nucleotide sequence” encompasses the nucleic material itself and is thus not restricted to the sequence information (i.e. the succession of letters chosen among the four base letters) that biochemically characte ⁇ zes a specific DNA or RNA molecule.
  • nucleic acids include RNA, DNA, or RNA/DNA hybrid sequences of more than one nucleotide in either single chain or duplex form.
  • nucleotide as used herein as an adjective to desc ⁇ be molecules comprising RNA, DNA, or RNA/DNA hyb ⁇ d sequences of any length m smgle- stranded or duplex form.
  • nucleotide is also used herein as a noun to refer to individual nucleotides or va ⁇ eties of nucleotides, meaning a molecule, or individual unit m a larger nucleic acid molecule, comprising a pu ⁇ ne or py ⁇ midine, a ⁇ bose or deoxy ⁇ bose sugar moiety, and a phosphate group, or phosphodiester linkage m the case of nucleotides within an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide.
  • nucleotide is also used herein to encompass "modified nucleotides" which comprise at least one modifications (a) an alternative linking group, (b) an analogous form of punne, (c) an analogous form of pynmidme, or (d) an analogous sugar, for examples of analogous linking groups, pu ⁇ ne, py ⁇ midmes, and sugars see for example PCT publication No WO 95/04064.
  • modified nucleotides which comprise at least one modifications (a) an alternative linking group, (b) an analogous form of punne, (c) an analogous form of pynmidme, or (d) an analogous sugar, for examples of analogous linking groups, pu ⁇ ne, py ⁇ midmes, and sugars see for example PCT publication No WO 95/04064.
  • the polynucleotide sequences of the invention may be prepared by any known method, including synthetic, recombinant, ex vivo generation, or a combination thereof, as well as utilizing any punfication
  • a “promoter” refers to a DNA sequence recognized by the synthetic machinery of the cell required to initiate the specific transc ⁇ ption of a gene
  • a sequence which is "operably linked" to a regulatory sequence such as a promoter means that said regulatory element is in the correct location and o ⁇ entation in relation to the nucleic acid to control RNA polymerase initiation and expression of the nucleic acid of interest.
  • the term "operably linked” refers to a linkage of polynucleotide elements in a functional relationship. For instance, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transc ⁇ ption of the coding sequence.
  • two DNA molecules are said to be "operably linked” if the nature of the linkage between the two polynucleotides does not (1) result m the introduction of a frame-shift mutation or (2) interfere with the ability of the polynucleotide containing the promoter to direct the transc ⁇ ption of the coding polynucleotide.
  • vector is used herein to designate either a circular or a linear DNA or RNA molecule, which is either double-stranded or smgle-stranded, and which comprise at least one polynucleotide of interest that is sought to be transferred in a cell host or m a unicellular or multicellular host organism.
  • primer denotes a specific oligonucleotide sequence which is complementary to a target nucleotide sequence and used to hyb ⁇ dize to the target nucleotide sequence.
  • a primer serves as an initiation point for nucleotide polyme ⁇ zation catalyzed by either DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase or reverse transc ⁇ ptase.
  • probe denotes a defined nucleic acid segment (or nucleotide analog segment, e.g., polynucleotide as defined hereinbelow) which can be used to identify a specific polynucleotide sequence present m samples, said nucleic acid segment comprising a nucleotide sequence complementary of the specific polynucleotide sequence to be identified.
  • trait and “phenotype” are used interchangeably herein and refer to any visible, detectable or otherwise measurable property of an organism such as symptoms of, or susceptibility to a disease for example.
  • allele is used herein to refer to variants of a nucleotide sequence.
  • a biallehc polymo ⁇ hism has two forms. Diploid organisms may be homozygous or heterozygous for an allelic form.
  • genotype refers the identity of the alleles present in an individual or a sample.
  • a genotype preferably refers to the description of the biallehc marker alleles present in an individual or a sample.
  • genotyping a sample or an individual for a biallehc marker involves determining the specific allele or the specific nucleotide carried by an individual at a biallehc marker.
  • mutation refers to a difference in DNA sequence between or among different genomes or individuals which has a frequency below 1%.
  • polymo ⁇ hism refers to the occurrence of two or more alternative genomic sequences or alleles between or among different genomes or individuals.
  • Polymorphic refers to the condition m which two or more variants of a specific genomic sequence can be found m a population.
  • a “polymo ⁇ hic site” is the locus at which the variation occurs.
  • a single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hism is the replacement of one nucleotide by another nucleotide at the polymo ⁇ hic site. Deletion of a single nucleotide or insertion of a single nucleotide also gives ⁇ se to single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms.
  • single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hism preferably refers to a single nucleotide substitution.
  • the polymo ⁇ hic site may be occupied by two different nucleotides.
  • biasehc polymorphism and “biallehc marker” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hism having two alleles at a fairly high frequency in the population.
  • a “biallehc marker allele” refers to the nucleotide variants present at a biallehc marker site.
  • nucleotides in a polynucleotide with respect to the center of the polynucleotide are desc ⁇ bed herein in the following manner
  • the nucleotide at an equal distance from the 3' and 5' ends of the polynucleotide is considered to be "at the center" of the polynucleotide, and any nucleotide immediately adjacent to the nucleotide at the center, or the nucleotide at the center itself is considered to be "within 1 nucleotide of the center.”
  • any of the five nucleotides positions m the middle of the polynucleotide would be considered to be within 2 nucleotides of the center, and so on.
  • Biallehc markers can be defined as genome-derived polynucleotides having between 2 and 100, preferably between 20, 30, or 40 and 60, and more preferably about 47 nucleotides in length, which exhibit biallehc polymo ⁇ hism at one single base position. Each biallehc marker therefore corresponds to two forms of a polynucleotide sequence included in a gene which, when compared with one another, present a nucleotide modification at one position
  • upstream is used herein to refer to a location which is toward the 5' end of the polynucleotide from a specific reference point.
  • base paired and “Watson & Crick base paired” are used interchangeably herein to refer to nucleotides which can be hydrogen bonded to one another be virtue of their sequence identities m a manner like that found m double-helical DNA with thymine or uracil residues linked to adenine residues by two hydrogen bonds and cytosine and guanine residues linked by three hydrogen bonds (See Stryer, L., Biochemistry, 4 th edition, 1995)
  • complementary or “complement thereof are used herein to refer to the sequences of polynucleotides which is capable of forming Watson & Crick base pai ⁇ ng with another specified polynucleotide throughout the entirety of the complementary region.
  • a first polynucleotide is deemed to be complementary to a second polynucleotide when each base m the first polynucleotide is paired with its complementary base.
  • Complementary bases are, generally, A and T (or A and U), or C and G.
  • “Complement” is used herein as a synonym from “complementary polynucleotide”, “complementary nucleic acid” and “complementary nucleotide sequence”. These terms are applied to pairs of polynucleotides based solely upon their sequences and not any particular set of conditions under which the two polynucleotides would actually bind. Variants and fragments
  • the invention also relates to va ⁇ ants and fragments of the polynucleotides desc ⁇ bed herein, particularly of an olfactory receptor gene containing one or more biallehc markers according to the invention.
  • Va ⁇ ants of polynucleotides are polynucleotides that differ from a reference polynucleotide.
  • a variant of a polynucleotide may be a naturally occurring va ⁇ ant such as a naturally occur ⁇ ng allelic va ⁇ ant, or it may be a va ⁇ ant that is not known to occur naturally.
  • Such non-naturally occur ⁇ ng va ⁇ ants of the polynucleotide may be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells or organisms Generally, differences are limited so that the nucleotide sequences of the reference and the va ⁇ ant are closely similar overall and, m many regions, identical.
  • Variants of polynucleotides according to the invention include, without being limited to, nucleotide sequences at least 95% identical to a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1, or to any polynucleotide fragment of at least 12 consecutive nucleotides from a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1, and preferably at least 99% identical, more particularly at least 99.5% identical, and most preferably at least 99.8% identical to a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1, or to any polynucleotide fragment of at least 12 consecutive nucleotides from a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1 -11
  • nucleotide of a variant may be silent, which means that they do not alter the ammo acids encoded by the polynucleotide.
  • nucleotide changes may also result m ammo acid substitutions, additions, deletions, fusions and truncations in the polypeptide encoded by the reference sequence.
  • the substitutions, deletions or additions may involve one or more nucleotides
  • the va ⁇ ants may be altered in coding or non-codmg regions or both. Alterations m the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative ammo acid substitutions, deletions or additions.
  • particularly preferred embodiments are those in which the polynucleotides encode polypeptides which retain substantially the same biological function or activity as the mature olfactory receptor protein, or those m which the polynucleotides encode polypeptides which maintain or increase a particular biological activity, while reducing a second biological activity.
  • a polynucleotide fragment is a polynucleotide which sequence is fully comprised within part of a given nucleotide sequence, preferably the nucleotide sequence of an olfactory receptor gene of the invention, and va ⁇ ants thereof.
  • the fragment can be a portion of a coding or non-coding region of the olfactory receptor gene cluster.
  • such fragments compnse at least one of the biallehc markers Al to A13 or the complements thereto or a biallehc marker m linkage disequilibrium with one or more of the biallehc markers Al to A13, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 2.
  • fragments may be "free-standing", i.e. not part of or fused to other polynucleotides, or they may be comprised withm a single larger polynucleotide of which they form a part or region. However, several fragments may be comprised withm a single larger polynucleotide
  • polynucleotide fragments of the invention there may be mentioned those which have from about 4, 6, 8, 15, 20, 25, 40, 10 to 30, 30 to 55, 50 to 100, 75 to 100 or 100 to 200 nucleotides in length.
  • Preferred are those fragments having about 47 nucleotides in length, such as those comprising at least one of the biallehc markers A 1 to Al 3 of the olfactory receptor gene.
  • such fragments may consist of, or consist essentially of a contiguous span of at least 8, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50, 70, 80, 100, 250, 500 or 1000 nucleotides in length.
  • a set of preferred fragments contain at least one of the biallehc markers A 1 to Al 3 of the olfactory receptor gene which are described herein or the complements thereto
  • the invention also relates to va ⁇ ants, fragments, analogs and derivatives of the polypeptides descnbed herein, including mutated olfactory receptor proteins.
  • the va ⁇ ant may be 1) one in which one or more of the ammo acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code, or 2) one in which one or more of the ammo acid residues includes a substituent group, or 3) one m which the mutated olfactory receptor is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol), or 4) one m which the additional amino acids are fused to the mutated olfactory receptor, such as a leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for pu ⁇ fication of the mutated olfactory receptor or a preprotein sequence.
  • Such va ⁇ ants are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled m the art.
  • ammo acid substitution m the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide according to the invention, one or several amino acids can be replaced by "equivalent” ammo acids.
  • the expression "equivalent” amino acid is used herein to designate any ammo acid that may be substituted for one of the am o acids having similar properties, such that one skilled m the art of peptide chemistry would expect the secondary structure and hydropathic nature of the polypeptide to be substantially unchanged.
  • ammo acids represent equivalent changes: (1) Ala, Pro, Gly, Glu, Asp, Gin, Asn, Ser, Thr; (2) Cys, Ser, Tyr, Thr, (3) Val, He, Leu, Met, Ala, Phe; (4) Lys, Arg, His; (5) Phe, Tyr, Tip, His.
  • a variant olfactory receptor polypeptide comprises amino acid changes ranging from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10 to 20 substitutions, additions or deletions of one ammoacid, preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5 and most preferably from 1 to 3 substitutions, additions or deletions of one amino acid.
  • the preferred amino acid changes are those which have little or no influence on the biological activity or the capacity of the variant olfactory receptor polypeptide to bind to antibodies raised against a native olfactory receptor protein.
  • polypeptide according to the invention could have post-translational modifications.
  • it can present the following modifications: acylation, disulfide bond formation, prenylation, carboxymethylation and phosphorylation.
  • a polypeptide fragment is a polypeptide which sequence is fully comprised within part of a given polypeptide sequence, preferably a polypeptide encoded by an olfactory receptor gene and variants thereof. Such fragments may be "free-standing", i.e. not part of or fused to other polypeptides, or they may be comprised within a single larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region. However, several fragments may be comprised within a single larger polypeptide.
  • polypeptide fragments of the invention there may be mentioned those which have from about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 40, or 30 to 55 amino acids long.
  • Preferred polypeptide fragments according to the invention comprise a contiguous span of at least 6 amino acids, preferably at least 8 or amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of one amino acid sequence.
  • Preferred are those fragments containing at least one amino acid mutation in the olfactory receptor protein under consideration.
  • percentage of sequence identity and “percentage homology” are used interchangeably herein to refer to comparisons among polynucleotides and polypeptides, and are determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
  • the percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. Homology is evaluated using either any of the variety of sequence comparison algorithms and programs known in the art, or by eye inspection.
  • Such algorithms and programs include, but are by no means limited to, TBLASTN, BLASTP, FASTA, TFASTA, and CLUSTALW (Pearson and Lipman, 1988; Altschul et al., 1990; Thompson et al., 1994; Higgins et al., 1996; Altschul et al., 1990; Altschul et al., 1993)
  • protein and nucleic acid sequence homologies are evaluated using the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool ("BLAST") which is well known in the art (see, e.g., Karlin and Altschul, 1990; Altschul et al., 1990, 1993, 1997).
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • five specific BLAST programs are used to perform the following task:
  • BLASTP and BLAST3 compare an ammo acid query sequence against a protein sequence database
  • BLASTN compares a nucleotide query sequence against a nucleotide sequence database
  • BLASTX compares the six-frame conceptual translation products of a query nucleotide sequence (both strands) against a protein sequence database
  • TBLASTN compares a query protein sequence against a nucleotide sequence database translated in all six reading frames (both strands).
  • TBLASTX compares the six-frame translations of a nucleotide query sequence against the six-frame translations of a nucleotide sequence database
  • the BLAST programs identify homologous sequences by identifying similar segments, which are referred to herein as "high-scoring segment pairs," between a query amino or nucleic acid sequence and a test sequence which is preferably obtained from a protein or nucleic acid sequence database.
  • High-sco ⁇ ng segment pairs are preferably identified (i.e., aligned) by means of a sco ⁇ ng matrix, many of which are known m the art.
  • the sco ⁇ ng matrix used is the BLOSUM62 mat ⁇ x (Gonnet et al., 1992; Hemkoff and Hemkoff, 1993) Less preferably, the PAM or PAM250 matrices may also be used (see, e.g., Schwartz and Dayhoff, eds., 1978)
  • the BLAST programs evaluate the statistical significance of all high-scormg segment pairs identified, and preferably selects those segments which satisfy a user-specified threshold of significance, such as a user- specified percent homology.
  • the statistical significance of a high-sco ⁇ ng segment pair is evaluated using the statistical significance formula of Karlin (see, e.g., Karhn and Altschul, 1990).
  • the BLAST programs may be used with the default parameters or with modified parameters provided by the user.
  • the hybridization step can be performed at 65°C in the presence of SSC buffer, 1 x SSC corresponding to 0.15M NaCI and 0.05 M Na citrate. Subsequently, filter washes can be done at 37°C for 1 h in a solution containing 2 x SSC, 0.01 % PVP, 0.01% Ficoll, and 0.01 % BSA, followed by a wash in 0 1 X SSC at 50°C for 45 min. Alternatively, filter washes can be performed in a solution containing 2 x SSC and 0.1 % SDS, or 0.5 x SSC and 0.1 % SDS, or 0.1 x SSC and 0.1% SDS at 68°C for 15 minute intervals.
  • the hyb ⁇ dized probes are detectable by autoradiography.
  • Other conditions of high st ⁇ ngency which may be used are well known m the art and as cited m Sambrook et al., 1989; and Ausubel et al., 1989.
  • These hyb ⁇ dization conditions are suitable for a nucleic acid molecule of about 20 nucleotides in length.
  • the suitable hybridization conditions may for example be adapted according to the teachings disclosed m the book of Hames and Higgins (1985) or in Sambrook et al.(1989).
  • the olfactory receptor OLF2 presents respectively 39.9 %, 43 1 % and 44.2 % of identity with p ⁇ or art olfactory receptors referred m Genbank as L35475, U58675_l and Yl 0530
  • the nucleotide sequences of Orf-2 to Orf-10 according to the invention are all grouped together, whereas the nucleotide Orf-1 of the invention forms a new family by itself
  • These amino acid sequence comparison data clearly indicate that the novel olfactory receptor sequences of the invention share common genetic characte ⁇ stics (Orf-2 to Orf-10) or have specific characte ⁇ stics (Orf-1) that are not found in the p ⁇ or art olfactory receptor sequences.
  • the cluster often olfactory receptor genes has been found by the inventors to be located on the human chromosome 11, more precisely withm the 1 Iql2-ql3 locus of said chromosome as desc ⁇ bed m Example 1.
  • the present invention concerns the genomic sequence of an olfactory receptor cluster.
  • the present invention encompasses the olfactory receptor gene, or olfactory receptor genomic sequences consisting of, consisting essentially of, or comp ⁇ sing the sequence of SEQ ID No 1, a sequence complementary thereto, as well as fragments and va ⁇ ants thereof. These polynucleotides may be pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant.
  • the invention also encompasses a pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant polynucleotide comp ⁇ sing a nucleotide sequence having at least 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, or 95% nucleotide identity with 5 a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or a complementary sequence thereto or a fragment thereof.
  • the nucleotide differences as regards to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 may be generally randomly dist ⁇ ubbed throughout the entire nucleic acid. Nevertheless, preferred nucleic acids are those wherein the nucleotide differences as regards to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 are predominantly located outside the coding sequences contained m the exons.
  • oligonucleotide p ⁇ mers or probes may be used as oligonucleotide p ⁇ mers or probes in order to detect the presence of a copy of the olfactory receptor gene in a test sample, or alternatively in order to amplify a target nucleotide sequence withm the olfactory receptor sequences.
  • Another object of the invention consists of a purified, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid that hybndizes with the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or a complementary sequence thereto,
  • nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, pu ⁇ fied, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span compnses at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide
  • Additional preferred nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, pu ⁇ fied, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comp ⁇ ses at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 1-10000,
  • nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the
  • said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-5000, 5001-10000, 10001-15000, 15001-20000, 20001-25000, 25001-30000, 30001-35000, 35001-40000, 40001-45000, 45001-50000, 50001- 55000, 55001-60000, 60001-65000, 65001-70000, 70001-75000, 75001-80000, 80001-85000, 85001-90000, 90001-95000, 95001-100000, 100001-105000, 105001-110000, 110001-115000,
  • the olfactory receptor genomic nucleic acid comprises 10 open reading frames, each earned by a single exon and encoding a polypeptide designated OLFl to OLF 10
  • the open reading frames positions of OLFl to OLF 10 in SEQ ID No 1 are given as features in the sequence listing and are also detailed below in Table A.
  • Two truncated ubiquitin polypeptides Ubil and Ub ⁇ 2, unrelated to olfactory receptor coding sequences, are encoded on the complementary strand of the olfactory receptor gene.
  • the complementary sequence of the Ubil ORF is located between the nucleotide in position 114063 and the nucleotide in position 113644 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1.
  • the complementary sequence of the Ub ⁇ 2 ORF is located between the nucleotide in position 127854 and the nucleotide in position 127489 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1.
  • the invention embodies pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant polynucleotides comp ⁇ sing a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the 10 open reading frames of the olfactory receptor gene, or a sequence complementary thereto
  • the nucleic acid of SEQ ID No 1 also comp ⁇ ses non coding portions flanking each of the ten olfactory receptor open reading frames of the sense DNA strand
  • the invention also embodies pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant polynucleotides comp ⁇ sing a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the non-codmg regions contained in the olfactory receptor gene cluster of SEQ ID No 1 , or a sequence complementary thereto as well as their fragments or variants.
  • non-coding sequence refers to any nucleotide sequence which does not encode an amino acid.
  • the non-codmg sequences encompass upstream and downstream regions of the olfactory receptor ORFs of the invention, as well as regions located between two successive olfactory receptor ORFs, as indicated in Table A which lists the 11 non- codmg regions named from NCI to NCI 1
  • nucleic acids defining the non-coding sequences of the polynucleotide of SEQ ID No 1 desc ⁇ bed above, as well as their fragments and va ⁇ ants, may be used as oligonucleotide p ⁇ mers or probes in order to detect the presence of a copy of one of the olfactory receptor genes of the invention in a test sample, or alternatively in order to amplify a target nucleotide sequence within the cluster of olfactory receptor encoding sequences according to the invention.
  • nucleic acid fragments of any size and sequence may also be comp ⁇ sed by the polynucleotides descnbed m this section, flanking the genomic sequences of olfactory receptor on either side or between two or more such genomic sequences
  • Another object of the invention is a pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid comp ⁇ sing a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, complementary sequences thereto, as well as allelic va ⁇ ants, and fragments thereof.
  • preferred polynucleotides of the invention include pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant olfactory receptor cDNAs consisting of, consisting essentially of, or comp ⁇ sing a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11.
  • the invention also pertains to a punfied or isolated nucleic acid compnsmg a polynucleotide having at least 95% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, advantageously 99 % nucleotide identity, preferably 99 5% nucleotide identity and most preferably 99.8% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 , or a sequence complementary thereto or a biologically active fragment thereof.
  • Another object of the invention relates to pu ⁇ fied, isolated or recombinant nucleic acids comp ⁇ sing a polynucleotide that hyb ⁇ dizes, under the stringent hybridization conditions defined herein, with a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, or a sequence complementary thereto or a biologically active fragment thereof.
  • nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof.
  • Additional preferred embodiments of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence : 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 601-650, 651-700, 701-750, 751- 800, 801-850, 851-900, 901- the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions, to the extent that such nucleotide positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular ol
  • inventions include isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2, 4, 7, 9 and 11, or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span compnses at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence: 1-25, 26-50, 51-75, 76-100, 101-125, 126-150, 151-175, 176- 200, 201-225, 226-250, 251-275, 276-300, 301-325, 326-350, 351-375, 376-400, 401-425, 426-450, 451-475, 476-500, 501-525, 526-550, 551-575, 576-the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions,
  • the present invention also embodies isolated, pu ⁇ fied, and recombinant polynucleotides encoding olfactory receptor polypeptides, wherein olfactory receptor polypeptides comprise an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, a nucleotide sequence complementary thereto, a fragment or a vanant thereof.
  • the present invention also embodies isolated, pu ⁇ fied, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21.
  • the present invention embodies isolated, pu ⁇ fied, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 of the following amino acid positions in said selected sequence: 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 101-120, 121- 140, 141-160, 161-180, 181-200, 201-220, 221-240, 241-260, 261-280, 281-300, 301 -the terminal amino acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such ammo acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to.
  • the present invention embodies isolated, punfied, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12, 14, 17, 19 or 21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 7 of the following amino acid positions in said selected sequence: 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60, 61-70, 71-80, 81-90, 91-100, 101- 110, 111-120, 121-130, 131-140, 141-150, 151-160, 161-170, 171-180, 181-190, 191 -the terminal amino acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such amino acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory
  • the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode olfactory receptor polypeptides comprising a contiguous span of at least 6 amino acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID No 12-21, wherein said contiguous span includes at least one amino acid at the following positions of said selected sequence: i) 1-3, 10, 16, 21, 28, 33, 34, 36, 42-44, 46, 49, 53, 54, 57, 59, 63, and 64 for SEQ ID
  • Additional preferred fragments of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 are those encoding olfactory receptor polypeptide fragments located outside the transmembrane domains of the corresponding protein as located in boxes in Figure 1.
  • the above disclosed polynucleotides that contain only coding sequences derived from the olfactory receptor ORFs may be expressed in a desired host cell or a desired host organism, when said polynucleotides are placed under the control of suitable expression signals.
  • Such a polynucleotide, when placed under suitable expression signals, may be inserted in a vector for its expression.
  • nucleic acid fragments of any size and sequence may also be comprised by the polynucleotides described in this section, flanking the genomic sequences of olfactory receptor on either side or between two or more such genomic sequences.
  • polynucleotide construct and “recombinant polynucleotide” are used interchangeably herein to refer to linear or circular, purified or isolated polynucleotides that have been artificially designed and which comprise at least two nucleotide sequences that are not found as contiguous nucleotide sequences in their initial natural environment.
  • the invention also encompasses DNA constructs and recombinant vectors enabling a conditional expression of a specific allele of the olfactory receptor genomic sequence or cDNA and also of a copy of this genomic sequence or cDNA harboring substitutions, deletions, or additions of one or more bases as regards to the olfactory receptor nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, or a fragment thereof, these base substitutions, deletions or additions being located in the coding regions of the olfactory receptor genomic sequence or within the olfactory receptor open reading frames of SEQ ID Nos 2-11.
  • the olfactory receptor sequence comprises a biallelic marker of the present invention.
  • the olfactory receptor sequence comprises a biallelic marker of the present invention, preferably one of the biallelic markers Al to A13.
  • the present invention embodies recombinant vectors comprising any one of the polynucleotides described in the present invention. More particularly, the polynucleotide constructs according to the present invention can comprise any of the polynucleotides described in the "Genomic sequences of the olfactory receptor gene” section, the “Coding regions of the olfactory receptor Gene” section, and the “Oligonucleotide probes and primers” section. DNA Constructs Allowing Homologous Recombination: Replacement Vectors
  • a first preferred DNA construct will comprise, from 5 '-end to 3 '-end: (a) a first nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence; (b) a nucleotide sequence comprising a positive selection marker, such as the marker for neomycine resistance (neo); and (c) a 5 second nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence, and is located on the genome downstream the first olfactory receptor nucleotide sequence (a).
  • this DNA construct also comprises a negative selection marker located upstream the nucleotide sequence (a) or downstream the nucleotide sequence (c).
  • the negative selection marker comprises the thymidine kinase (tk) gene (Thomas et al., 10 1986), the hygromycine beta gene (Te Riele et al., 1990), the hprt gene ( Van der Lugt et al., 1991; Reid et al., 1990) or the Diphteria toxin A fragment (Dt-A) gene (Nada et al., 1993; Yagi et al.1990).
  • tk thymidine kinase
  • the positive selection marker is located within an olfactory receptor open reading frame sequence so as to interrupt the sequence encoding an olfactory receptor protein.
  • replacement vectors are described, for example, by Thomas et al.(1986; 1987), Mansour et al.(1988) and Koller 15 et al.(1992).
  • the first and second nucleotide sequences (a) and (c) may be indifferently located within an olfactory receptor regulatory sequence, an intronic sequence, an exon sequence or a sequence containing both regulatory and/or intronic and/or exon sequences.
  • the size of the nucleotide sequences (a) and (c) ranges from 1 to 50 kb, preferably from 1 to 10 kb, more preferably from 2 to 0 6 kb and most preferably from 2 to 4 kb.
  • the PI phage possesses a recombinase called Cre which interacts specifically with a 34 base pairs loxP site.
  • the loxP site is composed of two palindromic sequences of 13 bp separated by a 8 5 bp conserved sequence (Hoess et al., 1986).
  • the recombination by the Cre enzyme between two loxP sites having an identical orientation leads to the deletion of the DNA fragment.
  • telomere The Cre-/o P system used in combination with a homologous recombination technique has been first described by Gu et al.(1993, 1994). Briefly, a nucleotide sequence of interest to be inserted in a targeted location of the genome harbors at least two loxP sites in the same orientation 0 and located at the respective ends of a nucleotide sequence to be excised from the recombinant genome. The excision event requires the presence of the recombinase (Cre) enzyme within the nucleus of the recombinant cell host.
  • Re recombinase
  • the recombinase enzyme may be brought at the desired time either by (a) incubating the recombinant cell hosts in a culture medium containing this enzyme, by injecting the Cre enzyme directly into the desired cell, such as described by Araki et al.(1995), or by 5 lipofection of the enzyme into the cells, such as described by Baubonis et al.(1993); (b) fransfecting the cell host with a vector comprising the Cre coding sequence operably linked to a promoter functional in the recombinant cell host, which promoter being optionally inducible, said vector being introduced in the recombinant cell host, such as described by Gu et al.(1993) and Sauer et al.(1988); (c) introducing in the genome of the cell host a polynucleotide comprising the Cre coding sequence operably linked to a promoter functional in the recombinant cell host, which promoter is optionally inducible, and said polynucleotide
  • the vector containing the sequence to be inserted in the olfactory receptor gene by homologous recombination is constructed in such a way that selectable markers are flanked by loxP sites of the same orientation, it is possible, by treatment by the Cre enzyme, to eliminate the selectable markers while leaving the olfactory receptor sequences of interest that have been inserted by an homologous recombination event. Again, two selectable markers are needed: a positive selection marker to select for the recombination event and a negative selection marker to select for the homologous recombination event. Vectors and methods using the Cre-loxt? system are described by Zou et al.(1994).
  • a second preferred DNA construct of the invention comprises, from 5'-end to 3'-end: (a) a first nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence; (b) a nucleotide sequence comprising a polynucleotide encoding a positive selection marker, said nucleotide sequence comprising additionally two sequences defining a site recognized by a recombinase, such as a loxP site, the two sites being placed in the same orientation; and (c) a second nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence, and is located on the genome downstream of the first olfactory receptor nucleotide sequence (a).
  • sequences defining a site recognized by a recombinase are preferably located within the nucleotide sequence (b) at suitable locations bordering the nucleotide sequence for which the conditional excision is sought.
  • two loxP sites are located at each side of the positive selection marker sequence, in order to allow its excision at a desired time after the occurrence of the homologous recombination event.
  • the excision of the polynucleotide fragment bordered by the two sites recognized by a recombinase, preferably two loxP sites is performed at a desired time, due to the presence within the genome of the recombinant host cell of a sequence encoding the Cre enzyme operably linked to a promoter sequence, preferably an inducible promoter, more preferably a tissue-specific promoter sequence and most preferably a promoter sequence which is both inducible and tissue-specific, such as described by Gu et al.(1994).
  • a promoter sequence preferably an inducible promoter, more preferably a tissue-specific promoter sequence and most preferably a promoter sequence which is both inducible and tissue-specific, such as described by Gu et al.(1994).
  • the presence of the Cre enzyme within the genome of the recombinant cell host may result from the breeding of two transgenic animals, the first transgenic animal bearing the olfactory receptor-derived sequence of interest containing the loxP sites as described above and the second transgenic animal bearing the Cre coding sequence operably linked to a suitable promoter sequence, such as described by Gu et al.(1994).
  • Spatio-temporal control of the Cre enzyme expression may also be achieved with an adenovirus based vector that contains the Cre gene thus allowing infection of cells, or in vivo infection of organs, for delivery of the Cre enzyme, such as described by Anton and Graham (1995) and Kanegae et al.(1995).
  • DNA constructs described above may be used to introduce a desired nucleotide sequence of the invention, preferably an olfactory receptor genomic sequence or an olfactory receptor coding region sequences, and most preferably an altered copy of an olfactory receptor genomic or coding region sequences, within a predetermined location of the targeted genome, leading either to the generation of an altered copy of a targeted gene (knock-out homologous recombination) or to the replacement of a copy of the targeted gene by another copy sufficiently homologous to allow an homologous recombination event to occur (knock-in homologous recombination).
  • a desired nucleotide sequence of the invention preferably an olfactory receptor genomic sequence or an olfactory receptor coding region sequences, and most preferably an altered copy of an olfactory receptor genomic or coding region sequences, within a predetermined location of the targeted genome, leading either to the generation of an altered copy of a targeted gene (knock-out homologous re
  • the DNA constructs described above may be used to introduce an olfactory receptor genomic sequence or an olfactory receptor coding region sequence comprising at least one biallelic marker of the present invention, preferably at least one biallelic marker selected from the group consisting of A 1 to A 13.
  • compositions containing a vector of the invention comprising an oligonucleotide fragment of the nucleic sequence SEQ ID Nos 2-11, preferably a fragment including the start codon of the olfactory receptor gene, as an antisense tool that inhibits the expression of the corresponding olfactory receptor gene.
  • Preferred methods using antisense polynucleotide according to the present invention are the procedures described by Sczakiel et al.(1995) or those described in PCT Application No WO 95/24223.
  • Preferred antisense polynucleotides according to the present invention are complementary to a sequence of the mRNAs of olfactory receptor that contains the translation initiation codon ATG.
  • the antisense polynucleotides of the invention have a 3' polyadenylation signal that has been replaced with a self-cleaving ribozyme sequence, such that RNA polymerase II transcripts are produced without poly(A) at their 3' ends, these antisense polynucleotides being incapable of export from the nucleus, such as described by Liu et al.(1994).
  • these olfactory receptor antisense polynucleotides also comprise, within the ribozyme cassette, a histone stem-loop structure to stabilize cleaved transcripts against 3 '-5' exonucleolytic degradation, such as the structure described by Eckner et al.(1991).
  • Polynucleotides derived from the olfactory receptor gene are useful in order to detect the presence of at least a copy of a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, or a fragment, complement, or variant thereof in a test sample, preferably a human olfactory epithelium tissue or isolated human olfactory epithelium cells.
  • probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide 5 positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-113643, 114064-127488, 127855-144460.
  • Additional preferred probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-10000,
  • probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements
  • said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-5000, 5001-10000, 10001-15000, 15001-20000, 20001-25000, 25001- 30000, 30001-35000, 35001-40000, 40001-45000, 45001-50000, 50001-55000, 55001-60000, 60001-65000, 65001-70000, 70001-75000, 75001-80000, 80001-85000, 85001-90000, 90001- 95000, 95001-100000, 100001-105000, 105001-110000, 110001-115000, 115001-120000, 120001-
  • probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the
  • nucleotide positions of said selected sequence 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 601-650, 651-700, 701-750, 751- 800, 801-850, 851-900, 901- the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions, to the extent that such nucleotide positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor coding region being referred to.
  • Further preferred probes and primers of the invention are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor coding region being referred to.
  • polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 22 or 25 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2, 4, 7, 9 and 11, or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence: 1-25, 26-50, 51-75, 76- 100, 101-125, 126-150, 151-175, 176-200, 201-225, 226-250, 251-275, 276-300, 301-325, 326-350,
  • the invention also relates to nucleic acid probes characterized in that they hybridize specifically, under the stringent hybridization conditions defined above, with a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a variant thereof and a sequence complementary thereto.
  • the invention encompasses isolated, purified, and recombinant polynucleotides consisting of, or consisting essentially of a contiguous span of 8 to 50 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 and the complement thereof, wherein said span includes an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence; optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A 13, and the complements thereof; optionally, wherein said contiguous span is 18 to 47 nucleotides in length and said biallelic marker is within 4 nucleotides of the center of said polynucleotide; optionally, wherein said polynucleotide consists of said contiguous span and said contiguous span is 25 nucleotides in length and said biallelic marker is at the center of said polynucleotide; optionally, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is present at the 3' end of said polynucleotide;
  • said probes comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: PI to P13 and the complementary sequences thereto, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 3.
  • the invention encompasses isolated, purified and recombinant polynucleotides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of a contiguous span of 8 to 50 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1, or the complements thereof, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is located at the 3' end of said polynucleotide, and wherein the 3' end of said polynucleotide is located within 20 nucleotides upstream of an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence; optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof; optionally, wherein the 3' end of said polynucleotide is located 1
  • the invention encompasses isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: BI to BI 1 and Cl to Cl 1, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 1.
  • the invention encompasses polynucleotides for use in hybridization assays, sequencing assays, and enzyme-based mismatch detection assays for determining the identity of the nucleotide at an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker m SEQ ID No 1, or the complements thereof, as well as polynucleotides for use in amplifying segments of nucleotides comprising an olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker in SEQ ID No 1, or the complements thereof; optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof.
  • a probe or a pnmer according to the invention has between 8 and 1000 nucleotides in length, or is specified to be at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100, 250, 500 or 1000 nucleotides in length. More particularly, the length of these probes and pnmers can range from 8, 10, 15, 20, or 30 to 100 nucleotides, preferably from 10 to 50, more preferably from 15 to 30 nucleotides. Shorter probes and pnmers tend to lack specificity for a target nucleic acid sequence and generally require cooler temperatures to form sufficiently stable hybrid complexes with the template. Longer probes and p ⁇ mers are expensive to produce and can sometimes self-hyb ⁇ dize to form hai ⁇ in structures.
  • a preferred probe or pnmer consists of a nucleic acid comprising a polynucleotide selected from the group of the nucleotide sequences of PI to PI 3 and the complementary sequence thereto, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, and El to E13.
  • P ⁇ mers and other oligonucleotides according to the invention are synthesized to be "substantially" complementary to a strand of the olfactory receptor gene of the invention to be amplified.
  • the pnmer sequence does not need to reflect the exact sequence of the DNA template. Minor mismatches can be accommodated by reducing the st ⁇ ngency of the hybridization conditions.
  • the OSP computer software can be used by the skilled person (see Hilher & Green, 1991) All p ⁇ mers contained a common upstream oligonucleotide tail enabling the easy systematic sequencing of the resulting amplification fragments.
  • the formation of stable hyb ⁇ ds depends on the melting temperature (Tm) of the DNA.
  • Tm depends on the length of the pnmer or probe, the ionic strength of the solution and the G+C content.
  • the GC content in the probes of the invention usually ranges between 10 and 75 %, preferably between 35 and 60 %, and more preferably between 40 and 55 %.
  • the p ⁇ mers and probes can be prepared by any suitable method, including, for example, cloning and restnction of appropriate sequences and direct chemical synthesis by a method such as the phosphodiester method of Narang et al.(1979), the phosphodiester method of Brown et al.(1979), the diethylphosphoramidite method of Beaucage et al.( 1981 ) and the solid support method desc ⁇ bed in EP 0 707 592.
  • Detection probes are generally nucleic acid sequences or uncharged nucleic acid analogs such as, for example peptide nucleic acids which are disclosed in International Patent Application WO 92/20702, mo ⁇ hohno analogs which are desc ⁇ bed in U.S.
  • Patents Numbered 5,185,444; 5,034,506 and 5,142,047 The probe may have to be rendered "non-extendable" in that additional dNTPs cannot be added to the probe.
  • analogs usually are non-extendable and nucleic acid probes can be rendered non-extendable by modifying the 3' end of the probe such that the hydroxyl group is no longer capable of participating m elongation.
  • the 3' end of the probe can be functiona zed with the capture or detection label to thereby consume or otherwise block the hydroxyl group.
  • the 3' hydroxyl group simply can be cleaved, replaced or modified, U.S. Patent Application Se ⁇ al No. 07/049,061 filed Ap ⁇ l 19, 1993 descnbes modifications, which can be used to render a probe non-extendable
  • any of the polynucleotides of the present invention can be labeled, if desired, by inco ⁇ orating any label known m the art to be detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, or chemical means.
  • useful labels include radioactive substances (including, 32 P, 35 S, 3 H, 125 I), fluorescent dyes (including, 5-bromodesoxyu ⁇ dm, fluorescem, acetylammofluorene, digoxigenm) or biotin.
  • polynucleotides are labeled at their 3' and 5' ends. Examples of non-radioactive labeling of nucleic acid fragments are described in the French patent No.
  • the probes according to the present invention mav have structural charactenstics such that they allow the signal amplification, such structural characteristics being, for example, branched DNA probes as those desc ⁇ bed by Urdea et al. m 1991 or in the European patent No. EP 0 225 807 (Chiron).
  • a label can also be used to capture the pnmer, so as to facilitate the immobilization of either the pnmer or a primer extension product, such as amplified DNA, on a solid support
  • a capture label is attached to the p ⁇ mers or probes and can be a specific binding member which forms a binding pair with the solid's phase reagent's specific binding member (e.g. biotin and streptavidin). Therefore depending upon the type of label earned by a polynucleotide or a probe, it may be employed to capture or to detect the target DNA. Further, it will be understood that the polynucleotides, pnmers or probes provided herein, may, themselves, serve as the capture label.
  • a solid phase reagent's binding member is a nucleic acid sequence
  • it may be selected such that it binds a complementary portion of a pnmer or probe to thereby immobilize the pnmer or probe to the solid phase.
  • a polynucleotide probe itself serves as the binding member
  • those skilled m the art will recognize that the probe will contain a sequence or "tail" that is not complementary to the target.
  • a polynucleotide primer itself serves as the capture label
  • at least a portion of the pnmer will be free to hyb ⁇ dize with a nucleic acid on a solid phase.
  • DNA Labeling techniques are well known to the skilled technician.
  • the probes of the present invention are useful for a number of pu ⁇ oses They can be notably used in Southern hybridization to genomic DNA or Northern hyb ⁇ dization to mRNA.
  • the probes can also be used to detect PCR amplification products They may also be used to detect mismatches in the OLFl to OLF 10 genes or mRNA using other techniques Generally, the probes are complementary to the OLFl to OLF 10 gene coding sequences, although probes complementary to non-coding sequences are also contemplated.
  • the probes of the present invention can also be useful for genotyping the biallehc markers of the cluster of olfactory receptor genes of the present invention.
  • any of the polynucleotides, pnmers and probes of the present invention can be conveniently immobilized on a solid support
  • Solid supports are known to those skilled in the art and include the walls of wells of a reaction tray, test tubes, polystyrene beads, magnetic beads, nitrocellulose stnps, membranes, microparticles such as latex particles, sheep (or other animal) red blood cells, duracytes and others.
  • the solid support is not cntical and can be selected by one skilled in the art
  • latex particles, microparticles, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, membranes, plastic tubes, walls of microtiter wells, glass or silicon chips, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells and duracytes are all suitable examples.
  • Suitable methods for immobilizing nucleic acids on solid phases include ionic, hydrophobic, covalent interactions and the like.
  • a solid support refers to any material which is insoluble, or can be made insoluble by a subsequent reaction The solid support can be chosen for its mt ⁇ nsic ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent Alternatively, the solid phase can retain an additional receptor which has the ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent.
  • the additional receptor can include a charged substance that is oppositely charged with respect to the capture reagent itself or to a charged substance conjugated to the capture reagent.
  • the receptor molecule can be any specific binding member which is immobilized upon (attached to) the solid support and which has the ability to immobilize the capture reagent through a specific binding reaction.
  • the receptor molecule enables the indirect binding of the capture reagent to a solid support material before the performance of the assay or dunng the performance of the assay.
  • the solid phase thus can be a plastic, de ⁇ vatized plastic, magnetic or non-magnetic metal, glass or silicon surface of a test tube, microtiter well, sheet, bead, microparticle, chip, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells, duracytes® and other configurations known to those of ordinary skill in the art
  • the polynucleotides of the invention can be attached to or immobilized on a solid support individually or m groups of at least 2, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, or 25 distinct polynucleotides of the invention to a single solid support.
  • polynucleotides other than those of the invention may be attached to the same solid support as one or more polynucleotides of the invention.
  • the invention also comp ⁇ ses a method for detecting the presence of a nucleic acid comp ⁇ sing a nucleotide sequence selected from a group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto m a sample, said method compnsmg the following steps of: a) bnngmg into contact a nucleic acid probe or a plurality of nucleic acid probes which can hybridize with a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID Nos 1 -1 1 , a fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto and the sample to be assayed; and b) detecting the hybrid complex formed between the probe and a nucleic acid in the sample.
  • the invention further concerns a kit for detecting the presence of a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from a group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a fragment or a vanant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto in a sample
  • said kit comprising: a) a nucleic acid probe or a plurality of nucleic acid probes which can hyb ⁇ dize with a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a fragment or a variant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto; and b) optionally, the reagents necessary for performing the hybridization reaction
  • said nucleic acid probe or the plurality of nucleic acid probes are labeled with a detectable molecule.
  • nucleic acid probe or the plurality of nucleic acid probes has been immobilized on a substrate.
  • the nucleic acid probe or the plurality of nucleic acid probes comprise either a sequence which is selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of PI to PI 3 and the complementary sequence thereto, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, El to E13 or a biallehc marker selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereto.
  • a substrate compnsmg a plurality of oligonucleotide p ⁇ mers or probes of the invention may be used either for detecting or amplifying targeted sequences in the olfactory receptor gene and may also be used for detecting mutations in the coding or m the non-codmg sequences of the olfactory receptor gene.
  • any polynucleotide provided herein may be attached in overlapping areas or at random locations on the solid support.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention may be attached an ordered array wherein each polynucleotide is attached to a distinct region of the solid support which does not overlap with the attachment site of any other polynucleotide.
  • such an ordered array of polynucleotides is designed to be "addressable" where the distinct locations are recorded and can be accessed as part of an assay procedure.
  • Addressable polynucleotide arrays typically comp ⁇ se a plurality of different oligonucleotide probes that are coupled to a surface of a substrate in different known locations The knowledge of the precise location of each polynucleotides location makes these "addressable" arrays particularly useful in hybridization assays. Any addressable array technology known m the art can be employed with the polynucleotides of the invention. One particular embodiment of these polynucleotide arrays is known as the GenechipsTM, and has been generally desc ⁇ bed in US Patent 5,143,854; PCT publications WO 90/15070 and 92/10092.
  • arrays may generally be produced using mechanical synthesis methods or light directed synthesis methods which mco ⁇ orate a combination of photolithographic methods and solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis (Fodor et al., 1991).
  • the immobilization of arrays of oligonucleotides on solid supports has been rendered possible by the development of a technology generally identified as "Very Large Scale Immobilized Polymer Synthesis” (VLSIPSTM) in which, typically, probes are immobilized in a high density array on a solid surface of a chip.
  • VLSIPSTM Very Large Scale Immobilized Polymer Synthesis
  • VLSIPSTM technologies are provided in US Patents 5,143,854; and 5,412,087 and in PCT Publications WO 90/15070, WO 92/10092 and WO 95/11995, which desc ⁇ be methods for forming oligonucleotide arrays through techniques such as light-directed synthesis techniques.
  • further presentation strategies were developed to order and display the oligonucleotide arrays on the chips m an attempt to maximize hybridization patterns and sequence information. Examples of such presentation strategies are disclosed in PCT Publications WO 94/12305, WO 94/11530, WO 97/29212 and WO 97/31256.
  • an oligonucleotide probe mat ⁇ x may advantageously be used to detect mutations occur ⁇ ng m the olfactory receptor gene.
  • probes are specifically designed to have a nucleotide sequence allowing their hybridization to the genes that carry known mutations (either by deletion, insertion or substitution of one or several nucleotides).
  • known mutations it is meant, mutations on the olfactory receptor gene that have been identified according to, for example, the technique used by Huang et al.(1996) or Samson et al.(1996).
  • a high-density DNA array Another technique that is used to detect mutations m the olfactory receptor gene is the use of a high-density DNA array.
  • Each oligonucleotide probe constituting a unit element of the high density DNA array is designed to match a specific subsequence of the olfactory receptor genomic DNA or cDNA.
  • an array consisting of oligonucleotides complementary to subsequences of the target gene sequence is used to determine the identity of the target sequence with the wild gene sequence, measure its amount, and detect differences between the target sequence and the reference wild gene sequence of the olfactory receptor gene.
  • 4L tiled array is implemented a set of four probes (A, C, G, T), preferably 15-nucleot ⁇ de ohgomers.
  • A, C, G, T the perfect complement will hybndize more strongly than mismatched probes. Consequently, a nucleic acid target of length L is scanned for mutations with a tiled array containing 4L probes, the whole probe set containing all the possible mutations m the known wild reference sequence.
  • the hybndization signals of the 15-mer probe set tiled array are perturbed by a single base change in the target sequence. As a consequence, there is a characte ⁇ stic loss of signal or a "footprint" for the probes flanking a mutation position This technique was desc ⁇ bed by Chee et al in 1996.
  • the invention concerns an array of nucleic acid molecules compnsmg at least one polynucleotide desc ⁇ bed above as probes and primers
  • the invention concerns an array of nucleic acid comprising at least two polynucleotides described above as probes and pnmers.
  • a further object of the invention consists of an array of nucleic acid sequences compnsmg either at least one of the sequences selected from the group consisting of PI to P13, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, El to E13, the sequences complementary thereto, a fragment thereof of at least 8, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, or 40 consecutive nucleotides thereof, and at least one sequence comprising a biallehc marker selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereto.
  • the invention also pertains to an array of nucleic acid sequences compnsmg either at least two of the sequences selected from the group consisting of PI to PI 3, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, El to El 3, the sequences complementary thereto, a fragment thereof of at least 8 consecutive nucleotides thereof, and at least two sequences comprising a biallehc marker selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereof.
  • the proteins encoded by the Open Reading Frames of the OLFl to OLF10 genes are listed individually m the sequence listing as SEQ ID Nos 12-21
  • the term "olfactory receptor polypeptides" is used herein to embrace all of the proteins and polypeptides of the present invention
  • polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides of the invention as well as fusion polypeptides comprising such polypeptides.
  • the invention embodies olfactory receptor proteins from humans, including isolated or purified olfactory receptor proteins consisting of, consisting essentially of, or comprising the sequences of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or naturally-occurnng variants or fragments thereof.
  • the present invention embodies isolated, punfied, and recombinant polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 or 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of SEQ ID Nos 12-21.
  • the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 or 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 of the following ammo acid positions in SEQ ID Nos 12-21 : 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 101-120, 121-140, 141-160, 161-180, 181-200, 201- 220, 221-240, 241-260, 261-280, 281-300, 301-the terminal ammo acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such ammo acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to.
  • the present invention embodies isolated, punfied, and recombinant polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12, 14, 17, 19 and 21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 of the following ammo acid positions of said selected sequence: 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60, 61-70, 71-80, 81-90, 91-100, 101-110, 111-120, 121-130, 131-140, 141-150, 151-160, 161-170, 171-180, 181-190, 191- the terminal amino acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such ammo acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to
  • the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polypeptides comprising a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 or 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said contiguous span includes at least one ammo acid at the following positions of said selected sequence l) 1-3, 10, 16, 21, 28, 33, 34, 36, 42-44, 46, 49, 53, 54, 57, 59, 63, and 64 for SEQ ID
  • OLFl to OLF 10 polypeptide fragments are those located outside the transmembrane domains, most preferably peptide fragments naturally exposed on the cell membrane, particularly those that are available for binding to hgand molecules, either odorant substances or molecules or antibodies directed to the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention.
  • transmembrane domains TMl to TM7 are boxed in Figure 1.
  • the contiguous stretch of amino acids comprises the site of a mutation or functional mutation, including a deletion, addition, swap or truncation of the ammo acids in the olfactory receptor protein sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses a pu ⁇ fied, isolated, or recombinant polypeptides compnsmg an amino acid sequence having at least 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 98 or 99% ammo acid identity with the ammo acid sequence of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or a fragment thereof.
  • the invention also encompasses an olfactory receptor polypeptide or a fragment or a vanant thereof in which at least one peptide bound has been modified as defined in the "Definitions" section.
  • a further object of the invention concerns a purified or isolated polypeptide which is encoded by a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1 or fragment or va ⁇ ants thereof.
  • Such mutated olfactory receptor proteins may be the target of diagnostic tools, such as specific monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies, useful for the detecting the mutated olfactory receptor proteins m a sample.
  • Olfactory receptor proteins are preferably isolated from human or mammalian tissue samples or expressed from human or mammalian genes.
  • the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention is extracted from cells or tissues of humans or non-human animals.
  • Methods for punfying proteins are known in the art, and include the use of detergents or chaotropic agents to disrupt particles followed by differential extraction and separation of the polypeptides by ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, sedimentation according to density, and gel electrophoresis.
  • shorter protein fragments may also be prepared by the conventional methods of chemical synthesis, either in a homogenous solution or in solid phase.
  • chemical polypeptide synthesis techniques it may be cited the homogenous solution technique desc ⁇ bed by Houbenweyl in 1974.
  • solid phase synthesis the technique desc ⁇ bed by Mernfield (1965) may be used m particular.
  • the proteins of the invention can be made using routine expression methods known in the art as described below and in the section "Expression of a OLFl to OLF 10 coding polynucleotide ".
  • the polynucleotide encoding the desired polypeptide is ligated into an expression vector suitable for any convenient host. Both eukaryotic and prokaryotic host systems is used m forming recombinant polypeptides.
  • the polypeptide is then isolated from lysed cells or from the culture medium and purified to the extent needed for its intended use.
  • Pu ⁇ fication is by any technique known in the art, for example, differential extraction, salt fractionation, chromatography, centnfugation, and the like.
  • Any olfactory receptor cDN A may be used to express olfactory receptor proteins and polypeptides.
  • the nucleic acid encoding the olfactory receptor protein or polypeptide to be expressed is operably linked to a promoter m an expression vector using conventional cloning technology.
  • the olfactory receptor insert m the expression vector may comp ⁇ se the full coding sequence for the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof.
  • the olfactory receptor denved insert may encode a polypeptide compnsmg at least 10 consecutive ammo acids of the olfactory receptor protein of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, including any of the polypeptide fragment defined this section.
  • the expression vector is any of the mammalian, yeast, insect or bacte ⁇ al expression systems known in the art.
  • Commercially available vectors and expression systems are available from a va ⁇ ety of suppliers including Genetics Institute (Camb ⁇ dge, MA), Stratagene (La Jolla, California), Promega (Madison, Wisconsin), and Invitrogen (San Diego, California).
  • Genetics Institute Camb ⁇ dge, MA
  • Stratagene La Jolla, California
  • Promega Modison, Wisconsin
  • Invitrogen San Diego, California.
  • the codon context and codon pai ⁇ ng of the sequence is optimized for the particular expression organism in which the expression vector is introduced, as explained by Hatfield, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,082,767.
  • the entire coding sequence of the olfactory receptor cDNA through the poly A signal of the cDNA are operably linked to a promoter in the expression vector.
  • an initiating methionme can be introduced next to the first codon of the nucleic acid using conventional techniques.
  • this sequence can be added to the construct by, for example, splicing out the Poly A signal from pSG5 (Stratagene) using Bgll and Sail rest ⁇ ction endonuclease enzymes and mco ⁇ oratmg it into the mammalian expression vector pXTl (Stratagene).
  • the ligated product is transfected into mouse NTH 3T3 cells using Lipofectm (Life Technologies, Inc., Grand Island, New York) under conditions outlined in the product specification. Positive transfectants are selected after growing the transfected cells m 600ug/ml G418 (Sigma, St. Louis, Missouri).
  • the above procedures may also be used to express a mutant olfactory receptor protein responsible for a detectable phenotype or a portion thereof.
  • Purification of the recombinant protein or peptide according to the present invention may be realized by passage onto a Nickel or Copper affinity chromatography column.
  • the Nickel chromatography column may contain the Ni-NTA resm (Porath et al., 1975).
  • the polypeptides or peptides thus obtained may be purified, for example by high performance liquid chromatography, such as reverse phase and or cationic exchange HPLC, as desc ⁇ bed by Rougeot et al (1994).
  • the reason to prefer this kind of peptide or protein purification is the lack of side products found in the elution samples which renders the resultant purified protein or peptide more suitable for a therapeutic use.
  • the expressed protein may also be pu ⁇ fied using other conventional pu ⁇ fication techniques such as ammonium sulfate precipitation or chromatographic separation based on size or charge.
  • the protein encoded by the nucleic acid insert may also be pu ⁇ fied using standard lmmunochromatography techniques.
  • polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies capable of specifically binding to the expressed olfactory receptor protein sof SEQ ID Nos 12-21 , or a fragment or a vanant thereof, have been previously immobilized onto a chromatography matnx
  • Such antibodies are descnbed in the section "Antibodies that bind olfactory receptor polypeptides" below.
  • a solution containing the expressed olfactory receptor protein or portion thereof, such as a cell extract is applied to the chromatography column in conditions allowing the expressed protein to bind to the antibodies m the lmmunochromatography column. Thereafter, the column is washed to remove non-specifically bound proteins.
  • the specifically bound expressed protein is then released from the column and recovered using standard techniques.
  • the nucleic acids encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof is mco ⁇ orated into expression vectors designed for use in pu ⁇ fication schemes employing chimenc polypeptides.
  • the nucleic acid encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof is inserted m frame with the gene encoding the other half of the chimera.
  • the other half of the chimera is ⁇ -globin or a nickel binding polypeptide encoding sequence.
  • a chromatography matnx having antibody to ⁇ -globm or nickel attached thereto is then used to pu ⁇ fy the chimenc protein.
  • Protease cleavage sites is engineered between the ⁇ -globin gene or the nickel binding polypeptide and the olfactory receptor protein or portion thereof
  • the two polypeptides of the chimera is separated from one another by protease digestion
  • pSG5 which encodes rabbit ⁇ -globm.
  • Intron II of the rabbit ⁇ -globm gene facilitates splicing of the expressed transcnpt, and the polyadenylation signal mco ⁇ orated into the construct increases the level of expression.
  • Standard methods are published m methods texts such as Davis et al., (1986) and many of the methods are available from Stratagene, Life Technologies, Inc., or Promega Polypeptide may additionally be produced from the construct using in vitro translation systems such as the In vitro ExpressTM Translation Kit (Stratagene).
  • the proteins expressed from host cells containing an expression vector containing an insert encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof can be compared to the proteins expressed m host cells containing the expression vector without an insert.
  • the presence of a band m samples from cells containing the expression vector with an insert which is absent in samples from cells containing the expression vector without an insert indicates that the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof is being expressed.
  • the band will have the mobility expected for the olfactory receptor protein or portion thereof.
  • the band may have a mobility different than that expected as a result of modifications such as glycosylation, ubiquitmation, or enzymatic cleavage.
  • the present invention also concerns a method for the producing a polypeptide of the invention, and especially a polypeptide selected from the group of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or a fragment or a vanant thereof, wherein said methods comprises the steps of : a) cultu ⁇ ng, an approp ⁇ ate culture medium, a cell host previously transformed or transfected with the recombinant vector compnsmg a nucleic acid encoding an olfactory receptor polypeptide of the invention, or a fragment or a vanant thereof, b) harvesting the culture medium thus conditioned or lyze the cell host, for example by sonication or by an osmotic shock; c) separating or purifying, from the said culture medium, or from the pellet of the resultant host cell lysate the thus produced polypeptide of interest.
  • step a) is preceded by a step wherein the nucleic acid coding for an olfactory receptor polypeptide, or a fragment or a variant thereof, is inserted m an approp ⁇ ate vector, optionally after an appropriate cleavage of this amplified nucleic acid with one or several restriction endonucleases.
  • the nucleic acid coding for an olfactory receptor polypeptide or a fragment or a variant thereof may be the resulting product of an amplification reaction using a pair of p ⁇ mers according to the invention (by PCR. SDA, TAS. 3SR NASBA, TMA etc.).
  • Any olfactory receptor polypeptide or whole protein may be used to generate antibodies capable of specifically binding to an expressed olfactory receptor protein or fragments thereof as descnbed.
  • One antibody composition of the invention is capable of specifically binding or specifically bind to the vanant of the olfactory receptor protein of SEQ ID Nos 12-21.
  • an antibody composition to specifically bind to a first vanant of olfactory receptor protein it must demonstrate at least a 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 50%, or 100% greater binding affinity for a first variant of the olfactory receptor protein than for a second va ⁇ ant of the olfactory receptor protein m an ELISA, RIA, or other antibody-based binding assay.
  • the invention concerns antibody compositions, either polyclonal or monoclonal, capable of selectively binding, or that selectively bind to an epitope-containing a polypeptide comprising any of the fragments described in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments".
  • Preferred peptide fragments are portions of OLF l to OLF 10 polypeptides that are located outside the transmembrane domains, most preferably peptide fragments naturally exposed on the cell membrane, particularly those that are available for binding to hgand molecules, either odorant substances or molecules or antibodies directed to the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention.
  • the invention also concerns a punfied or isolated antibody capable of specifically binding to a mutated olfactory receptor protein or to a fragment or variant thereof comprising an epitope of the mutated olfactory receptor protein.
  • the present invention concerns an antibody capable of binding to a polypeptide compnsmg at least 10 consecutive ammo acids of an olfactory receptor protein.
  • the invention concerns the use in the manufacture of antibodies of a polypeptide comprising any of the fragments described in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments".
  • Preferred peptide fragments are portions of OLFl to OLF 10 polypeptides that are located outside the transmembrane domains, most preferably peptide fragments naturally exposed on the cell membrane, particularly those that are available for recognition of hgand molecules, either odorant substances or molecules or antibodies directed to the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention.
  • the olfactory receptor expressed from a DNA comprising at least one of the nucleic sequences of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1 or a fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof may also be used to generate antibodies capable of specifically binding to the expressed olfactory receptor or fragments or variants thereof.
  • any of the polynucleotide fragment encoding a polypeptide described in the section " Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene" may be used to generate such antibodies.
  • Substantially pure protein or polypeptide is isolated from transfected or transformed cells containing an expression vector encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof.
  • concentration of protein in the final preparation is adjusted, for example, by concentration on an Amicon filter device, to the level of a few micrograms/ml.
  • Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to the protein can then be prepared as follows:
  • Monoclonal antibody to epitopes in the olfactory receptor of the present invention or a portion thereof can be prepared from mu ⁇ ne hyb ⁇ domas according to the classical method of Kohler and Milstem, (1975) or denvative methods thereof. Bnefly, a mouse is repetitively inoculated with a few micrograms of the considered olfactory receptor or a portion thereof over a pe ⁇ od of a few weeks. The mouse is then sac ⁇ ficed, and the antibody producing cells of the spleen isolated.
  • the spleen cells are fused by means of polyethylene glycol with mouse myeloma cells, and the excess unfused cells destroyed by growth of the system on selective media compnsmg ammoptenn (HAT media).
  • HAT media selective media compnsmg ammoptenn
  • the successfully fused cells are diluted and aliquots of the dilution placed in wells of a microtiter plate where growth of the culture is continued.
  • Antibody-producing clones are identified by detection of antibody m the supernatant fluid of the wells by immunoassay procedures, such as ELISA, as o ⁇ gmally descnbed by Engvall, (1980), and denvative methods thereof. Selected positive clones can be expanded and their monoclonal antibody product harvested for use. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are descnbed in Davis, L. et al.
  • Polyclonal antiserum containing antibodies to heterogeneous epitopes in the olfactory receptor of the present invention or a portion thereof can be prepared by immunizing suitable animals with the considered olfactory receptor or a portion thereof, which can be unmodified or modified to enhance lmmunogenicity
  • suitable non-human animal preferably a non-human mammal
  • is selected usually a mouse, rat, rabbit, goat, or horse.
  • a crude preparation which has been ennched for olfactory receptor concentration can be used to generate antibodies.
  • Such proteins, fragments or preparations are introduced into the non-human mammal in the presence of an appropriate adjuvant (e.g.
  • the protein, fragment or preparation can be pretreated with an agent which will increase antigenicity, such agents are known m the art and include, for example, methylated bovine serum albumin (mBSA), bovme serum albumin (BSA), Hepatitis B surface antigen, and keyhole limpet hemocyanm (KLH).
  • agents include, for example, methylated bovine serum albumin (mBSA), bovme serum albumin (BSA), Hepatitis B surface antigen, and keyhole limpet hemocyanm (KLH).
  • mBSA methylated bovine serum albumin
  • BSA bovme serum albumin
  • Hepatitis B surface antigen Hepatitis B surface antigen
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanm
  • Effective polyclonal antibody production is affected by many factors related both to the antigen and the host species. Also, host animals vary in response to site of inoculations and dose, with both inadequate or excessive doses of antigen resulting in low titer antisera. Small doses (ng level) of antigen administered at multiple mtradermal sites appears to be most reliable. Techniques for producing and processing polyclonal antisera are known in the art, see for example, Mayer and Walker (1987). An effective immunization protocol for rabbits can be found m Vaitukaitis, J. et al. (1971).
  • Booster injections can be given at regular intervals, and antiserum harvested when antibody titer thereof, as determined semi-quantitatively, for example, by double lmmunodiffusion m agar against known concentrations of the antigen, begins to fall. See, for example, Ouchterlony et al., (1973). Plateau concentration of antibody is usually in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/ml of serum Affinity of the antisera for the antigen is determined by prepanng competitive binding curves, as desc ⁇ bed, for example, by Fisher, (1980).
  • Antibody preparations prepared according to either the monoclonal or the polyclonal protocol are useful m quantitative lmmunoassays which determine concentrations of antigen-bea ⁇ ng substances in biological samples; they are also used semi-quantitatively or qualitatively to identify the presence of antigen in a biological sample.
  • the antibodies may also be used m therapeutic compositions for killing cells expressing the protein or reducing the levels of the protein in the body.
  • Non-human animals or mammals whether wild-type or transgenic, which express a different species of olfactory receptor than the one to which antibody binding is desired, and animals which do not express olfactory receptor (i.e. an olfactory receptor knock out animal as desc ⁇ bed herein) are particularly useful for preparing antibodies.
  • Olfactory receptor knock out animals will recognize all or most of the exposed regions of an olfactory receptor protein as foreign antigens, and therefore produce antibodies with a wider array of olfactory receptor epitopes.
  • smaller polypeptides with only 10 to 30 amino acids may be useful m obtaining specific binding to any one of the olfactory receptor proteins.
  • the humoral immune system of animals which produce a species of olfactory receptor that resembles the antigemc sequence will preferentially recognize the differences between the animal's native olfactory receptor species and the antigen sequence, and produce antibodies to these unique sites in the antigen sequence.
  • Such a technique will be particularly useful m obtaining antibodies that specifically bind to any one of the olfactory receptor proteins.
  • the present invention also includes, chimenc single chain Fv antibody fragments (Martineau et al., 1998), antibody fragments obtained through phage displav hbra ⁇ es (Ridder et al, 1995; Vaughan et al, 1995) and humanized antibodies (Reinmann et al., 1997. Leger et al , 1997).
  • the antibodies of the invention may be labeled by anv one of the radioactive, fluorescent or enzymatic labels known m the art.
  • the invention is also directed to a method for detecting specifically the presence of a polypeptide according to the invention in a biological sample, said method comprising the following steps : a) bnng g into contact the biological sample with an antibody according to the invention; b) detecting the antigen-antibody complex formed.
  • kits for in vitro detecting the presence of a polypeptide according to the present invention in a biological sample wherein said kit comp ⁇ ses- a) a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody as described above, optionally labeled; b) a reagent allowing the detection of the antigen-antibody complexes formed, said reagent carrying optionally a label, or being able to be recognized itself by a labeled reagent, more particularly the case when the above-mentioned monoclonal or polyclonal antibody is not labeled by itself.
  • the invention also concerns olfactory receptor-related biallehc markers.
  • olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker relates to a set of biallehc markers in linkage disequilibrium with the olfactory receptor gene.
  • olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker includes the biallehc markers designated Al to A13
  • the biallehc markers of the present invention namely Al to A 13. are disclosed in Table 2 of Example 4.
  • the 13 olfactory receptor-related biallehc markers, Al to A13. are all located m the genomic non coding regions of the olfactory gene cluster of the invention. Their precise location on the olfactory receptor genomic sequence and their single base polymo ⁇ hism are indicated in Table 2 and also as features in the sequence listing for SEQ ID No 1. Appropriate pairs of primers allowing the amplification of a nucleic acid containing the polymo ⁇ hic base of the disclosed olfactory receptor biallehc marker are also listed m Table 1 of Example 3 and in features of SEQ ID No 1.
  • the biallehc markers can be defined by nucleotide sequences corresponding to oligonucleotides of 47 bases in length comprising at the middle one of the polymo ⁇ hic base. More particularly, the biallehc markers can be defined by the polynucleotides PI to P13.
  • the biallehc markers contained m the olfactory gene cluster of the present invention, or a busset of such biallehc markers, are useful tools to perform association studies, preferably to perform association studies between the statistically significant occurrence of an allele of said biallehc marker m the genome of an individual and a specific phenotype, including a phenotype consisting of an alteration of the olfactory perception of odorant substances or molecules by said individual.
  • the biallehc markers of the invention can also be used, for example, in linkage analysis m which evidence is sought for cosegregation between a locus and a putative trait locus using family studies, such as an alteration of olfactory perception
  • the biallelhc markers of the invention may be included mthe generation of any complete or partial genetic map of the human genome.
  • a preferred method for identifying biallehc markers involves comparative sequencing of genomic DNA fragments from an appropnate number of unrelated individuals In a first embodiment, DNA samples from unrelated individuals are pooled together, following which the genomic DNA of interest is amplified and sequenced The nucleotide sequences thus obtained are then analyzed to identify significant polymo ⁇ hisms.
  • a biallehc marker obtained using this method may show a lower degree of mformativeness for conducting association studies, e.g. if the frequency of its less frequent allele may be less than about 10%.
  • Such a biallehc marker will, however, be sufficiently informative to conduct association studies and it will further be appreciated that including less informative biallehc markers m the genetic analysis studies of the present invention, may allow in some cases the direct identification of causal mutations, which may, depending on their penetrance, be rare mutations.
  • the genomic DNA samples from which the biallehc markers of the present invention are generated are preferably obtained from unrelated individuals corresponding to a heterogeneous population of known ethnic background.
  • the number of individuals from whom DNA samples are obtained can vary substantially, preferably from about 10 to about 1000, preferably from about 50 to about 200 individuals. It is usually preferred to collect DNA samples from at least about 100 individuals m order to have sufficient polymo ⁇ hic diversity in a given population to identify as many markers as possible and to generate statistically significant results
  • test samples include biological samples, which can be tested by the methods of the present invention desc ⁇ bed herein, and include human and animal body fluids such as whole blood, serum, plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, lymph fluids, and vanous external secretions of the respiratory, intestinal and genitou ⁇ nary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, white blood cells, myelomas and the like; biological fluids such as cell culture supematants; fixed tissue specimens including tumor and non-tumor tissue and lymph node tissues; bone marrow aspirates and fixed cell specimens.
  • human and animal body fluids such as whole blood, serum, plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, lymph fluids, and vanous external secretions of the respiratory, intestinal and genitou ⁇ nary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, white blood cells, myelomas and the like
  • biological fluids such as cell culture supematants
  • fixed tissue specimens including tumor and non-tumor tissue and lymph node tissues
  • the preferred source of genomic DNA used m the present invention is from pe ⁇ pheral venous blood of each donor. Techniques to prepare genomic DNA from biological samples are well known to the skilled technician. Details of a preferred embodiment are provided in Example 2. The person skilled m the art can choose to amplify pooled or unpooled DNA samples.
  • DNA samples can be pooled or unpooled for the amplification step.
  • DNA amplification techniques are well known to those skilled the art Amplification techniques that can be used in the context of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the ligase chain reaction (LCR) described in EP-A- 320 308, WO 9320227 and EP-A-439 182, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR, RT-PCR) and techniques such as the nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) described in Guatelli J.C., et al.(1990) and in Compton J.( 1991 ), Q-beta amplification as described in European Patent Application No 4544610, strand displacement amplification as described in Walker et al.(1996) and EP A 684 315 and, target mediated amplification as described in PCT Publication WO 9322461.
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • RT-PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • NASBA nucle
  • LCR and Gap LCR are exponential amplification techniques, both depend on DNA ligase to join adjacent primers annealed to a DNA molecule.
  • probe pairs are used which include two primary (first and second) and two secondary (third and fourth) probes, all of which are employed in molar excess to target.
  • the first probe hybridizes to a first segment of the target strand and the second probe hybridizes to a second segment of the target strand, the first and second segments being contiguous so that the primary probes abut one another in 5' phosphate- 3 'hydroxyl relationship, and so that a ligase can covalently fuse or ligate the two probes into a fused product.
  • a third (secondary) probe can hybridize to a portion of the first probe and a fourth (secondary) probe can hybridize to a portion of the second probe in a similar abutting fashion.
  • the secondary probes also will hybridize to the target complement in the first instance.
  • the third and fourth probes Once the ligated strand of primary probes is separated from the target strand, it will hybridize with the third and fourth probes, which can be ligated to form a complementary, secondary ligated product. It is important to realize that the ligated products are functionally equivalent to either the target or its complement. By repeated cycles of hybridization and ligation, amplification of the target sequence is achieved.
  • Gap LCR is a version of LCR where the probes are not adjacent but are separated by 2 to 3 bases.
  • RT-PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • AGLCR is a modification of GLCR that allows the amplification of RNA.
  • the PCR technology is the preferred amplification technique used in the present invention.
  • PCR primers on either side of the nucleic acid sequences to be amplified are added to a suitably prepared nucleic acid sample along with dNTPs and a thermostable polymerase such as Taq polymerase, Pfu polymerase, or Vent polymerase.
  • a thermostable polymerase such as Taq polymerase, Pfu polymerase, or Vent polymerase.
  • the nucleic acid in the sample is denatured and the PCR primers are specifically hybridized to complementary nucleic acid sequences in the sample. The hybridized primers are extended.
  • PCR has further been described m several patents including US Patents 4,683,195; 4,683,202; and 4,965,188.
  • the PCR technology is the preferred amplification technique used to identify new biallehc markers.
  • a typical example of a PCR reaction suitable for the pu ⁇ oses of the present invention is provided in Example 3.
  • One of the aspects of the present invention is a method for the amplification of the human olfactory receptor gene, particularly of a fragment of the genomic sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or of the coding region sequences of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, or a fragment or a variant thereof in a test sample, preferably using the PCR technology.
  • This method comprises the steps of: a) contacting a test sample with amplification reaction reagents comprising a pair of amplification primers as described above and located on either side of the polynucleotide region to be amplified, and b) optionally, detecting the amplification products
  • the invention also concerns a kit for the amplification of an olfactory receptor gene sequence, particularly of a portion of the genomic sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or of the coding region sequences of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, or a va ⁇ ant thereof m a test sample wherein said kit compnses: a) a pair of oligonucleotide pnmers located on either side of the olfactory receptor region to be amplified; b) optionally, the reagents necessary for performing the amplification reaction
  • the amplification product is detected by hybridization with a labeled probe having a sequence which is complementary to the amplified region.
  • primers comprise a sequence which is selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, and El to E13.
  • biallehc markers are identified using genomic sequence information generated by the inventors. Sequenced genomic DNA fragments are used to design p ⁇ mers for the amplification of 500 bp fragments These 500 bp fragments are amplified from genomic DNA and are scanned for biallehc markers. P ⁇ mers may be designed using the OSP software (Hilher L. and Green P., 1991). All p ⁇ mers may contain, upstream of the specific target bases, a common oligonucleotide tail that serves as a sequencing pnmer. Those skilled in the art are familiar with primer extensions, which can be used for these pu ⁇ oses.
  • the amplified DNA is subjected to automated dideoxy terminator sequencing reactions using a dye-p ⁇ mer cycle sequencing protocol.
  • sequence data are automatically processed with adequate software to assess sequence quality.
  • a polymo ⁇ hism analysis software is used that detects the presence of biallehc sites among individual or pooled amplified fragment sequences.
  • Polymo ⁇ hism search is based on the presence of supenmposed peaks m the electrophoresis pattern These peaks which present distinct colors correspond to two different nucleotides at the same position on the sequence.
  • the polymo ⁇ hism has to be detected on both strands for validation.
  • the polymo ⁇ hisms are evaluated for their usefulness as genetic markers by validating that both alleles are present m a population
  • Validation of the biallelic markers is accomplished by genotypmg a group of individuals by a method of the invention and demonstrating that both alleles are present
  • Microsequencmg is a preferred method of genotypmg alleles
  • the validation by genotypmg step may be performed on individual samples derived from each individual m the group or by genotypmg a pooled sample denved from more than one individual
  • the group can be as small as one individual if that individual is heterozygous for the allele in question
  • the group contains at least three individuals, more preferably the group contains five or six individuals, so that a single validation test will be more likely to result m the validation of more of the biallehc markers that are being tested It should be noted, however, that when the validation test is performed on a small group it may result m a false negative result if as a result of sampling error none of the individuals
  • the polymo ⁇ hisms identified above can be further confirmed and their respective frequencies can be determined through vanous methods using the previously desc ⁇ bed p ⁇ mers and probes. These methods can also be useful for genotyping either new populations m association studies or individuals m the context of detection of alleles of biallehc markers which are known to be associated with a given trait Those skilled m the art should note that the methods desc ⁇ bed below can be equally performed on individual or pooled DNA samples Once a given polymo ⁇ hic site has been found and characterized as a biallehc marker as descnbed above, several methods can be used in order to determine the specific allele carried by an individual at the given polymo ⁇ hic base
  • biallehc markers described previously allows the design of approp ⁇ ate pnmers to amplify a region of the olfactory receptor gene cluster containing the polymo ⁇ hic site of interest and for the detection of such polymo ⁇ hisms.
  • Genotypmg can be performed using similar methods as those desc ⁇ bed above for the identification of the biallehc markers, or using other genotyping methods such as those further desc ⁇ bed below.
  • the comparison of sequences of amplified genomic fragments from different individuals is used to identify new biallehc markers whereas microsequencmg is used for genotyping known biallehc markers in diagnostic and genetic analysis applications.
  • the invention encompasses methods of genotypmg comprising determining the identity of a nucleotide at an olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker or the complement thereof m a biological sample, optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof; optionally, wherein said biological sample is denved from a single subject, optionally, wherein the identity of the nucleotides at said biallehc marker is determined for both copies of said biallehc marker present in said individual's genome; optionally, wherein said biological sample is denved from multiple subjects;
  • the genotyping methods of the invention encompass methods with any further limitation described m this disclosure, or those following, specified alone or in any combination;
  • said method is performed in vitro; optionally, further comprising amplifying a portion of said sequence compnsmg the biallehc marker pnor to said determining step, Optionally, wherein said amplifying
  • nucleic acids Any source of nucleic acids, m punfied or non-purified form, can be utilized as the starting nucleic acid, provided it contains or is suspected of containing the specific nucleic acid sequence desired.
  • DNA or RNA may be extracted from cells, tissues, body fluids and the like as described above. While nucleic acids for use m the genotypmg methods of the invention can be denved from any mammalian source, the test subjects and individuals from which nucleic acid samples are taken are generally understood to be human. Amplification Of DNA Fragments Comprising Biallehc Markers
  • Methods and polynucleotides are provided to amplify a segment of nucleotides comprising one or more biallehc marker of the present invention. It will be appreciated that amplification of DNA fragments compnsmg biallehc markers may be used in various methods and for vanous purposes and is not restricted to genotyping. Nevertheless, many genotypmg methods, although not all, require the previous amplification of the DNA region carrying the biallehc marker of interest. Such methods specifically increase the concentration or total number of sequences that span the biallehc marker or include that site and sequences located either distal or proximal to it. Diagnostic assays may also rely on amplification of DNA segments carrying a biallehc marker of the present invention. Amplification of DNA may be achieved by any method known m the art. Amplification techniques are described above in the section entitled, "DNA amplification.”
  • Some of these amplification methods are particularly suited for the detection of single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms and allow the simultaneous amplification of a target sequence and the identification of the polymo ⁇ hic nucleotide as it is further descnbed below.
  • the identification of biallehc markers as described above allows the design of appropnate oligonucleotides, which can be used as p ⁇ mers to amplify DNA fragments comprising the biallehc markers of the present invention.
  • Amplification can be performed using the pnmers initially used to discover new biallehc markers which are desc ⁇ bed herein or any set of primers allowing the amplification of a DNA fragment comprising a biallehc marker of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides primers for amplifying a DNA fragment containing one or more biallehc markers of the present invention.
  • Preferred amplification p ⁇ mers are listed in Example 3. It will be appreciated that the p ⁇ mers listed are merely exemplary and that any other set of p ⁇ mers which produce amplification products containing one or more biallehc markers of the present invention are also of use
  • the spacing of the p ⁇ mers determines the length of the segment to be amplified.
  • amplified segments carrying biallehc markers can range m size from at least about 25 bp to 35 kbp.
  • Amplification fragments from 25-3000 bp are typical, fragments from 50-1000 bp are preferred and fragments from 100-600 bp are highly preferred. It will be appreciated that amplification p ⁇ mers for the biallehc markers may be any sequence which allow the specific amplification of any DNA fragment carrying the markers. Amplification pnmers may be labeled or immobilized on a solid support as described in "Oligonucleotide probes and primers".
  • any method known m the art can be used to identify the nucleotide present at a biallehc marker site. Since the biallehc marker allele to be detected has been identified and specified m the present invention, detection will prove simple for one of ordinary skill m the art by employing any of a number of techniques. Many genotypmg methods require the previous amplification of the DNA region carrying the biallehc marker of interest While the amplification of target or signal is often preferred at present, ultrasensitive detection methods which do not require amphfication are also encompassed by the present genotyping methods.
  • Methods well-known to those skilled in the art that can be used to detect biallehc polymo ⁇ hisms include methods such as, conventional dot blot analyzes, single strand conformational polymo ⁇ hism analysis (SSCP) desc ⁇ bed by O ⁇ ta et al.(1989), denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE), heteroduplex analysis, mismatch cleavage detection, and other conventional techniques as desc ⁇ bed in Sheffield et al.(1991), White et al.(1992), Grompe et al.(1989 and 1993).
  • Another method for determining the identity of the nucleotide present at a particular polymo ⁇ hic site employs a specialized exonuclease-resistant nucleotide denvative as descnbed in US patent 4,656,127.
  • Preferred methods involve directly determining the identity of the nucleotide present at a biallehc marker site by sequencing assay, enzyme-based mismatch detection assay, or hybridization assay. The following is a desc ⁇ ption of some preferred methods.
  • a highly prefe ⁇ ed method is the microsequencmg technique.
  • the term "sequencing" is generally used herein to refer to polymerase extension of duplex primer/template complexes and includes both traditional sequencing and microsequencmg. 1) Sequencing Assays
  • the nucleotide present at a polymo ⁇ hic site can be determined by sequencing methods.
  • DNA samples are subjected to PCR amplification before sequencing as described above.
  • DNA sequencing methods are described in "Sequencing Of Amplified Genomic DNA And Identification Of Single Nucleotide Polymo ⁇ hisms"
  • the amplified DNA is subjected to automated dideoxy terminator sequencing reactions using a dye-primer cycle sequencing protocol. Sequence analysis allows the identification of the base present at the biallehc marker site. 2) Microsequencing Assays
  • microsequencmg methods the nucleotide at a polymo ⁇ hic site m a target DNA is detected by a single nucleotide primer extension reaction.
  • This method involves appropnate microsequencmg p ⁇ mers which, hybndize just upstream of the polymo ⁇ hic base of interest m the target nucleic acid.
  • a polymerase is used to specifically extend the 3' end of the primer with one single ddNTP (chain terminator) complementary to the nucleotide at the polymo ⁇ hic site.
  • the identity of the mco ⁇ orated nucleotide is determined in any suitable way.
  • microsequencmg reactions are carried out using fluorescent ddNTPs and the extended microsequencmg primers are analyzed by electrophoresis on ABI 377 sequencing machines to determine the identity of the mco ⁇ orated nucleotide as desc ⁇ bed in EP 412 883.
  • capillary electrophoresis can be used m order to process a higher number of assays simultaneously.
  • Example 5 An example of a typical microsequencmg procedure that can be used in the context of the present invention is provided m Example 5
  • Different approaches can be used for the labeling and detection of ddNTPs
  • a homogeneous phase detection method based on fluorescence resonance energy transfer has been descnbed by Chen and Kwok (1997) and Chen et al.(1997).
  • amplified genomic DNA fragments containing polymo ⁇ hic sites are incubated with a 5'-fluorescein-labeled primer in the presence of allelic dye-labeled dideoxy ⁇ bonucleoside tnphosphates and a modified Taq polymerase.
  • the dye- labeled pnmer is extended one base by the dye-termmator specific for the allele present on the template.
  • the fluorescence intensities of the two dyes in the reaction mixture are analyzed directly without separation or purification. All these steps can be performed m the same tube and the fluorescence changes can be monitored in real time.
  • the extended pnmer may be analyzed by MALDI-TOF Mass Spectrometry.
  • the base at the polymo ⁇ hic site is identified by the mass added onto the microsequencmg pnmer (see Haff and Smimov, 1997).
  • Microsequencmg may be achieved by the established microsequencmg method or by developments or denvatives thereof.
  • Alternative methods include several solid-phase microsequencmg techniques.
  • the basic microsequencmg protocol is the same as described previously, except that the method is conducted as a heterogeneous phase assay, m which the pnmer or the target molecule is immobilized or captured onto a solid support
  • oligonucleotides are attached to solid supports or are modified in such ways that permit affinity separation as well as polymerase extension.
  • the 5' ends and internal nucleotides of synthetic oligonucleotides can be modified in a number of different ways to permit different affinity separation approaches, e g., biotinylation. If a single affinity group is used on the oligonucleotides, the oligonucleotides can be separated from the mco ⁇ orated terminator regent. This eliminates the need of physical or size separation More than one oligonucleotide can be separated from the terminator reagent and analyzed simultaneously if more than one affinity group is used. This permits the analysis of several nucleic acid species or more nucleic acid sequence information per extension reaction.
  • affinity separation approaches e g., biotinylation.
  • the affinity group need not be on the pnming oligonucleotide but could alternatively be present on the template.
  • immobilization can be earned out via an interaction between biotinylated DNA and streptavidm- coated microtitration wells or avidm-coated polystyrene particles
  • oligonucleotides or templates may be attached to a solid support in a high-density format.
  • inco ⁇ orated ddNTPs can be radiolabeled (Syvanen, 1994) or linked to fluorescem (Livak and Hamer, 1994).
  • the detection of radiolabeled ddNTPs can be achieved through scmtillation-based techniques.
  • the detection of fluorescein-lmked ddNTPs can be based on the binding of antifluorescem antibody conjugated with alkaline phosphatase, followed by incubation with a chromogenic substrate (such as/7-mtrophenyl phosphate).
  • reporter- detection pairs include: ddNTP linked to dimtrophenyl (DNP) and anti-DNP alkaline phosphatase conjugate (Harju et al., 1993) or biotinylated ddNTP and horseradish peroxidase-conjugated streptavidin with ⁇ -phenylenediamme as a substrate (WO 92/15712).
  • DNP dimtrophenyl
  • biotinylated ddNTP horseradish peroxidase-conjugated streptavidin with ⁇ -phenylenediamme as a substrate
  • ELIDA enzymatic lummomet ⁇ c inorganic pyrophosphate detection assay
  • Pastmen et al.( 1997) describe a method for multiplex detection of single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hism in which the solid phase mimsequencmg principle is applied to an oligonucleotide array format. High-density arrays of DNA probes attached to a solid support (DNA chips) are further desc ⁇ bed below.
  • the present invention provides polynucleotides and methods to genotype one or more biallehc markers of the present invention by performing a microsequencmg assay.
  • Preferred microsequencmg p ⁇ mers include the nucleotide sequences DI to Dn and El to En. It will be appreciated that the microsequencmg pnmers listed in Example 5 are merely exemplary and that, any primer having a 3 * end immediately adjacent to the polymo ⁇ hic nucleotide may be used. Similarly, it will be appreciated that microsequencmg analysis may be performed for any biallehc marker or any combination of biallehc markers of the present invention.
  • One aspect of the present invention is a solid support which includes one or more microsequencmg p ⁇ mers listed in Example 5, or fragments comprising at least 8, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 50 consecutive nucleotides thereof, to the extent that such lengths are consistent with the primer described, and having a 3' terminus immediately upstream of the corresponding biallehc marker, for determining the identity of a nucleotide at a biallehc marker site.
  • the present invention provides polynucleotides and methods to determine the allele of one or more biallehc markers of the present invention in a biological sample, by mismatch detection assays based on polymerases and/or ligases. These assays are based on the specificity of polymerases and ligases. Polymerization reactions places particularly st ⁇ ngent requirements on correct base pairing of the 3' end of the amplification primer and the joining of two oligonucleotides hybridized to a target DNA sequence is quite sensitive to mismatches close to the hgation site, especially at the 3' end. Methods, primers and various parameters to amplify DNA fragments comprising biallehc markers of the present invention are further described above in "Amplification Of DNA Fragments Comprising Biallelic Markers".
  • Allele Specific Amplification Primers Discnm ation between the two alleles of a biallehc marker can also be achieved by allele specific amphfication, a selective strategy, whereby one of the alleles is amplified without amplification of the other allele.
  • allele specific amplification at least one member of the pair of pnmers is sufficiently complementary with a region of an olfactory receptor gene compnsmg the polymo ⁇ hic base of a biallehc marker of the present invention to hybridize therewith and to initiate the amplification.
  • Such p ⁇ mers are able to discnmmate between the two alleles of a biallehc marker.
  • Oligonucleotide Ligation Assay uses two oligonucleotides which are designed to be capable of hybndizmg to abutting sequences of a single strand of a target molecules.
  • One of the oligonucleotides is biotinylated, and the other is detectably labeled. If the precise complementary sequence is found in a target molecule, the oligonucleotides will hybridize such that their termini abut, and create a ligation substrate that can be captured and detected.
  • OLA is capable of detecting single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms and may be advantageously combined with PCR as descnbed by Nickerson et al.(1990). In this method, PCR is used to achieve the exponential amplification of target DNA, which is then detected using OLA.
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • GLCR Gap LCR
  • LCR uses two pairs of probes to exponentially amplify a specific target. The sequences of each pair of oligonucleotides, is selected to permit the pair to hybridize to abutting sequences of the same strand of the target. Such hybridization forms a substrate for a template-dependant ligase.
  • LCR can be performed with oligonucleotides having the proximal and distal sequences of the same strand of a biallelic marker site.
  • either oligonucleotide will be designed to include the biallehc marker site.
  • the reaction conditions are selected such that the oligonucleotides can be ligated together only if the target molecule either contains or lacks the specific nucleotide that is complementary to the biallehc marker on the oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides will not include the biallehc marker, such that when they hybridize to the target molecule, a "gap" is created as described in WO 90/01069. This gap is then "filled" with complementary dNTPs (as mediated by DNA polymerase), or by an additional pair of oligonucleotides.
  • Ligase/Polymerase-mediated Genetic Bit AnalysisTM is another method for determining the identity of a nucleotide at a preselected site m a nucleic acid molecule (WO 95/21271). This method involves the mco ⁇ oration of a nucleoside t ⁇ phosphate that is complementary to the nucleotide present at the preselected site onto the terminus of a pnmer molecule, and their subsequent ligation to a second oligonucleotide.
  • Hybridization Assay Methods A preferred method of determining the identity of the nucleotide present at a biallehc marker site involves nucleic acid hybridization.
  • the hybridization probes which can be conveniently used in such reactions, preferably include the probes defined herein. Any hybridization assay may be used including Southern hyb ⁇ dization, Northern hybridization, dot blot hybndization and solid- phase hybridization (see Sambrook et al., 1989).
  • Hyb ⁇ dization refers to the formation of a duplex structure by two single stranded nucleic acids due to complementary base painng.
  • Hyb ⁇ dization can occur between exactly complementary nucleic acid strands or between nucleic acid strands that contain minor regions of mismatch.
  • Specific probes can be designed that hyb ⁇ dize to one form of a biallehc marker and not to the other and therefore are able to discnmmate between different allelic forms
  • Allele-specific probes are often used m pairs, one member of a pair showing perfect match to a target sequence containing the o ⁇ gmal allele and the other showing a perfect match to the target sequence containing the alternative allele.
  • Hybndization conditions should be sufficiently stringent that there is a significant difference in hybridization intensity between alleles, and preferably an essentially binary response, whereby a probe hybridizes to only one of the alleles.
  • St ⁇ ngent, sequence specific hyb ⁇ dization conditions, under which a probe will hybridize only to the exactly complementary target sequence are well known in the art (Sambrook et al., 1989). St ⁇ ngent conditions are sequence dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. Although such hyb ⁇ dization can be performed m solution, it is preferred to employ a sohd- phase hyb ⁇ dization assay.
  • the target DNA compnsmg a biallehc marker of the present invention may be amplified pnor to the hyb ⁇ dization reaction.
  • the presence of a specific allele the sample is determined by detecting the presence or the absence of stable hybrid duplexes formed between the probe and the target DNA.
  • the detection of hybnd duplexes can be earned out by a number of methods. Vanous detection assay formats are well known which utilize detectable labels bound to either the target or the probe to enable detection of the hybrid duplexes.
  • Vanous detection assay formats are well known which utilize detectable labels bound to either the target or the probe to enable detection of the hybrid duplexes.
  • hybndization duplexes are separated from unhyb ⁇ dized nucleic acids and the labels bound to the duplexes are then detected.
  • wash steps may be employed to wash away excess target DNA or probe as well as unbound conjugate.
  • the TaqMan assay takes advantage of the 5' nuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase to digest a DNA probe annealed specifically to the accumulating amplification product. TaqMan probes are labeled with a donor-acceptor dye pair that interacts via fluorescence energy transfer.
  • Molecular beacons are hai ⁇ in-shaped oligonucleotide probes that report the presence of specific nucleic acids in homogeneous solutions When they bind to their targets they undergo a conformational reorganization that restores the fluorescence of an internally quenched fluorophore (Tyagi et al., 1998).
  • the polynucleotides provided herein can be used to produce probes which can be used m hyb ⁇ dization assays for the detection of bialle c marker alleles in biological samples.
  • These probes are characte ⁇ zed in that they preferably comp ⁇ se between 8 and 50 nucleotides, and m that they are sufficiently complementary to a sequence compnsmg a biallehc marker of the present invention to hyb ⁇ dize thereto and preferably sufficiently specific to be able to discriminate the targeted sequence for only one nucleotide vanation.
  • a particularly prefened probe is 25 nucleotides in length.
  • the biallehc marker is with 4 nucleotides of the center of the polynucleotide probe.
  • the biallehc marker is at the center of said polynucleotide
  • Preferred probes comp ⁇ se a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of amphcons listed m Table 1 and the sequences complementary thereto, or a fragment thereof, said fragment compnsmg at least about 8 consecutive nucleotides, preferably 10, 15, 20, more preferably 25, 30, 40, 47, or 50 consecutive nucleotides and containing a polymo ⁇ hic base.
  • Preferred probes comp ⁇ se a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of PI to P13 and the sequences complementary thereto
  • the polymo ⁇ hic base(s) are with 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, nucleotides of the center of the said polynucleotide, more preferably at the center of said polynucleotide
  • the probes of the present invention are labeled or immobilized on a solid support. Labels and solid supports are further described in “Oligonucleotide Probes and Primers”. The probes can be non-extendable as described in “Oligonucleotide Probes and P ⁇ mers”.
  • hybridization assays By assaying the hybridization to an allele specific probe, one can detect the presence or absence of a biallehc marker allele in a given sample.
  • High-Throughput parallel hybridization in array format is specifically encompassed within "hybridization assays" and are described below. 5) Hybridization To Addressable Arrays Of Oligonucleotides
  • Hybndization assays based on oligonucleotide arrays rely on the differences hyb ⁇ dization stability of short oligonucleotides to perfectly matched and mismatched target sequence vanants. Efficient access to polymo ⁇ hism information is obtained through a basic structure compnsmg high- density arrays of oligonucleotide probes attached to a solid support (e.g., the chip) at selected positions
  • a solid support e.g., the chip
  • Each DNA chip can contain thousands to millions of individual synthetic DNA probes arranged m a g ⁇ d-hke pattern and miniaturized to the size of a dime
  • Chips of vanous formats for use in detecting biallehc polymo ⁇ hisms can be produced on a customized basis by Affymet ⁇ x (GeneCh pTM), Hyseq (HyChip and HyGnostics), and Protogene Laboratones.
  • target sequences include a polymo ⁇ hic marker.
  • EP 785280 desc ⁇ bes a tiling strategy for the detection of single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms. Briefly, arrays may generally be "tiled” for a large number of specific polymo ⁇ hisms.
  • tileing is generally meant the synthesis of a defined set of oligonucleotide probes which is made up of a sequence complementary to the target sequence of interest, as well as preselected vanations of that sequence, e.g., substitution of one or more given positions with one or more members of the basis set of nucleotides
  • Tiling strategies are further descnbed m PCT application No. WO 95/11995.
  • arrays are tiled for a number of specific, identified biallehc marker sequences.
  • the array is tiled to include a number of detection blocks, each detection block being specific for a specific biallehc marker or a set of biallehc markers.
  • a detection block may be tiled to include a number of probes, which span the sequence segment that includes a specific polymo ⁇ hism To ensure probes that are complementary to each allele, the probes are synthesized in pairs diffenng at the biallehc marker. In addition to the probes diffenng at the polymo ⁇ hic base, monosubstituted probes are also generally tiled withm the detection block.
  • These monosubstituted probes have bases at and up to a certain number of bases m either direction from the polymo ⁇ hism, substituted with the remaining nucleotides (selected from A, T, G, C and U)
  • the probes in a tiled detection block will include substitutions of the sequence positions up to and including those that are 5 bases away from the biallehc marker.
  • the monosubstituted probes provide internal controls for the tiled array, to distinguish actual hybndization from artefactual cross-hybridization.
  • the array Upon completion of hyb ⁇ dization with the target sequence and washing of the array, the array is scanned to determine the position on the array to which the target sequence hybridizes The hyb ⁇ dization data from the scanned array is then analyzed to identify which allele or alleles of the biallehc marker are present m the sample. Hyb ⁇ dization and scanning may be earned out as descnbed m PCT application No WO 92/10092 and WO 95/11995 and US patent No. 5,424,186. Thus, m some embodiments, the chips may compnse an array of nucleic acid sequences of fragments of about 15 nucleotides m length.
  • the chip may comp ⁇ se an array including at least one of the sequences selected from the group consisting of amphcons listed table 1 and the sequences complementary thereto, or a fragment thereof, said fragment comprising at least about 8 consecutive nucleotides, preferably 10, 15, 20, more preferably 25, 30, 40, 47, or 50 consecutive nucleotides and containing a polymo ⁇ hic base
  • the polymo ⁇ hic base is within 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, nucleotides of the center of the said polynucleotide, more preferably at the center of said polynucleotide.
  • the chip may compnse an array of at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more of these polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Solid supports and polynucleotides of the present invention attached to solid supports are further desc ⁇ bed in "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers".
  • Another technique, which may be used to analyze polymo ⁇ hisms includes multicomponent integrated systems, which miniaturize and compartmentalize processes such as PCR and capillary electrophoresis reactions m a single functional device.
  • An example of such technique is disclosed in US patent 5,589,136 which descnbes the integration of PCR amplification and capillary electrophoresis m chips Integrated systems can be envisaged mamly when microfluidic systems are used.
  • microfluidic systems comp ⁇ se a pattern of microchannels designed onto a glass, silicon, quartz, or plastic wafer included on a microchip.
  • the movements of the samples are controlled by electric, electroosmotic or hydrostatic forces applied across different areas of the microchip to create functional microscopic valves and pumps with no moving parts.
  • the microfluidic system may integrate nucleic acid amplification, microsequencmg, capillary electrophoresis and a detection method such as laser- induced fluorescence detection.
  • Any of the coding polynucleotides of the invention may be inserted into recombinant vectors for expression in a recombinant host cell or a recombinant host organism.
  • the present invention also encompasses a family of recombinant vectors that contains a coding polynucleotide from the group of coding polynucleotides OLFl to OLF 10 genes. Consequently, the present invention further deals with a recombinant vector compnsmg a polynucleotide compnsmg any of the coding sequence of SEQ ID No 1, preferably those selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11.
  • the present invention relates to expression vectors which include nucleic acids encoding an olfactory receptor protein descnbed herein under the control of an exogenous regulatory sequence.
  • a recombinant vector of the invention is used to amplify the inserted polynucleotide denved from an olfactory receptor genomic sequence selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acids of SEQ ID No 1 and of olfactory receptor cDNAs, for example the open reading frames of SEQ ID Nos 2-1 1, in a suitable cell host , this polynucleotide being amplified at every time that the recombinant vector replicates.
  • the present invention relates to expression vectors which include nucleic acids encoding an olfactory receptor protein, preferably the olfactory receptor proteins of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or variants or fragments thereof, under the control of an exogenous regulatory sequence.
  • a recombinant vector of the invention may comprise any of the polynucleotides described herein, including regulatory sequences, and coding sequences, as well as any olfactory receptor primer or probe as defined above. More particularly, the recombinant vectors of the present invention can comprise any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding Regions of the olfactory receptor gene” section, “Genomic sequence of the olfactory receptor gene” section, the "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers” section and the "Polynucleotide constructs" section.
  • a recombinant vector according to the invention comprises, but is not limited to, a YAC (Yeast Artificial Chromosome), a BAC (Bacterial Artificial Chromosome), a phage, a phagemid, a cosmid, a plasmid or even a linear DNA molecule which may consist of a chromosomal, non- chromosomal and synthetic DNA.
  • a recombinant vector can comprise a transcriptional unit comprising an assembly of
  • Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually from about 10 to 300 bp that act on the promoter to increase the transcription.
  • Structural units intended for use in yeast or eukaryotic expression systems preferably include a leader sequence enabling extracellular secretion of translated protein by a host cell.
  • recombinant protein may include an N- terminal residue. This residue may or may not be subsequently cleaved from the expressed recombinant protein to provide a final product.
  • recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication, selectable markers permitting transformation of the host cell, and a promoter derived from a highly expressed gene to direct transcription of a downstream structural sequence.
  • the heterologous structural sequence is assembled in appropriate phase with translation initiation and termination sequences, and preferably a leader sequence capable of directing secretion of translated protein into the periplasmic space or extracellular medium.
  • the selectable marker genes for selection of transformed host cells are preferably dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, TRPl for S cerevisiae or tetracychne, ⁇ fampicine or ampicilhn resistance m E coh, or levan saccharase for mycobactena.
  • the coding sequence of an olfactory receptor according to the invention can be fused its N- or C- terminus with protein such as MBP (maltose binding protein) and GST (Glutathione S transferase) or with tag such as poly-histidme tag, Strep tag, Bio tag, and flag peptide epitope tag, those being detailed below.
  • Thioredoxm can be eventually inserted between the olfactory receptor and the tag.
  • Useful expression vectors for bacte ⁇ al use are constructed by inserting a structural DNA sequence encoding a desired polypeptide with suitable translation initiation and termination signals m operable reading phase with a functional promoter.
  • the vector will comp ⁇ se one or more phenotypic selectable markers and an ongm of replication to ensure maintenance of the vector and to, if desirable, provide amplification withm the host.
  • useful expression vectors for bacterial use can compnse a selectable marker and bacte ⁇ al ongm of replication derived from commercially available plasmids compnsmg genetic elements of pBR322 (ATCC 37017).
  • Such commercial vectors include, for example, pKK223-3 (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), and GEM1 (Promega Biotec, Madison, WI, USA).
  • bactenal vectors pQE70, pQE60, pQE-9 (Qiagen), pbs, pDIO, phagesc ⁇ pt, ps ⁇ X174, pbluesc ⁇ pt SK, pbsks, pNH8A, pNH16A, pNH18A, pNH46A (Stratagene), ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRLT5 (Pharmacia): or eukaryotic vectors : pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl, pSG (Stratagene); pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG, pSVL (Pharmacia); baculovirus transfer vector pVL 1392/ 1393 (Pharmmgen);
  • a suitable vector for the expression of the olfactory receptor above-defined or their peptide fragments is baculovirus vector that can be propagated in insect cells and m insect cell lines.
  • a specific suitable host vector system is the pVL1392/1393 baculovirus transfer vector (Pharmmgen) that is used to transfect the SF9 cell line (ATCC N°CRL 171 1 ) which is derived from Spodoptera frugiperda.
  • Other suitable vectors for the expression of an olfactory receptor or their peptide fragments or vanants in a baculovirus expression system include those descnbed by Chai et al. (1993), Vlasak et al. (1983) and Lenhard et al. (1996).
  • Mammalian expression vectors will compnse an ongm of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer, and also any necessary nbosome binding sites, polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, transcriptional termination sequences, and 5' flanking nontranscribed sequences.
  • DNA sequences denved from the SV40 viral genome for example SV40 ongm, early promoter, enhancer, splice and polyadenylation sites may be used to provide the required nontransc ⁇ bed genetic elements
  • the suitable promoter regions used m the expression vectors according to the present invention are chosen taking into account of the cell host which the heterologous gene has to be expressed.
  • a suitable promoter may be heterologous with respect to the nucleic acid for which it controls the expression or alternatively can be endogenous to the native polynucleotide containing the coding sequence to be expressed. Additionally, the promoter is generally heterologous with respect to the recombinant vector sequences with which the construct promoter/coding sequence has been inserted.
  • the promoter is selected among the group compnsmg .
  • an internal or an endogenous promoter such as the natural promoter associated with the structural gene coding for the desired olfactory receptor polypeptide or the fragment or va ⁇ ant thereof; such a promoter may be completed by a regulatory element denved from the vertebrate host, in particular an activator element;
  • bactenal promoters are the Lad, LacZ, the T3 or T7 bacte ⁇ ophage RNA polymerase promoters, the polyhednn promoter, or the pi 0 protein promoter from baculovirus (Kit Novagen) (Smith et al., 1983.; O'Reilly et al., 1992), the lambda P R promoter or also the trc promoter
  • Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using, for example, CAT (chloramphenicol transferase) vectors and more preferably pKK232-8 and pCM7 vectors.
  • CAT chloramphenicol transferase
  • Particularly preferred bacte ⁇ al promoters include lad, lacZ, T3, T7, gpt, lambda PR, PL and t ⁇ .
  • Eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidme kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retrovirus, and mouse metallothionein-L. Selection of a convenient vector and promoter is well withm the level of ordinary skill m the art. The choice of a determined promoter, among the above-described promoters is well in the ability of one skill m the art, guided by his knowledge in the genetic engmeenng technical field, and by being also guided by the book of Sambrook et al. in 1989 or also by the procedures desc ⁇ bed by Fuller et al. in 1996 (Fuller S.A. et al., 1996).
  • a preferred constitutive promoter that is used is one of the internal promoters that are active in the resting fibroblasts such the promoter of the phosphoglycerate kinase gene (PGK-1).
  • the PGK- 1 promoter is either the mouse promoter or the human promoter such as desc ⁇ bed by Adra et al.( 1987).
  • Other constitutive promoters may also be used such that the beta-actin promoter (Kort et al., 1983) or the vimentin promoter (Rettlez and Basenga, 1987).
  • the vector containing the appropriate DNA sequence as described above, more preferably a OLFl to OLF 10 coding polynucleotide, can be utilized to transform an appropriate host to allow the expression of the desired polypeptide or polynucleotide.
  • an olfactory receptor polypeptide encompassed by the invention or a fragment or a variant thereof may be useful in order to correct a genetic defect related to the expression of the native gene in a host organism or to the production of biologically active olfactory receptor proteins.
  • the present invention also deals with recombinant expression vectors mainly designed for the in vivo production of a therapeutic peptide fragment by the introduction of the genetic information in the organism of the patient to be treated.
  • This genetic information may be introduced in vitro in a cell that has been previously extracted from the organism, the modified cell being subsequently reinfroduced in the said organism, directly in vivo into the appropriate tissue, and preferably in the olfactory epithelium.
  • One specific embodiment for a method for delivering the conesponding protein or peptide to the interior of a cell of a vertebrate in vivo comprises the step of introducing a preparation comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier and a naked polynucleotide operatively coding for the polypeptide into the interstitial space of a tissue comprising the cell, whereby the naked polynucleotide is taken up into the interior of the cell and has a physiological effect.
  • the invention provides a composition for the in vivo production of an olfactory receptor polypeptide described therein containing a naked polynucleotide operatively coding for an olfactory receptor selected from the group of OLFl to OLF 10 or a fragment or a variant thereof, in solution in a physiologically acceptable carrier and suitable for introduction into a tissue to cause cells of the tissue to express the said protein or polypeptide.
  • the composition described above is administered locally, near the site in which the expression of the olfactory receptor polypeptide under consideration or a fragment or a variant thereof is sought.
  • the polynucleotide operatively coding for an olfactory receptor polypeptide or a fragment or variant thereof may be a vector comprising the genomic DNA or the complementary DNA (cDNA) coding for the corresponding protein and a promoter sequence allowing the expression of the genomic DNA or the complementary DNA in the desired eukaryotic cells, such as vertebrate cells, specifically mammalian cells.
  • This vector may also contain one origin of replication that allows it to replicate in the eukaryotic host cell such as an origin of replication from a bovine papillomavirus.
  • the vector can contain several, for example two, origins of replication of different origins in order to allow said vector to replicate in different host cells, typically both in a prokaryotic cell such as E coli and in an eukaryotic cell such as a mammalian epithelial cell, preferably a mammalian olfactory epithelial cell.
  • a prokaryotic cell such as E coli
  • an eukaryotic cell such as a mammalian epithelial cell, preferably a mammalian olfactory epithelial cell.
  • compositions comp ⁇ sing a polynucleotide are described in the PCT application N° WO 90/1 1092 (Vical Inc.) and also the PCT application N° WO 95/1 1307 (Institut Pasteur, INSERM, Universite d'Ottawa) as well as in the articles of Tacson et al. (1996) and of Huygen et al. (1996).
  • the DNA to be introduced is complexed with DEAE-dextran (Pagano et al., 1967) or with nuclear proteins (Kaneda et al, 1989), with hpids (Feigner et al., 1987) or encapsulated withm hposomes (Fraley et al., 1980).
  • the polynucleotide encoding an olfactory receptor polypeptide of the invention or a fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof may be included in a transfection system compnsmg polypeptides that promote its penetration within the host cells as it is desc ⁇ bed in the PCT application WO 95/10534 (Seikagaku Co ⁇ oration).
  • the vector according to the present invention may advantageously be administered m the form of a gel that facilitates their transfection into the cells.
  • a gel composition may be a complex of poly-L-lysine and lactose, as described by Midoux (1993) or also poloxamer 407 as descnbed by Pastore (1994).
  • Said vector' may also be suspended in a buffer solution or be associated with hposomes.
  • the amount of the vector to be injected to the desired host organism vary according to the site of injection. As an indicative dose, it will be injected between 0,1 and 100 ⁇ g of the vector in an animal body, preferably a mammal body, for example a mouse body
  • said vector may be introduced m vitro m a host cell, preferably m a host cell previously harvested from the animal to be treated and more preferably a somatic cell such as a muscle cell.
  • the cell that has been transformed with the vector coding for the desired olfactory receptor polypeptide or the desired fragment or vanant thereof is implanted back into the animal body in order to deliver the recombinant protein withm the body either locally or systemically
  • Suitable vectors for the in vivo expression of an olfactory receptor polypeptide of the invention or a fragment or a vanant thereof are descnbed hereunder.
  • the vector is denved from an adenovirus.
  • Preferred adenovrruses vectors according to the invention are those descnbed by Feldman and Steg (1996) or Ohno et al. (1994).
  • Another preferred recombinant adenovirus according to this specific embodiment of the present invention is the adenovirus descnbed by Ohwada et al. (1996) or the human adenovirus type 2 or 5 (Ad 2 or Ad 5) or an adenovirus of animal o ⁇ gin ( French patent application N° FR-93.05954).
  • adenoviruses of animal origin it can be cited the adenoviruses of canine (CAV2, strain Manhattan or A26/61 [ATCC VR-800]), bov e, mu ⁇ ne (Mavl, Beard et al, 1980) or simian (SAV).
  • the inventors are using recombinant defective adenoviruses that may be prepared following a technique well-known by one skill m the art, for example as desc ⁇ bed by Levrero et al (1991) or by Graham (1984) or in the European patent application N° EP-185 573.
  • Another defective recombinant adenovirus that may be used according to the present invention, as well as a composition of matter containing such a defective recombinant adenovirus, is described m the PCT application N° WO 95/14785.
  • Retrovirus vectors and adeno-associated virus vectors are generally understood to be the recombinant gene delivery system of choice for the transfer of exogenous polynucleotides in vivo , particularly to mammals, including humans These vectors provide efficient delivery of genes into cells, and the transferred nucleic acids are stably integrated into the chromosomal DNA of the host
  • retrovirus vectors containing a nucleic acid are also encompassed with the scope of the invention.
  • a major prerequisite for the use of retroviruses is to ensure the safety of their use, particularly with regard to the possibility of the spread of wild-type virus m the cell population.
  • the development of specialized cell lines (termed "packaging cells") which produce only replication defective retroviruses has increased the utility of retroviruses for in vivo gene delivery, and defective retroviruses are well charactenzed for use in gene transfer.
  • recombinant retroviruses can be constructed m which a part of the retroviral coding sequence (gag, pol, env) has been replaced by nucleic acid encoding an olfactory receptor rendering the retrovirus defective Protocols for producing recombinant retroviruses and for infecting cells in vitro and in vivo with such viruses can be found in "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology” (1989).
  • retroviral-based vectors by modifying the viral packaging proteins on the surface of the viral particle, as descnbed for example m the PCT Application No WO 93/25234 or m the PCT Application No WO 94/ 06920
  • strategies for the modification of the infection spectrum of retroviral vectors include coupling antibodies specific for cell surface antigens to the viral env protein (Julan et al., 1992) or coupling cell surface receptor ligands to the viral env protein (Neda et al., 1991) Coupling can be in the form of the chemical cross-linking with a protein or other vanety (e.g.
  • lactose to convert the env protein to an asialoglycoprotem
  • fusion proteins e.g smgle-cham ant ⁇ body/e «v fusion proteins.
  • retroviruses for the preparation or construction of retroviral in vitro or in vitro gene delivery vehicles of the present invention include retroviruses selected from the group consisting of Mink-Cell Focus Inducing Virus, Mu ⁇ ne Sarcoma Virus, Reticuloendothehosis virus and Rous Sarcoma virus.
  • retroviruses selected from the group consisting of Mink-Cell Focus Inducing Virus, Mu ⁇ ne Sarcoma Virus, Reticuloendothehosis virus and Rous Sarcoma virus.
  • Particularly preferred Munne Leukemia Viruses include 4070A and 1504A (Hartley et al., 1976), Abelson (ATCC No VR-999), Friend (ATCC No VR-245), Gross (ATCC No VR-590), Rauscher (ATCC No VR-998) and Moloney Munne Leukemia Virus (ATCC No VR-190, PCT Application No WO 94/24298).
  • Rous Sarcoma Viruses include Bryan high titer (ATCC Nos VR-334, VR-657, VR-726, VR-659 and VR-728).
  • Another preferred retroviral vector is that descnbed by Roth et al. (Roth J.A. et al., 1996).
  • Adeno-associated virus is a naturally occur ⁇ ng defective virus that requires another virus, such as an adenovirus or a he ⁇ es virus, as a helper virus for efficient replication and a productive life cycle (Muzyczka et al, 1992). It is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non-dividing cells, and exhibits a high frequency of stable integration (Flotte et al., 1992; Samulski et al., 1989; McLaughlin et al., 1989).
  • AAV adeno-associated virus
  • Another object of the invention consists m host cell that have been transformed or transfected with one of the polynucleotides described therein, and more precisely a polynucleotide compnsmg the coding sequence of any of the olfactory receptor polypeptide having the ammo acid sequence of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or fragments or variants thereof.
  • host cells that are transformed (prokaryotic cells) or that are transfected (eukaryotic cells) with a recombinant vector such as one of those desc ⁇ bed above.
  • a recombinant host cell of the invention comp ⁇ ses any one of the polynucleotides or the recombinant vectors described therein. More particularly, the cell hosts of the present invention can comprise any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene” section, "Genomic sequence of olfactory receptor gene * ' section, the “Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers” section, the “Polynucleotide constructs” section.and the " Expression of an OLFl to OLF 10 coding polypeptide” section.
  • Suitable prokaryotic hosts for transformation include E coh, Bacillus subtilis, as well as vanous species withm the genera of Streptomyces or Mycobacterium.
  • Suitable eukaryotic hosts comp ⁇ se yeast, insect cells, such as Drosophila and Sf9.
  • Various mammalian cell hosts can also be employed to express recombinant protein. Examples of mammalian cell hosts include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts (Guzman, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing a compatible vector, for example the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines. The selection of an host is within the scope of the one skilled in the art.
  • Preferred cell hosts used as recipients for the expression vectors of the invention are the followings : a) Prokaryotic host cells : Eschenchia coh strains (I.E. DH5- ⁇ strain) or Bacillus subtilis. b) Eukaryotic host cells : HeLa cells (ATCC N°CCL2. N°CCL2.1 , N°CCL2.2). Cv 1 cells (ATCC N°CCL70), COS cells (ATCC N°CRL1650; N°CRL1651), Sf-9 cells (ATCC N°CRL171 1 )
  • the constructs in the host cells can be used in a conventional manner to produce the gene product encoded by the recombinant sequence. Following transformation of a suitable host and growth of the host to an approp ⁇ ate cell density, the selected promoter is induced by approp ⁇ ate means, such as temperature shift or chemical induction, and cells are cultivated for an additional period.
  • approp ⁇ ate means such as temperature shift or chemical induction
  • Microbial cells employed in expression of proteins can be disrupted by any convenient method, including freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or use of cell lysing agents. Such methods are well known by the skill artisan.
  • transgenic animals or "host animals” are used herein designate animals that have their genome genetically and artificially manipulated so as to include one of the nucleic acids according to the invention.
  • Preferred animals are non-human mammals and include those belonging to a genus selected from Mus (e.g. mice), Rattus (e.g. rats) and Oryctogalus (e.g. rabbits) which have their genome artificially and genetically altered by the insertion of a nucleic acid according to the invention.
  • the transgenic animals of the invention all include withm a plurality of their cells a cloned recombinant or synthetic DNA sequence, more specifically one of the punfied or isolated nucleic acids compnsmg an olfactory receptor coding sequence selected from the group OLFl to OLF 10 an olfactory receptor regulatory polynucleotide or a DNA sequence encoding an antisense polynucleotide such as desc ⁇ bed m the present specification.
  • transgenic animals according to the invention contain in their somatic cells and/or in their germ line cells any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene” section, "Genomic sequence of olfactory receptor gene " section, the “Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers” section, the “Polynucleotide constructs” section and the " Expression of an OLFl to OLF 10 coding polypeptide” section.
  • the replacement of the native genomic olfactory receptor sequence by a defective copy of said sequence may be preformed by techniques of gene targeting. Such techniques are notably desc ⁇ bed by Bur ⁇ ght et al. (1997), Bates et al. (1997), Mangia ⁇ ni et al. (1997), Davies et al. (1997)
  • Second preferred transgenic animals of the invention have the munne olfactory receptor gene replaced either by a defective copy of the munne olfactory receptor gene or by an interrupted copy of the human olfactory receptor gene.
  • a "defective copy" of a murine or a human olfactory receptor gene is intended to designate a modified copy of these genes that is not or poorly transcribed in the resulting recombinant host animal or a modified copy of these genes leading to the absence of synthesis of the corresponding translation product or alternatively leading to a modified and/or truncated translation product lacking the biological activity of the wild type olfactory receptor protein.
  • the altered translation product thus contains amino acid modifications, deletions and substitutions.
  • Modifications and deletions may render the naturally occurring gene nonfunctional, thus leading to a "knockout animal".
  • These transgenic animals are critical for the creation of animal models of human diseases, and for eventual treatment of disorders related to alteration of the olfactory perception of odorant substances or molecules. Examples of such knockout mice are described m the PCT Applications Nos WO 97/34641, WO 96/12792 and WO 98/02354.
  • the endogenous murine olfactory receptor gene can be interrupted by the insertion, between two contiguous nucleotide of said gene, of a part of all of a marker gene placed under the control of the appropnate promoter, for example the endogenous promoter of the endogenous munne olfactory receptor gene.
  • the marker gene may be the neomycin resistance gene (neo) that may be operably linked to the phosphoglycerate kmase-1 (PGK-1) promoter, as desc ⁇ bed in the PCT Application No WO 98/02534.
  • the invention is also directed to a transgenic animal contain m their somatic cells and/or in their germ line cells a polynucleotide selected from the following group of polynucleotides: a) a defective copy of the human olfactory receptor gene; b) a defective copy of the endogenous olfactory receptor gene, wherein the expression "endogenous olfactory receptor gene” designates an olfactory receptor gene that is naturally present within the genome of the animal host to be genetically modified
  • the invention also concerns a method for obtaining transgenic animals, wherein said methods comp ⁇ se the steps of • a) replacing the endogenous copy of the animal olfactory receptor gene by a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of a defective copy of the human olfactory receptor gene and a defective copy of the endogenous olfactory receptor gene in animal cells, preferably embryonic stem cells (ES); b) introducing the recombinant animal cells obtained at step a) m embryos, notably blastocysts of the animal; c) selecting the resulting transgenic animals, for example by detecting the defective copy of an olfactory receptor gene with one or several pnmers or probes according to the invention.
  • ES embryonic stem cells
  • the transgenic animals may be bred together m order to obtain homozygous transgenic animals for the defective copy of the olfactory receptor gene introduced.
  • transgenic animals of the invention thus contain specific sequences of exogenous genetic matenal such as the nucleotide sequences described above m detail.
  • these transgenic animals may be good expe ⁇ mental models order to study the diverse pathologies related to disorders associated to alteration of the olfactory perception of odorant substances or molecules, m particular concerning the transgenic animals within the genome of which has been inserted one or several copies of a polynucleotide encoding a native olfactory receptor protein, or alternatively a mutant olfactory receptor protein
  • Third preferred transgenic animals according to the invention contains m their somatic cells and/or in their germ line cells a polynucleotide selected from the following group of polynucleotides
  • c) a punfied or isolated nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from the group of SEQ ID 2-11 , a sequence complementary thereto or a fragment or a variant thereof.
  • transgenic animals of the invention thus contain specific sequences of exogenous genetic material such as the nucleotide sequences desc ⁇ bed above detail
  • these transgenic animals may be good expe ⁇ mental models in order to screen the candidate substance of interest interacting with the olfactory receptor under consideration
  • transgenic animals of the invention Since it is possible to produce transgenic animals of the invention using a variety of different sequences, a general descnption will be given of the production of transgenic animals by refernng generally to exogenous genetic material This general descnption can be adapted by those skilled m the art in order to mco ⁇ orate the DNA sequences into animals
  • This general descnption can be adapted by those skilled m the art in order to mco ⁇ orate the DNA sequences into animals
  • Transgenic animals of the present invention are produced by the application of procedures which result in an animal with a genome that mco ⁇ orates exogenous genetic material which is integrated into the genome.
  • the procedure involves obtaining the genetic matenal, or a portion thereof, which encodes either a coding sequence, a non-codmg polynucleotide or a DNA sequence encoding an antisense polynucleotide of an olfactory receptor selected from the group OLFl to OLF 10 such as descnbed m the present specification
  • a recombinant polynucleotide of the invention is inserted into an embryonic or ES stem cell line.
  • the insertion is made using electroporation.
  • the cells subjected to electroporation are screened (e.g. Southern blot analysis) to find positive cells which have integrated the exogenous recombinant polynucleotide into their genome.
  • An illustrative positive-negative selection procedure that may be used according to the invention is desc ⁇ bed by Mansour et al (1988).
  • the positive cells are isolated, cloned and injected into 3.5 days old blastocysts from mice The blastocysts are then inserted into a female host animal and allowed to grow to term.
  • the offsp ⁇ ngs of the female host are tested to determine which animals are transgenic e.g. include the inserted exogenous DNA sequence and which are wild-type.
  • the present invention also concerns a transgenic animal containing a nucleic acid, a recombinant expression vector or a recombinant host cell according to the invention.
  • a further object of the invention compnses recombinant host cells obtained from a transgenic animal desc ⁇ bed herein.
  • the invention encompasses cells denved from non-human host mammals and animals compnsmg a recombinant vector of the invention or an olfactory receptor gene disrupted by homologous recombination with a knock out vector.
  • Recombinant cell lines may be established in vitro from cells obtained from any tissue of a transgenic animal according to the invention, for example by transfection of pnmary cell cultures with vectors expressing owc-genes such as SV40 large T antigen, as desc ⁇ bed by Chou (1989) and Shay et al.( 1991).
  • owc-genes such as SV40 large T antigen
  • the present invention pertains to methods for screening substances of interest, m particular odorant substances or molecules that interact with an olfactory receptor protein selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or one peptide fragment or variant thereof.
  • the candidate substance is devoid of odorant propnety but it is able to bind the olfactory receptor and to tngger the transduction of signals.
  • a hgand means a molecule, such as a protein, a peptide, an antibody or any synthetic chemical compound capable of binding to the olfactory receptor protein or one of its fragments or vanants or to modulate the expression of the polynucleotide coding for olfactory receptor or a fragment or vanant thereof.
  • a biological sample or a defined molecule to be tested as a putative hgand of the olfactory receptor protein is brought into contact with the corresponding punfied olfactory receptor protein, for example the corresponding purified recombinant olfactory receptor protein produced by a recombinant cell host as descnbed herein, in order to form a complex between this protein and the putative hgand molecule to be tested
  • the olfactory receptor protein or a fragment comprising comprising any of the fragments described in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments" with drugs or small molecules, such as molecules generated through combmato ⁇ al chemistry approaches, the microdialysis coupled to HPLC method described by Wang et al.
  • peptides, drugs, fatty acids, hpoprotems, or small molecules which interact with the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment comprising any of the fragments desc ⁇ bed in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments" may be identified using assays such as the following.
  • the molecule to be tested for binding is labeled with a detectable label, such as a fluorescent , radioactive, or enzymatic tag and placed m contact with immobilized olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment thereof under conditions which permit specific binding to occur, such as affinity columns.
  • chimenc proteins containing the olfactory receptor protein fused to proteins facilitating punfication such as glutathion S transferase (GST) are used
  • bound molecules are detected using appropnate means.
  • proteins, peptides, carbohydrates, hpids, or small molecules generated by combmatonal chemistry interacting with the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment or a vanant thereof can also be screened by using an Optical Biosensor as descnbed m Edwards and
  • the mam advantage of the method is that it allows the determination of the association rate between the olfactory receptor protein and molecules interacting with the olfactory receptor protein. It is thus possible to select specifically hgand molecules interacting with the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment thereof, through strong or conversely weak association constants.
  • Another object of the present invention comprises methods and kits for the screening of candidate substances that interact with olfactory receptor polypeptide.
  • the present invention pertains to methods for screening substances of interest that interact with an olfactory receptor protein or one fragment or va ⁇ ant thereof.
  • these substances or molecules may be advantageously used both in vitro and in vivo
  • said interacting molecules may be used as detection means in order to identify the presence of an olfactory receptor protein m a sample, preferably a biological sample.
  • a first method for the screening of a candidate substance interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or fragments or vanants thereof comprises the following steps : a) providing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the ammo acid sequences of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or fragments or vanants thereof, comprises the following steps : a) providing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the ammo acid sequences of SEQ ID
  • Nos 12-21 or a peptide fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof, b) obtaining a candidate substance; c) b ⁇ nging into contact said polypeptide with said candidate substance; and d) detecting the complexes formed between said polypeptide and said candidate substance.
  • Various candidate substances or molecules can be assayed for interaction with an olfactory receptor polypeptide.
  • these substances or molecules include, without being limited to, natural or synthetic organic compounds or molecules of biological ongm such as polypeptides
  • this polypeptide may be the resulting expression product of either a phage clone belonging to a phage-based random peptide library, or of a cDNA library cloned in a vector suitable for performing a two-hybrid screening assay.
  • the complexes formed between the polypeptide and the candidate substance are further incubated in the presence of a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to the olfactory receptor protein of the invention under consideration or to said peptide fragment or va ⁇ ant thereof.
  • step c) of said method increasing concentrations of a substance competing for binding to the olfactory receptor with the considered candidate substance is added, simultaneously or p ⁇ or to the addition of the candidate substance or molecule, when performing step c) of said method.
  • the olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or a peptide fragment or a vanant thereof, can be overexpressed and punfied m a bactenal system such as E coh as descnbed m Kiefer et al (1996) and Tucker et al. (1996)
  • the olfactory receptor coding sequence can be fused to its N-termmus with GST (Glutathione S transferase) or MBP (Maltose Binding Protein) and to its C-termmus with poly-histidme tag, Bio tag or Strep tag for facilitating the punfication of the expressed protein.
  • the Bio tag is 13 ammo acid residues long, is biotinylated in vivo in E. coh, and will therefore bind to both avidm and streptavidm.
  • the Strep tag is 9 ammo acid residues long and binds specifically to streptavidm, but not to avidin. Therewith, a purification step by affinity can be earned out based on the interaction of a poly-histidme tail with immobilized metal ions, of the biotinylated Bio tag with monomenc avidm, of the Strep tag with streptavidm, of the GST segment with the glutathione, or of the MBP segment with the maltose.
  • Thioredoxm can be eventually inserted between the receptor C-termmus and the tag and could increase the expression level.
  • the fusion protein is solubihzed in 1% N-launoyl sarcosme, and 0.2 % digitonm is added. It is purified by affinity chromatography. The MBP, GST or tag segment can be then removed. After the olfactory receptor protein punfication, sarcosyl can be replaced with digitonm which is a detergent widely used to stabilize the G protem-coupled receptors.
  • the punfied receptor is reconstituted into lipid vesicles preferably composed of phosphatidylchohne: phosphatidylglycerol (4: 1) by adding the lipid dissolved m dodecyl maltoside and removing the detergent
  • the olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF10, or a peptide fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof, can also be overexpressed and pu ⁇ fied in a baculov ⁇ rus/Sf9 system as described in Nekrasova et al. (1996).
  • the olfactory receptor gene, or a fragment thereof is preferably expressed with a "flag" peptide epitope tag and/or a poly-histidme tag to either its N- or C-termmus for facilitating the purification of the expressed protein. Therefore, the olfactory receptor gene, or a fragment or a variant thereof, is preferably subcloned into the baculovirus transfer vector pAcSGHisNT to create constructs that encoded olfactory receptor with ammo-termmal poly- histidme tag. The resulting transfer vector is transfected preferably with BaculoGold DNA into Sf9 cells.
  • the expressed olfactory receptors are then solubihzed either in 1 % N-lauryl sarcosme or 1.5 % lysophosphatidylchohne, but preferably in lysophosphatidylchohne.
  • the olfactory receptors are punfied by affinity chromatography on nickel nit ⁇ lotnacetic acid resm and by cation-exchange chromatography with carboxymethyl sepharaose cation-exchange column.
  • the tag segment can be then removed.
  • the punfied receptor is reconstituted into lipid vesicles preferably composed of dimy ⁇ toylglycerophosphocholme, cholesterol, dialmitoylgycerophosphose ⁇ ne and dipalmitoylglycerophosphoethanolamine (in molecular ratio 54:35 10:1)
  • candidate substances or molecules can then be assayed for their capacity to bind thereto.
  • the candidate substance or molecule to be assayed for interacting with an olfactory receptor of the invention may be of diverse nature, including, without being limited to, natural or synthetic organic compounds or molecules of biological origin such as peptide It can comprise aromatic or aliphatic compounds with various functional groups such as alcohol, aldehyde, ester, ether, ketone, carboxylic, amme.
  • An example of a substance panel which can be used is provided by Zhao et al. (1998).
  • the screening of substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor, or a fragment thereof, is earned out by photoaffinity labeling expenments desc ⁇ bed m Kiefer et al. (1996).
  • the odorant is labeled, preferably radiolabeled, and incubated with lipid vesicles including the punfied olfactory receptor.
  • the odorants bound to the olfactory receptors are crosshnked by exposure to ultraviolet light.
  • the samples are subjected to SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Proteins are visualized by Coomassie-blue staining and the odorants are revealed, preferably by autoradiography.
  • the proteins can be visualized by Western Blot with a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to the olfactory receptor under consideration.
  • the identification of a first substance specific to one of the olfactory receptors of the present invention facilitates the screening of other substances. Indeed, the binding capacity of the screened substances to this olfactory receptor can be earned out through a competition experiments against the first identified substance which is labeled.
  • the invention also pertains to kits useful for performing the hereinbefore descnbed screening method.
  • kits comprise a polypeptide selected form the group consisting of the polypeptides compnsmg the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or a peptide fragment or a variant thereof, and optionally means useful to detect the complex formed between the considered olfactory receptor polypeptide or its peptide fragment or variant and the candidate substance.
  • the kit can comprise an already identified substance specific of the olfactory receptor under consideration which is labeled, preferably radiolabeled, and a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody directed against the considered olfactory receptor.
  • a second screening method embodiment consists of a method for the screening of hgand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said method comp ⁇ ses : a) providing a recombinant eukaryotic host cell containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting the polypeptides comprising the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or variants or fragments thereof; b) preparing membrane extracts of said recombinant eukaryotic host cell; c) b ⁇ ngmg into contact the membrane extracts prepared at step b) with a selected hgand molecule; and d) detecting the production level of second messengers metabolites.
  • the baculov ⁇ rus-Sf9 cell system enables a foreign DNA encoding an olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or a peptide fragment or a variant thereof, to be expressed with high efficiency. Moreover, it can be used to couple a heterologous expressed olfactory receptor to the second messenger cascades. Therefore, the binding specificity of an olfactory receptor can be assessed through an assay of odorant-induced generation of cAMP or inositol t ⁇ phosphate (InsP3) described m Rammg et al (1993).
  • a cell line denved from Sf9 is infected by baculovirus, such as baculovirus transfer vector pVL1393, harbonng DNA encoding the olfactory receptor or a fragment thereof downstream from a strong promoter, preferably the polyhedral promoter.
  • Recombinant virus are punfied and used to mfect 1.5 x 10 8 Sf9 cells m 100 ml spmner cultures at high multiplicity of infection.
  • Cells are collected after a postmfection delay, preferably 48 h, and membrane fractions are isolated as follow. Cells are pelleted (at 250g for 10 min at 4°C), washed with Ringer solution (120 mM NaCI,
  • Assay of odorant substance-mduced generation of second messengers cAMP and InsP3 is performed as follow.
  • Suspensions of Sf9 cell membrane preparations 300 ⁇ g protein
  • a stimulation buffer 200 mM NaCI, 10 mM EGTA, 50 mM MOPS.
  • the reaction is stopped after a short time, preferably 1 sec, by injecting 10 % Perchlo ⁇ c acid. Quenched samples are assayed for second messenger concentrations.
  • the quenched and cooled samples are vortexed and centnfuged for 5 mm at 2500g at 4°C.
  • 400 ⁇ l of the supernatants are transfe ⁇ ed to a separate tube containing 100 ⁇ l of 10 mM EDTA (pH 7).
  • the sample are neutralized by adding 500 ⁇ l of a 1 : 1 (v/v) mixture of 1,1,2 tnchlorofluoroethane, followed by thorough mixing.
  • cent ⁇ fugation for 2 mm at 500g three phases are obtained.
  • the upper phase which contains all water soluble components, is used for carrying out the concentration measurements.
  • cAMP and InsP3 concentrations are determined according the procedure of Sterner et al. (1972) and Palmer et al. (1989), respectively
  • the invention also concerns a kit for the screening of odorant hgand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said kit comprises .
  • the screening of substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor, or a fragment thereof can also be earned out through the measurement of the increase of the response to odorants in an olfactory epithelium overexpressing an olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or a peptide fragment or a va ⁇ ant thereof, as desc ⁇ bed in Zhao et al. (1998).
  • the response is assessed by elecfro-olfactogram which measures a transepithehal potential resulting from the summed activity of many olfactory neurons.
  • an adenovirus containing the olfactory receptor gene is generated.
  • the olfactory receptor coding sequence is preferably combined in the adenovirus with the physiological marker green fluorescent protein (GFP) m such manner that the two proteins are simultaneously expressed.
  • GFP physiological marker green fluorescent protein
  • the GFP clearly marked the pattern of viral infection and olfactory receptor expression.
  • Odorant substance are applied to the olfactory epithelium m the vapor phase by injecting a pressurized pulse of odorant vapor into a continuous stream of humidified clean air.
  • Electro-olfactogram recordings are obtained with a glass capillary electrode placed on the surface of the epithelium and connected to a differential amplifier.
  • the olfactory receptor specificity is assessed from the increase of response m infected animals compared to umnfected animals. To account for the vanabihty between animals, a standard odorant to which all other odorant responses are normalized is used.
  • a third screening method embodiment consists of a method for the screening of hgand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said method comp ⁇ ses : a) providing an adenovirus containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group compnsmg, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the polypeptides compnsmg the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or variants or fragments thereof: b) infecting an olfactory epithelium with said adenovirus; c) b ⁇ ngmg into contact the olfactory epithelium b) with a selected hgand molecule; and d) detecting the increase of the response to said hgand molecule.
  • compositions according to the present invention compnse advantageously an oligonucleotide fragment of the nucleic sequence of olfactory receptor as an antisense tool or a t ⁇ ple helix tool that inhibits the expression of the corresponding olfactory receptor gene.
  • a preferred fragment of the nucleic sequence of olfactory receptor comprises an allele of at least one of the biallelic markers Al to A13.
  • Preferred methods using antisense polynucleotide according to the present invention are the procedures described by Sczakiel et al.(1995). Preferred antisense polynucleotides are described in the section entitled "Nuclear Antisense
  • the antisense nucleic acids should have a length and melting temperature sufficient to permit formation of an intracellular duplex having sufficient stability to inhibit the expression of the olfactory receptor mRNA in the duplex.
  • Strategies for designing antisense nucleic acids suitable for use in gene therapy are disclosed in Green et al., (1986) and Izant and Wemtraub, (1984). In some strategies, antisense molecules are obtained by reversing the onentation of the olfactory receptor coding region with respect to a promoter so as to transcribe the opposite strand from that which is normally transcnbed in the cell.
  • the antisense molecules may be transcribed using in vitro transcnption systems such as those which employ T7 or SP6 polymerase to generate the franscnpt.
  • in vitro transcnption systems such as those which employ T7 or SP6 polymerase to generate the franscnpt.
  • Another approach involves transcnption of olfactory receptor antisense nucleic acids in vivo by operably linking DNA containing the antisense sequence to a promoter in a suitable expression vector.
  • suitable antisense strategies are those descnbed by Rossi et al.(1991), in the International Applications Nos. WO 94/23026, WO 95/04141, WO 92/18522 and in the European Patent Application No. EP 0 572 287 A2
  • An alternative to the antisense technology that is used according to the present invention compnses using ribozymes that will bind to a target sequence via their complementary polynucleotide tail and that will cleave the corresponding RNA by hydrolyzmg its target site (namely "hammerhead ribozymes").
  • the simplified cycle of a hammerhead ribozyme comp ⁇ ses (1) sequence specific binding to the target RNA via complementary antisense sequences; (2) site-specific hydrolysis of the cleavable motif of the target strand; and (3) release of cleavage products, which gives nse to another catalytic cycle.
  • antisense nbozymes are advantageous.
  • a preferred delivery system for antisense nbozyme is achieved by covalently linking these antisense ribozymes to lipophilic groups or to use hposomes as a convenient vector.
  • Preferred antisense nbozymes according to the present invention are prepared as desc ⁇ bed by Sczakiel et al.(1995), the specific preparation procedures being referred to m said article
  • the olfactory receptor genomic DNA may also be used to inhibit the expression of the olfactory receptor gene based on intracellular t ⁇ ple helix formation.
  • Tnple helix oligonucleotides are used to inhibit transc ⁇ ption from a genome. They are particularly useful for studying alterations in cell activity when it is associated with a particular gene.
  • olfactory receptor genomic DNA can be used to study the effect of inhibiting olfactory receptor transc ⁇ ption withm a cell.
  • homopunne sequences were considered the most useful for t ⁇ ple helix strategies.
  • homopynmidme sequences can also inhibit gene expression.
  • homopynmidme oligonucleotides bind to the major groove at homopunne :homopy ⁇ m ⁇ dme sequences.
  • both types of sequences from the olfactory receptor genomic DNA are contemplated with the scope of this invention.
  • the sequences of the olfactory receptor genomic DNA are first scanned to identify 10-mer to 20-mer homopynmidme or homopunne stretches which could be used t ⁇ ple-hehx based strategies for inhibiting olfactory receptor expression.
  • their efficiency m inhibiting olfactory receptor expression is assessed by introducing varying amounts of oligonucleotides containing the candidate sequences into tissue culture cells which express the olfactory receptor gene.
  • oligonucleotides can be introduced into the cells using a variety of methods known to those skilled m the art, including but not limited to calcium phosphate precipitation, DEAE-Dextran, electroporation, hposome-mediated transfection or native uptake.
  • Treated cells are monitored for altered cell function or reduced olfactory receptor expression using techniques such as Northern blotting, RNase protection assays, or PCR based strategies to monitor the transc ⁇ ption levels of the olfactory receptor gene in cells which have been treated with the oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides which are effective in inhibiting gene expression m tissue culture cells may then be introduced in vivo using the techniques descnbed above m the antisense approach at a dosage calculated based on the in vitro results, as described m antisense approach.
  • the natural (beta) anomers of the oligonucleotide units can be replaced with alpha anomers to render the oligonucleotide more resistant to nucleases.
  • an intercalating agent such as ethidium bromide, or the like, can be attached to the 3' end of the alpha oligonucleotide to stabilize the tnple helix.
  • nucleic acid codes of the invention encompass the nucleotide sequences compnsmg, consisting essentially of, or consisting of any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding Regions of the olfactory receptor gene” section, “Genomic sequence of the olfactory receptor gene” section and the “Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers " section, or variants thereof, or complementary sequences thereto.
  • Homologous sequences refer to a sequence havmg at least 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, or 75% homology to these contiguous spans.
  • Homology may be determined using any method descnbed herein, including BLAST2N with the default parameters or with any modified parameters. Homologous sequences also may include RNA sequences m which undmes replace the thymmes in the nucleic acid codes of the invention. As used herein the term "polypeptide codes of the invention” encompass the polypeptide sequences comprising any of the polypeptides described in the " OLFl to OFL10 proteins and polypeptide fragments".
  • nucleic acid and polypeptide codes of the invention can be represented in the traditional single character format or three letter format respectively (See the mside back cover of Stryer, Lubert. Biochemistry, 3 rd edition. W. H Freeman & Co., New York.) or in any other format or code which records the identity of the nucleotides or the ammo acid respectively a sequence.
  • nucleic acid codes of the invention and polypeptide codes of the invention can be stored, recorded, and manipulated on any medium which can be read and accessed by a computer.
  • the words "recorded” and “stored” refer to a process for sto ⁇ ng information on a computer medium.
  • a skilled artisan can readily adopt any of the presently known methods for recording information on a computer readable medium to generate manufactures compnsmg one or more of the nucleic acid codes of the invention, or one or more of the polypeptide codes of the invention.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a computer readable medium having recorded thereon at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 nucleic acid codes of the invention.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a computer readable medium having recorded thereon at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 polypeptide codes of the invention.
  • Computer readable media include magnetically readable media, optically readable media, electronically readable media and magnetic/optical media
  • the computer readable media may be a hard disc, a floppy disc, a magnetic tape, CD-ROM, DVD, RAM, or ROM as well as other types of other media known to those skilled in the art.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include systems, particularly computer systems which contain the sequence information described herein.
  • a computer system refers to the hardware components, software components, and data storage components used to store and/or analyze the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention, the ammo acid sequences of the polypeptide codes of the invention, or other sequences.
  • the computer system preferably includes the computer readable media descnbed above, and a processor for accessing and manipulating the sequence data.
  • the computer system may further comp ⁇ se a sequence comparer for companng the nucleic acid codes or polypeptide codes of the invention stored on a computer readable medium to reference nucleotide sequences stored on a computer readable medium
  • sequence comparer refers to one or more programs which are implemented on the computer system to compare a nucleotide or polypeptide sequence with other nucleotide or polypeptide sequences and/or compounds including but not limited to peptides, peptidomimetics, and chemicals the sequences or structures of which are stored within the data storage means.
  • the sequence comparer may compare the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the ammo acid sequences of the polypeptide codes of the invention stored on a computer readable medium to reference sequences stored on a computer readable medium to identify homologies, motifs implicated in biological function, or structural motifs.
  • the vanous sequence comparer programs identified elsewhere m this patent specification are particularly contemplated for use in this aspect of the invention.
  • one aspect of the present invention is a computer system compnsmg a processor, a data storage device having stored thereon a nucleic acid code of the invention or a polypeptide code of the invention, a data storage device having ret ⁇ evably stored thereon reference nucleotide sequences or polypeptide sequences to be compared to the nucleic acid code of the invention or polypeptide code of the invention and a sequence comparer for conducting the companson.
  • the sequence comparer may indicate a homology level between the sequences compared or identify structural motifs the nucleic acid code of the invention and polypeptide codes of the invention or it may identify structural motifs in sequences which are compared to these nucleic acid codes and polypeptide codes.
  • the data storage device may have stored thereon the sequences of at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or polypeptide codes of the invention
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method for determining the level of homology between a nucleic acid code of the invention and a reference nucleotide sequence, compnsmg the steps of reading the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence through the use of a computer program which determines homology levels and determining homology between the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence with the computer program
  • the computer program may be any of a number of computer programs for determining homology levels, including those specifically enumerated herein, including BLAST2N with the default parameters or with any modified parameters.
  • the method may be implemented using the computer systems desc ⁇ bed above.
  • the method may also be performed by reading 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the above described nucleic acid codes of the invention through the use of the computer program and determining homology between the nucleic acid codes and reference nucleotide sequences
  • the computer program may be a computer program which compares the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the present invention, to reference nucleotide sequences in order to determine whether the nucleic acid code of the invention differs from a reference nucleic acid sequence at one or more positions
  • a program records the length and identity of inserted, deleted or substituted nucleotides with respect to the sequence of either the reference polynucleotide or the nucleic acid code of the invention.
  • the computer program may be a program which determines whether the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention contain one or more single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms (SNP) with respect to a reference nucleotide sequence.
  • SNP single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms
  • These single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms may each compnse a single base substitution, insertion, or deletion
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a method for determining the level of homology between a polypeptide code of the invention and a reference polypeptide sequence, compnsmg the steps of reading the polypeptide code of the invention and the reference polypeptide sequence through use of a computer program which determines homology levels and determining homology between the polypeptide code and the reference polypeptide sequence using the computer program.
  • another aspect of the present invention is a method for determining whether a nucleic acid code of the invention differs at one or more nucleotides from a reference nucleotide sequence comprising the steps of reading the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence through use of a computer program which identifies differences between nucleic acid sequences and identifying differences between the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence with the computer program.
  • the computer program is a program which identifies single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms. The method may be implemented by the computer systems desc ⁇ bed above.
  • the method may also be performed by reading at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the nucleic acid codes of the invention and the reference nucleotide sequences through the use of the computer program and identifying differences between the nucleic acid codes and the reference nucleotide sequences with the computer program.
  • An "identifier" refers to one or more programs which identifies certain features within the above-descnbed nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the ammo acid sequences of the polypeptide codes of the invention.
  • the identifier may comprise a molecular modeling program which determines the 3-d ⁇ mens ⁇ onal structure of the polypeptides codes of the invention.
  • the molecular modeling program identifies target sequences that are most compatible with profiles representing the structural environments of the residues m known three-dimensional protein structures. (See, e.g., Eisenberg et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,436,850 issued July 25, 1995).
  • the known three-dimensional structures of proteins m a given family are supenmposed to define the structurally conserved regions in that family
  • This protein modeling technique also uses the known three-dimensional structure of a homologous protein to approximate the structure of the polypeptide codes of the invention.
  • a second step the structural equivalencies obtained from the MST output are converted into mterresidue distance restraints and fed into the distance geometry program DRAGON, together with auxiliary information obtained from secondary structure predictions.
  • the program combines the restraints an unbiased manner and rapidly generates a large number of low resolution model confirmations.
  • these 5 low resolution model confirmations are converted into full-atom models and subjected to energy minimization using the molecular modeling package QUANTA. (See e.g., Asz ⁇ di et al., (1997)). he results of the molecular modeling analysis may then be used in rational drug design techniques to identify agents which modulate the activity of the polypeptide codes of the invention. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is a method of identifying a feature
  • nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention compnsmg reading the nucleic acid code(s) or the polypeptide code(s) through the use of a computer program which identifies features therein and identifying features within the nucleic acid code(s) or polypeptide code(s) with the computer program.
  • computer program comp ⁇ ses a computer program which identifies open reading frames.
  • the computer
  • the computer program identifies structural motifs m a polypeptide sequence.
  • the computer program comp ⁇ ses a molecular modeling program. The method may be performed by reading a single sequence or at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention through the use of the computer program and identifying features within the nucleic acid codes or polypeptide codes with the computer program.
  • nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention may be stored and manipulated m a vanety of data processor programs m a va ⁇ ety of formats.
  • they may be stored as text in a word processing file, such as MicrosoftWORD or WORDPERFECT or as an ASCII file m a vanety of database programs familiar to those of skill m the art, such as DB2, SYBASE, or ORACLE.
  • word processing file such as MicrosoftWORD or WORDPERFECT
  • ASCII file m a vanety of database programs familiar to those of skill m the art, such as DB2, SYBASE, or ORACLE.
  • many computer programs and databases may be used as sequence
  • comparers, identifiers, or sources of reference nucleotide or polypeptide sequences to be compared to the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention are 25 comparers, identifiers, or sources of reference nucleotide or polypeptide sequences to be compared to the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention.
  • the following list is intended not to limit the invention but to provide guidance to programs and databases which are useful with the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention.
  • the programs and databases which may be used include, but are not limited to: MacPattern (EMBL), DiscoveryBase
  • Motifs which may be detected using the above programs include sequences encoding leucine zippers, hehx-turn-hehx motifs, glycosylation sites, ubiquitmation sites, alpha helices, and beta sheets, signal sequences encoding signal peptides which direct the secretion of the encoded proteins, sequences implicated in transcription regulation such as homeoboxes, acidic stretches, enzymatic active sites, substrate binding sites, and enzymatic cleavage sites.
  • EXAMPLE 1 LOCALIZATION OF THE OLFACTORY RECEPTOR GENE OLF3 AND OLF5 ON THE HUMAN CHROMOSOMES.
  • Metaphase chromosomes were prepared from phytohemagglutmin (PHA)-st ⁇ mulated blood cell donors.
  • PHA phytohemagglutmin
  • PHA stimulated lymphocytes from healthy males were cultured for 72 h in RPMI-1640 medium.
  • methotrexate (10 ⁇ M) was added for 17 h, followed by addition of 5- bromodeoxyu ⁇ dine (5-BrdU, 0.1 mM) for 6 h.
  • Colcemid (1 mg/ml) was added for the last 15 mm before harvesting the cells.
  • Cells were collected, washed m RPMI, incubated with a hypotomc solution of KC1 (75 mM) at 37°C for 15 min and fixed in three changes of methano acid acetic (3: 1). The cell suspension was dropped onto a glass slide, air-dried and kept in darkness at -20°C until use.
  • BAC H0526H04 containing 01f3 and 01f5 genes was used to generate probe by Alu- PCR.
  • PCR amplification of BAC recombinant DNA 50 ng was carried out as described by Romana et al. (1993).
  • Two DNA fragments carrying respectively 01f3 and 01f5 sequences were generated by long range PCR with specific p ⁇ mers (SEQ ID 96-99) and used as probes to confirm the localization of each genes.
  • 01f3 and 01f5 amphcons are respectively 2.8 kb and 3.2 kb fragments.
  • Probes were labeled by nick translation with b ⁇ o-16-dUTP (Boehnnger Mannheim), and punfied over a Sephadex G50 column.
  • the BAC probe was initially hybridized to human metaphase cells.
  • 75 ng of probe was precipitated with 75 ⁇ g of competitor DNA (human Cotl DNA, GIBCO-BRL) and resuspended in 10 ⁇ l of hyb ⁇ dization buffer (50% formamide, 2 X SSC, 10%) dextran sulfate, 1 mg/ml sonicated hernng DNA, pH 7).
  • hyb ⁇ dization buffer 50% formamide, 2 X SSC, 10%
  • the probe Prior to hybridization, the probe was denatured at 70°C for 10 min and preannealed at 37°C for 2 h. Slides were treated for 1 h at 37°C with Rnase A (100 ⁇ g/ml), rinsed three times m 2 X SSC and dehydrated in an ethanol se ⁇ e. Chromosome preparations were denatured in 70% formamide, 2 X SSC (pH 7), for 2 min at 70°C, then dehydrated at 4°C The slides were treated with proteinase K (10 ⁇ g/ml in 20 mM Tris-HCl, 2 M CaC12) at 37°C for 8-10 min and dehydrated.
  • the hybridization mixture containing the probe was placed on the slide, covered with a coverslip, sealed with rubber cement and incubated overnight in a humid chamber at 37°C.
  • the biotinylated probe was detected by avidin-FITC (5 ⁇ g/ml, Vector Laboratories) and amplified once with additional layers of biotinylated goat anti- avidm (5 ⁇ g ml, Vector Laboratories) and avidin-FITC.
  • avidin-FITC 5 ⁇ g/ml, Vector Laboratories
  • biotinylated goat anti- avidm 5 ⁇ g ml, Vector Laboratories
  • avidin-FITC avidin-FITC
  • fluorescent R-Bands were obtained as described by Chenf et al. (1990).
  • the slides were observed under a LEICA fluorescent microscope (DMRXA). Chromosomes were counterstained with propidium iodide and the fluorescent signal of the probe appeared as two symmetrical yellow-green spots on both chromatids of the fluorescent
  • Donors were unrelated and healthy. They presented a sufficient diversity for being representative of a French heterogeneous population.
  • the DNA from 100 individuals was extracted and tested for the detection of the biallehc markers.
  • 30 ml of peripheral venous blood were taken from each donor in the presence of EDTA.
  • Cells (pellet) were collected after centrifugation for 10 minutes at 2000 ⁇ m.
  • Red cells were lysed by a lysis solution (50 ml final volume : 10 mM Tris pH7.6; 5 mM MgCl 2 ; 10 mM NaCI).
  • the solution was centrifuged (10 minutes, 2000 ⁇ m) as many times as necessary to eliminate the residual red cells present in the supernatant, after resuspension of the pellet in the lysis solution.
  • the pellet of white cells was lysed overnight at 42°C with 3.7 ml of lysis solution composed of:
  • TE 10-2 Tris-HCl 10 mM, EDTA 2 mM) / NaCI 0.4 M - 200 ⁇ l SDS 10% - 500 ⁇ l K-proteinase (2 mg K-proteinase in TE 10-2 / NaCI 0.4 M).
  • OD 260 / OD 280 ratio was determined. Only DNA preparations having a OD 260 / OD 280 ratio between 1.8 and 2 were used in the subsequent examples described below.
  • the pool was constituted by mixing equivalent quantities of DNA from each individual.
  • EXAMPLE 3 IDENTIFICATION OF BIALLELIC MARKERS: AMPLIFICATION OF GENOMIC DNA BY PCR
  • the amplification of specific genomic sequences of the DNA samples of example 2 was carried out on the pool of DNA obtained previously. In addition, 50 individual samples were similarly amplified.
  • Each pair of first primers was designed using the sequence information of the olfactory receptor gene cluster disclosed herein and the OSP software (Hillier & Green, 1991). This first pair n of p ⁇ mers was about 20 nucleotides in length and had the sequences disclosed m Table 1 in the columns labeled PU and RP.
  • the pnmers contained a common oligonucleotide tail upstream of the specific bases targeted for amplification which was useful for sequencing.
  • Primers PU contain the following additional PU 5" sequence : TGTAAAACGACGGCCAGT; primers RP contain the following RP 5' sequence : CAGGAAACAGCTATGACC.
  • the primer containing the additional PU 5' sequence is listed in 10 SEQ ID No 26.
  • the primer containing the additional RP 5' sequence is listed in SEQ ID No 27.
  • DNA amplification was performed on a Genius II thermocycler. After heating at 95°C for 10 min, 40 cycles were performed. Each cycle comprised: 30 sec at 95°C, 54°C for 1 min, and 30 sec at 15 72°C. For final elongation, 10 min at 72°C ended the amplification.
  • the quantities of the amplification products obtained were determined on 96-well microtiter plates, using a fluorometer and Picogreen as mtercalant agent (Molecular Probes).
  • EXAMPLE 4 IDENTIFICATION OF BIALLELIC MARKERS: SEQUENCING OF AMPLIFIED GENOMIC DNA AND IDENTIFICATION OF POLYMORPHISMS.
  • the sequencing of the amplified DNA obtained in example 3 was earned out on ABI 377 sequencers.
  • the sequences of the amphfication products were determined using automated dideoxy terminator sequencing reactions with a dye terminator cycle sequencing protocol.
  • the products of the sequencing reactions were run on sequencing gels and the sequences were determined using gel image analysis (ABI Prism DNA Sequencing Analysis software (2.1.2 version)).
  • the sequence data were further evaluated using the above mentioned polymo ⁇ hism analysis software designed to detect the presence of biallelic markers among the pooled amplified fragments.
  • the polymo ⁇ hism search was based on the presence of superimposed peaks in the electrophoresis pattern resulting from different bases occurring at the same position as described previously.
  • Amplification from genomic DNA of individuals was performed by PCR as descnbed above for the detection of the biallehc markers with the same set of PCR pnmers (Table 1).
  • microsequencmg The preferred pnmers used in microsequencmg were about 19 nucleotides m length and hybridized just upstream of the considered polymo ⁇ hic base. According to the invention, the primers used in microsequencmg are detailed in Table 4.
  • Mis 1 and Mis 2 respectively refer to microsequenc g p ⁇ mers which hybridized with the non-codmg strand of the olfactory receptor gene or with the coding strand of the olfactory receptor gene.
  • microsequencmg reaction was performed as follows :
  • the microsequencing reaction mixture was prepared by adding, in a 20 ⁇ l final volume: 10 pmol microsequencing oligonucleotide, 1 U Thermosequenase (Amersham E79000G), 1.25 ⁇ l Thermosequenase buffer (260 mM Tris HC1 pH 9.5, 65 mM MgCl 2 ), and the two appropnate fluorescent ddNTPs (Perkm Elmer, Dye Terminator Set 401095) complementary to the nucleotides at the polymo ⁇ hic site of each biallehc marker tested, following the manufacturer's recommendations.
  • the software evaluates such factors as whether the intensities of the signals resulting from the above microsequencing procedures are weak, normal, or saturated, or whether the signals are ambiguous.
  • the software identifies significant peaks (according to shape and height criteria). Among the significant peaks, peaks corresponding to the targeted site are identified based on their position. When two significant peaks are detected for the same position, each sample is categorized classification as homozygous or heterozygous type based on the height ratio.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The invention concerns the genomic sequence and coding regions of a new olfactory receptor gene cluster. The invention also concerns polypeptides encoded by the olfactory receptor genes as well as to methods and kits for detecting these polynucleotides and screening substances interacting with these polypeptides. The invention also deals with antibodies directed specifically against such polypeptides that are useful as diagnostic reagents. The invention further encompasses biallelic markers of the olfactory receptor gene useful in genetic analysis.

Description

GENES ENCODING OLFACTORY RECEPTORS AND BIALLELIC MARKERS
THEREOF
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention pertains to a purified or isolated nucleic acid compπsing ten open reading Frames (ORFs) encoding ten different olfactory receptor-like proteins, non-codmg regions flanking the ORFs as well as fragments thereof. The invention also provides recombinant expression vectors and recombinant cell hosts containing a nucleic acid encoding said olfactory receptor proteins. The invention also concerns the olfactory receptor proteins encoded by these ORFs as well as polypeptides that are homologous to said olfactory receptor proteins and the peptide fragments of both the olfactory receptor proteins and their homologous polypeptide counterparts. The invention also deals with antibodies directed specifically against such polypeptides that are useful as diagnostic reagents. The invention further encompasses bialle c markers of the olfactory receptor gene useful in genetic analysis. The invention also deals with methods and kits for the detection of the olfactory receptor proteins and with methods and kits for screening hgand molecules binding to these proteins.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Throughout this application, various bibliographic publications are cited. Full bibliographic references for these publications may be found at the end of this application, preceding the sequence listing and the claims.
OLFACTORY SYSTEM
The olfactory receptor cells, the first cells in the pathway that give nse to the sense of smell, he in a small patch of membrane, the olfactory epithelium, in the upper part of the nasal cavity. These cells are specialized afferent neurons that have an enlarged extension analogous to a dendrite. Several long hairlike processes extend out from this extension along the surface of the olfactory epithelium where they are bathed in mucus. The hairlike processes contain the receptor proteins for olfactory stimuli. The axons of these neurons form the olfactory nerve.
For the detection of an odorous substance which is called an odorant, molecules of the substance must first diffuse into the air and pass into the nose to the region of the olfactory epithelium. Once there, they dissolve m the mucus that covers the epithelium and then bind to specific receptor proteins on the cilia.
Although there are many thousands of olfactory neurons, each contains one, or at most a few, of the 1,000 or so different receptor types, each of which responds only to a specific chemically related group of odorant molecules. Each odorant has characteπstic chemical groups that distinguish it from other odorants, and each of these groups activates a different receptor type. Thus the identity of a particular odorant is determined by the activation of a precise combination of receptors, each of which is contained m a distinct group of olfactory neurons
The axons of the olfactory neurons synapse in the bram structures known as olfactory bulbs, which he on the undersurface of the frontal lobes. Axons from olfactory neurons shaπng a common receptor specificity synapse together on certain olfactory-bulb neurons, thereby maintaining the specificity of the original stimuli.
OLFACTORY RECEPTORS
In contrast with the lmmunoglobulm system, the diversity of olfactory receptors is encoded by a large germ-line repertoire of olfactory receptor genes. The size of the olfactory receptor gene family m the human genome is unknown but it has been estimated to encompass 200 to 1 ,000 genes The locations of only a few human genes have been determined to date. The picture that has emerged so far is that several large clusters of olfactory genes and pseudogenes span hundreds of kilobases on several chromosomes. Using FISH analyses, more than 25 distinct locations of olfactory receptors gene have been identified in the human genome. In mammals, the olfactory epithelium appears to be organized into distinct topographic regions or zones m which expression of a particular receptor gene appears to be restricted to one of the four zones m the epithelium Withm the zone, the distribution of neurons expressing a given receptor is random. Chromosomal mapping studies have revealed clusters of odorant receptor genes at a single locus, and numerous such loci have been mapped to different chromosomes. However, receptors expressed in the same zone map to different loci, and a single locus can contain genes expressed in different zones A putative odorant receptor promoter, consisting of the 6.1 kb DNA fragment upstream of the receptor coding region, has been shown to be sufficient to direct olfactory receptor expression in a tissue-specific, zonal-specific manner
Olfactory receptors share a seven-transmembrane domain structure (TM1 to TM7) with many neurotransmitter and hormone receptors. They show a high degree of sequence similarity m some conserved domains (TM2 and TM7) as well as regions of diversity (TM3, TM4, TM5, and TM6). They are responsible for the recognition and G protein-mediated transduction of odorant signals. The genes encoding these receptors are devoid of mtrons within their coding regions
Olfactory receptors display all hallmarks of the G-protein coupled receptor superfamily but have also some unique motifs. Most notably they appear to be minimal in structure with very short cytoplasmic and extracellular loops. In addition, they display a striking structural diversity in the third, fourth and fifth transmembrane domains which are supposed to form the hydrophobic core of these proteins, and may form the hgand binding site of the receptors.
An understanding of the genetic basis of olfaction and a knowledge of olfactory receptors are important to enable the design of fragrance, the identification of compounds which control appetite, or the detection of compounds which can be harmful or dangerous SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention provides a nucleic acid molecule encoding ten different olfactory receptorlike proteins (OLF).
The invention also deals with a nucleic acid molecule compπsing a nucleotide sequence encoding an olfactory receptor-like protein, which nucleotide sequence is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, as well as with the corresponding polypeptide encoded by this nucleotide sequence and with antibodies directed against the corresponding polypeptide.
Oligonucleotide probes or pπmers hybridizing specifically with an olfactory receptor genomic sequence are also part of the present invention, as well as DNA amplification and detection methods using said pπmers and probes.
The invention also concerns a puπfied and/or isolated biallehc marker located m the sequence of the olfactory receptor gene cluster of the invention, wherein said biallehc marker is useful as a diagnostic tool in order to detect an allele associated with a specific phenotype as regards to the olfaction system, including an alteration of the olfactory perception of substances or molecules.
A further object of the invention consists of recombinant vectors comprising any of the nucleic acid sequences descπbed above, and in particular of recombinant vectors compπsmg a sequence encoding an olfactory receptor protein, as well as of cell hosts and transgenic non human animals compnsmg said nucleic acid sequences or recombinant vectors A further object of the invention consists of methods for screening substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecule described above.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 : Alignment of the ammo acid sequences of the olfactory polypeptides encoded by the Open Reading Frames of the olfactory receptor gene cluster of the invention. The lower line represents the consensus sequence. The locations of the seven transmembrane domains TMl to TM7 are boxed.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCES PROVIDED IN THE SEQUENCE
LISTING SEQ ID No 1 contains the olfactory receptor genomic sequence.
SEQ ID Nos 2-11 contains the nucleotide sequences of the open reading frame sequences of SEQ ID No 1 encoding the OLF1 to OLF 10 polypeptides
SEQ ID No 12-21 contain the ammo acid sequence of OLF 1 to OLF 10 polypeptides encoded by the open reading frames of SEQ ID Nos 2-11. SEQ ID Nos 22-25 contain the amplification primers used for FISH experiments described in Example 1.
SEQ ID No 26 contains a primer containing the additional PU 5' sequence described further in Example 3. SEQ ID No 27 contains a primer containing the additional RP 5' sequence described further in Example 3.
In accordance with the regulations relating to Sequence Listings, the following codes have been used in the Sequence Listing to indicate the locations of biallehc markers within the sequences and to identify each of the alleles present at the polymorphic base. The code "r" in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymorphic base is a guanine, while the other allele is an adenine. The code "y" in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymoφhic base is a thymine, while the other allele is a cytosine. The code "m" in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymorphic base is an adenine, while the other allele is an cytosine. The code "k" in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymorphic base is a guanine, while the other allele is a thymine. The code "s" in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymoφhic base is a guanine, while the other allele is a cytosine. The code "w" in the sequences indicates that one allele of the polymoφhic base is an adenine, while the other allele is an thymine.
The nucleotide code of the original allele for each biallehc marker is the following:
Biallehc marker Original allele
99-13670-305 G
99-13669-471 G
99-13666-275 A
99-13664-221 T
99-13663-218 G
99-13660-277 C
99-13652-407 G
99-13652-357 A
99-13652-308 A
99-13671-396 A
99-13649-286 C
99-13648-259 G
99-13647-278 G
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The aim of the present invention is to provide polynucleotides and polypeptides related to novel olfactory receptors, notably useful in order to design suitable means for detecting specific odorant molecules in a material sample, particularly in a material sample suspected to contain an odorant molecule that consists of one of the specific ligands for the olfactory receptors of the invention. DEFINITIONS
Before descπbing the invention in greater detail, the following definitions are set forth to illustrate and define the meaning and scope of the terms used to descπbe the invention herein.
General definitions The terms "olfactory receptor gene" or "OLF1 to OLF 10" genes, when used herein, encompasses genomic, mRNA and cDNA sequences encoding the OLF1 to OLF 10 olfactory receptor proteins.
The term "heterologous protein", when used herein, is intended to designate any protein or polypeptide other than the OLF1 to OLF 10 proteins. The term "isolated" requires that the matenal be removed from its original environment
(e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring). For example, a naturally-occurπng polynucleotide or polypeptide present m a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or DNA or polypeptide, separated from some or all of the coexisting mateπals m the natural system, is isolated. Such polynucleotide could be part of a vector and/or such polynucleotide or polypeptide could be part of a composition, and still be isolated m that the vector or composition is not part of its natural environment.
The term "punfied" does not require absolute purity, rather, it is intended as a relative definition. Puπfication of starting material or natural material to at least one order of magnitude, preferably two or three orders, and more preferably four or five orders of magnitude is expressly contemplated As an example, purification from 0.1 % concentration to 10 % concentration is two orders of magnitude. The term "purified polynucleotide" is used herein to describe a polynucleotide or polynucleotide vector of the invention which has been separated from other compounds including, but not limited to other nucleic acids, carbohydrates, hpids and proteins (such as the enzymes used in the synthesis of the polynucleotide), or the separation of covalently closed polynucleotides from linear polynucleotides. A polynucleotide is substantially pure when at least about 50%, preferably 60 to 75% of a sample exhibits a single polynucleotide sequence and conformation (linear versus covalently close). A substantially pure polynucleotide typically comprises about 50%, preferably 60 to 90% weight weight of a nucleic acid sample, more usually about 95%, and preferably is over about 99% pure. Polynucleotide purity or homogeneity is indicated by a number of means well known m the art, such as agarose or polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of a sample, followed by visualizing a single polynucleotide band upon staining the gel. For certain puφoses higher resolution can be provided by using HPLC or other means well known in the art.
The term "polypeptide" refers to a polymer of ammo acids without regard to the length of the polymer; thus, peptides, ohgopeptides, and proteins are included withm the definition of polypeptide. This term also does not specify or exclude post-expression modifications of polypeptides, for example, polypeptides which include the covalent attachment of glycosyl groups, acetyl groups, phosphate groups, hpid groups and the like are expressly encompassed by the term polypeptide. Also included within the definition are polypeptides which contain one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, non-naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which only occur naturally m an unrelated biological system, modified ammo acids from mammalian systems etc.), polypeptides with substituted linkages, as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occurπng and non-naturally occurπng.
The term "recombinant polypeptide" is used herein to refer to polypeptides that have been artificially designed and which compπse at least two polypeptide sequences that are not found as contiguous polypeptide sequences m their initial natural environment, or to refer to polypeptides which have been expressed from a recombinant polynucleotide. The term "purified polypeptide" is used herein to describe a polypeptide of the invention which has been separated from other compounds including, but not limited to nucleic acids, hpids, carbohydrates and other proteins. A polypeptide is substantially pure when at least about 50%, preferably 60 to 75% of a sample exhibits a single polypeptide sequence A substantially pure polypeptide typically comprises about 50%, preferably 60 to 90% weight/weight of a protein sample, more usually about 95%, and preferably is over about 99% pure Polypeptide purity or homogeneity is indicated by a number of means well known m the art, such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of a sample, followed by visualizing a single polypeptide band upon staining the gel. For certain puφoses higher resolution can be provided by using HPLC or other means well known in the art
As used herein, the term "non-human animal" refers to any non-human vertebrate, birds and more usually mammals, preferably pπmates, farm animals such as swme, goats, sheep, donkeys, and horses, rabbits or rodents, more preferably rats or mice. As used herein, the term "animal" is used to refer to any vertebrate, preferable a mammal. Both the terms "animal" and "mammal" expressly embrace human subjects unless preceded with the term "non-human"
As used herein, the term "antibody" refers to a polypeptide or group of polypeptides which are comprised of at least one binding domain, where an antibody binding domain is formed from the folding of variable domains of an antibody molecule to form three-dimensional binding spaces with an internal surface shape and charge distribution complementary to the features of an antigemc determinant of an antigen, which allows an immunological reaction with the antigen. Antibodies include recombinant proteins comprising the binding domains, as wells as fragments, including Fab, Fab', F(ab)2, and F(ab')2 fragments.
As used herein, an "antigemc determinant" is the portion of an antigen molecule, in this case a OLF1 to OLF 10 polypeptide, that determines the specificity of the antigen-antibody reaction. An "epitope" refers to an antigenic determinant of a polypeptide. An epitope can comprise as few as 3 amino acids m a spatial conformation which is unique to the epitope. Generally an epitope compπses at least 6 such ammo acids, and more usually at least 8-10 such ammo acids. Methods for determining the ammo acids which make up an epitope include x-ray crystallography, 2-dιmensιonal nuclear magnetic resonance, and epitope mapping e.g. the Pepscan method described by Geysen et al. 1984; PCT Publication No. WO 84/03564; and PCT Publication No. WO 84/03506
Throughout the present specification, the expression "nucleotide sequence" may be employed to designate indifferently a polynucleotide or a nucleic acid. More precisely, the expression "nucleotide sequence" encompasses the nucleic material itself and is thus not restricted to the sequence information (i.e. the succession of letters chosen among the four base letters) that biochemically characteπzes a specific DNA or RNA molecule.
As used interchangeably herein, the terms "nucleic acids", "oligonucleotides", and "polynucleotides" include RNA, DNA, or RNA/DNA hybrid sequences of more than one nucleotide in either single chain or duplex form. The term "nucleotide" as used herein as an adjective to descπbe molecules comprising RNA, DNA, or RNA/DNA hybπd sequences of any length m smgle- stranded or duplex form. The term "nucleotide" is also used herein as a noun to refer to individual nucleotides or vaπeties of nucleotides, meaning a molecule, or individual unit m a larger nucleic acid molecule, comprising a puπne or pyπmidine, a πbose or deoxyπbose sugar moiety, and a phosphate group, or phosphodiester linkage m the case of nucleotides within an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. The term "nucleotide" is also used herein to encompass "modified nucleotides" which comprise at least one modifications (a) an alternative linking group, (b) an analogous form of punne, (c) an analogous form of pynmidme, or (d) an analogous sugar, for examples of analogous linking groups, puπne, pyπmidmes, and sugars see for example PCT publication No WO 95/04064. The polynucleotide sequences of the invention may be prepared by any known method, including synthetic, recombinant, ex vivo generation, or a combination thereof, as well as utilizing any punfication methods known in the art.
A "promoter" refers to a DNA sequence recognized by the synthetic machinery of the cell required to initiate the specific transcπption of a gene A sequence which is "operably linked" to a regulatory sequence such as a promoter means that said regulatory element is in the correct location and oπentation in relation to the nucleic acid to control RNA polymerase initiation and expression of the nucleic acid of interest. As used herein, the term "operably linked" refers to a linkage of polynucleotide elements in a functional relationship. For instance, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcπption of the coding sequence. More precisely, two DNA molecules (such as a polynucleotide containing a promoter region and a polynucleotide encoding a desired polypeptide or polynucleotide) are said to be "operably linked" if the nature of the linkage between the two polynucleotides does not (1) result m the introduction of a frame-shift mutation or (2) interfere with the ability of the polynucleotide containing the promoter to direct the transcπption of the coding polynucleotide.
The term "vector" is used herein to designate either a circular or a linear DNA or RNA molecule, which is either double-stranded or smgle-stranded, and which comprise at least one polynucleotide of interest that is sought to be transferred in a cell host or m a unicellular or multicellular host organism.
The term "pnmer" denotes a specific oligonucleotide sequence which is complementary to a target nucleotide sequence and used to hybπdize to the target nucleotide sequence. A primer serves as an initiation point for nucleotide polymeπzation catalyzed by either DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase or reverse transcπptase.
The term "probe" denotes a defined nucleic acid segment (or nucleotide analog segment, e.g., polynucleotide as defined hereinbelow) which can be used to identify a specific polynucleotide sequence present m samples, said nucleic acid segment comprising a nucleotide sequence complementary of the specific polynucleotide sequence to be identified.
The terms "trait" and "phenotype" are used interchangeably herein and refer to any visible, detectable or otherwise measurable property of an organism such as symptoms of, or susceptibility to a disease for example.
The term "allele" is used herein to refer to variants of a nucleotide sequence. A biallehc polymoφhism has two forms. Diploid organisms may be homozygous or heterozygous for an allelic form.
The term "genotype" as used herein refers the identity of the alleles present in an individual or a sample. In the context of the present invention, a genotype preferably refers to the description of the biallehc marker alleles present in an individual or a sample. The term "genotyping" a sample or an individual for a biallehc marker involves determining the specific allele or the specific nucleotide carried by an individual at a biallehc marker.
The term "mutation" as used herein refers to a difference in DNA sequence between or among different genomes or individuals which has a frequency below 1%.
The term "polvmoφhism" as used herein refers to the occurrence of two or more alternative genomic sequences or alleles between or among different genomes or individuals. "Polymorphic" refers to the condition m which two or more variants of a specific genomic sequence can be found m a population. A "polymoφhic site" is the locus at which the variation occurs. A single nucleotide polymoφhism is the replacement of one nucleotide by another nucleotide at the polymoφhic site. Deletion of a single nucleotide or insertion of a single nucleotide also gives πse to single nucleotide polymoφhisms. In the context of the present invention, "single nucleotide polymoφhism" preferably refers to a single nucleotide substitution. Typically, between different individuals, the polymoφhic site may be occupied by two different nucleotides.
The term "biallehc polymorphism" and "biallehc marker" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a single nucleotide polymoφhism having two alleles at a fairly high frequency in the population. A "biallehc marker allele" refers to the nucleotide variants present at a biallehc marker site. The location of nucleotides in a polynucleotide with respect to the center of the polynucleotide are descπbed herein in the following manner When a polynucleotide has an odd number of nucleotides, the nucleotide at an equal distance from the 3' and 5' ends of the polynucleotide is considered to be "at the center" of the polynucleotide, and any nucleotide immediately adjacent to the nucleotide at the center, or the nucleotide at the center itself is considered to be "within 1 nucleotide of the center." With an odd number of nucleotides in a polynucleotide any of the five nucleotides positions m the middle of the polynucleotide would be considered to be within 2 nucleotides of the center, and so on. When a polynucleotide has an even number of nucleotides, there would be a bond and not a nucleotide at the center of the polynucleotide. Thus, either of the two central nucleotides would be considered to be "within 1 nucleotide of the center" and any of the four nucleotides in the middle of the polynucleotide would be considered to be "within 2 nucleotides of the center", and so on
Biallehc markers can be defined as genome-derived polynucleotides having between 2 and 100, preferably between 20, 30, or 40 and 60, and more preferably about 47 nucleotides in length, which exhibit biallehc polymoφhism at one single base position. Each biallehc marker therefore corresponds to two forms of a polynucleotide sequence included in a gene which, when compared with one another, present a nucleotide modification at one position
The term "upstream" is used herein to refer to a location which is toward the 5' end of the polynucleotide from a specific reference point. The terms "base paired" and "Watson & Crick base paired" are used interchangeably herein to refer to nucleotides which can be hydrogen bonded to one another be virtue of their sequence identities m a manner like that found m double-helical DNA with thymine or uracil residues linked to adenine residues by two hydrogen bonds and cytosine and guanine residues linked by three hydrogen bonds (See Stryer, L., Biochemistry, 4th edition, 1995) The terms "complementary" or "complement thereof are used herein to refer to the sequences of polynucleotides which is capable of forming Watson & Crick base paiπng with another specified polynucleotide throughout the entirety of the complementary region. For the puφose of the present invention, a first polynucleotide is deemed to be complementary to a second polynucleotide when each base m the first polynucleotide is paired with its complementary base. Complementary bases are, generally, A and T (or A and U), or C and G. "Complement" is used herein as a synonym from "complementary polynucleotide", "complementary nucleic acid" and "complementary nucleotide sequence". These terms are applied to pairs of polynucleotides based solely upon their sequences and not any particular set of conditions under which the two polynucleotides would actually bind. Variants and fragments
1- Polynucleotides
The invention also relates to vaπants and fragments of the polynucleotides descπbed herein, particularly of an olfactory receptor gene containing one or more biallehc markers according to the invention.
Vaπants of polynucleotides, as the term is used herein, are polynucleotides that differ from a reference polynucleotide. A variant of a polynucleotide may be a naturally occurring vaπant such as a naturally occurπng allelic vaπant, or it may be a vaπant that is not known to occur naturally. Such non-naturally occurπng vaπants of the polynucleotide may be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells or organisms Generally, differences are limited so that the nucleotide sequences of the reference and the vaπant are closely similar overall and, m many regions, identical.
Variants of polynucleotides according to the invention include, without being limited to, nucleotide sequences at least 95% identical to a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1, or to any polynucleotide fragment of at least 12 consecutive nucleotides from a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1, and preferably at least 99% identical, more particularly at least 99.5% identical, and most preferably at least 99.8% identical to a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1, or to any polynucleotide fragment of at least 12 consecutive nucleotides from a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1 -11
Changes in the nucleotide of a variant may be silent, which means that they do not alter the ammo acids encoded by the polynucleotide. However, nucleotide changes may also result m ammo acid substitutions, additions, deletions, fusions and truncations in the polypeptide encoded by the reference sequence. The substitutions, deletions or additions may involve one or more nucleotides The vaπants may be altered in coding or non-codmg regions or both. Alterations m the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative ammo acid substitutions, deletions or additions.
In the context of the present invention, particularly preferred embodiments are those in which the polynucleotides encode polypeptides which retain substantially the same biological function or activity as the mature olfactory receptor protein, or those m which the polynucleotides encode polypeptides which maintain or increase a particular biological activity, while reducing a second biological activity.
A polynucleotide fragment is a polynucleotide which sequence is fully comprised within part of a given nucleotide sequence, preferably the nucleotide sequence of an olfactory receptor gene of the invention, and vaπants thereof. The fragment can be a portion of a coding or non-coding region of the olfactory receptor gene cluster. Preferably, such fragments compnse at least one of the biallehc markers Al to A13 or the complements thereto or a biallehc marker m linkage disequilibrium with one or more of the biallehc markers Al to A13, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 2.
Such fragments may be "free-standing", i.e. not part of or fused to other polynucleotides, or they may be comprised withm a single larger polynucleotide of which they form a part or region. However, several fragments may be comprised withm a single larger polynucleotide
As representative examples of polynucleotide fragments of the invention, there may be mentioned those which have from about 4, 6, 8, 15, 20, 25, 40, 10 to 30, 30 to 55, 50 to 100, 75 to 100 or 100 to 200 nucleotides in length. Preferred are those fragments having about 47 nucleotides in length, such as those comprising at least one of the biallehc markers A 1 to Al 3 of the olfactory receptor gene. Optionally, such fragments may consist of, or consist essentially of a contiguous span of at least 8, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50, 70, 80, 100, 250, 500 or 1000 nucleotides in length. A set of preferred fragments contain at least one of the biallehc markers A 1 to Al 3 of the olfactory receptor gene which are described herein or the complements thereto
2- Polypeptides The invention also relates to vaπants, fragments, analogs and derivatives of the polypeptides descnbed herein, including mutated olfactory receptor proteins.
The vaπant may be 1) one in which one or more of the ammo acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code, or 2) one in which one or more of the ammo acid residues includes a substituent group, or 3) one m which the mutated olfactory receptor is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol), or 4) one m which the additional amino acids are fused to the mutated olfactory receptor, such as a leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for puπfication of the mutated olfactory receptor or a preprotein sequence. Such vaπants are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled m the art.
In the case of an ammo acid substitution m the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide according to the invention, one or several amino acids can be replaced by "equivalent" ammo acids. The expression "equivalent" amino acid is used herein to designate any ammo acid that may be substituted for one of the am o acids having similar properties, such that one skilled m the art of peptide chemistry would expect the secondary structure and hydropathic nature of the polypeptide to be substantially unchanged. Generally, the following groups of ammo acids represent equivalent changes: (1) Ala, Pro, Gly, Glu, Asp, Gin, Asn, Ser, Thr; (2) Cys, Ser, Tyr, Thr, (3) Val, He, Leu, Met, Ala, Phe; (4) Lys, Arg, His; (5) Phe, Tyr, Tip, His.
More particularly, a variant olfactory receptor polypeptide comprises amino acid changes ranging from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10 to 20 substitutions, additions or deletions of one ammoacid, preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5 and most preferably from 1 to 3 substitutions, additions or deletions of one amino acid. The preferred amino acid changes are those which have little or no influence on the biological activity or the capacity of the variant olfactory receptor polypeptide to bind to antibodies raised against a native olfactory receptor protein.
A specific, but not restrictive, embodiment of a modified peptide molecule of interest according to the present invention, which consists in a peptide molecule which is resistant to proteolysis, is a peptide in which the -CONH- peptide bond is modified and replaced by a (CH2NH) reduced bond, a (NHCO) retro inverso bond, a (CH2-0) methylene-oxy bond, a (CH2-S) thiomethylene bond, a (CH2CH2) carba bond, a (CO-CH2) cetomethylene bond, a (CHOH-CH2) hydroxyethylene bond), a (N-N) bound, a E-alcene bond or also a -CH=CH- bond.
The polypeptide according to the invention could have post-translational modifications. For example, it can present the following modifications: acylation, disulfide bond formation, prenylation, carboxymethylation and phosphorylation.
A polypeptide fragment is a polypeptide which sequence is fully comprised within part of a given polypeptide sequence, preferably a polypeptide encoded by an olfactory receptor gene and variants thereof. Such fragments may be "free-standing", i.e. not part of or fused to other polypeptides, or they may be comprised within a single larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region. However, several fragments may be comprised within a single larger polypeptide.
As representative examples of polypeptide fragments of the invention, there may be mentioned those which have from about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 to 15, 10 to 20, 15 to 40, or 30 to 55 amino acids long. Preferred polypeptide fragments according to the invention comprise a contiguous span of at least 6 amino acids, preferably at least 8 or amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of one amino acid sequence. Preferred are those fragments containing at least one amino acid mutation in the olfactory receptor protein under consideration.
Identity between nucleic acids or polypeptides The terms "percentage of sequence identity" and "percentage homology" are used interchangeably herein to refer to comparisons among polynucleotides and polypeptides, and are determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. Homology is evaluated using either any of the variety of sequence comparison algorithms and programs known in the art, or by eye inspection. Such algorithms and programs include, but are by no means limited to, TBLASTN, BLASTP, FASTA, TFASTA, and CLUSTALW (Pearson and Lipman, 1988; Altschul et al., 1990; Thompson et al., 1994; Higgins et al., 1996; Altschul et al., 1990; Altschul et al., 1993) In a particularly preferred embodiment, protein and nucleic acid sequence homologies are evaluated using the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool ("BLAST") which is well known in the art (see, e.g., Karlin and Altschul, 1990; Altschul et al., 1990, 1993, 1997). In particular, five specific BLAST programs are used to perform the following task:
(1) BLASTP and BLAST3 compare an ammo acid query sequence against a protein sequence database;
(2) BLASTN compares a nucleotide query sequence against a nucleotide sequence database; (3) BLASTX compares the six-frame conceptual translation products of a query nucleotide sequence (both strands) against a protein sequence database;
(4) TBLASTN compares a query protein sequence against a nucleotide sequence database translated in all six reading frames (both strands); and
(5) TBLASTX compares the six-frame translations of a nucleotide query sequence against the six-frame translations of a nucleotide sequence database
The BLAST programs identify homologous sequences by identifying similar segments, which are referred to herein as "high-scoring segment pairs," between a query amino or nucleic acid sequence and a test sequence which is preferably obtained from a protein or nucleic acid sequence database. High-scoπng segment pairs are preferably identified (i.e., aligned) by means of a scoπng matrix, many of which are known m the art. Preferably, the scoπng matrix used is the BLOSUM62 matπx (Gonnet et al., 1992; Hemkoff and Hemkoff, 1993) Less preferably, the PAM or PAM250 matrices may also be used (see, e.g., Schwartz and Dayhoff, eds., 1978) The BLAST programs evaluate the statistical significance of all high-scormg segment pairs identified, and preferably selects those segments which satisfy a user-specified threshold of significance, such as a user- specified percent homology. Preferably, the statistical significance of a high-scoπng segment pair is evaluated using the statistical significance formula of Karlin (see, e.g., Karhn and Altschul, 1990). The BLAST programs may be used with the default parameters or with modified parameters provided by the user.
Stringent Hybridization Conditions By way of example and not limitation, procedures using conditions of high stπngency are as follows: Prehybridization of filters containing DNA is carried out for 8 h to overnight at 65°C in buffer composed of 6X SSC, 50 mM Tπs-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02% BSA, and 500 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA. Filters are hybridized for 48 h at 65°C, the preferred hybridization temperature, in prehybridization mixture containing 100 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA and 5-20 X 106 cpm of 32P-labeled probe. Alternatively, the hybridization step can be performed at 65°C in the presence of SSC buffer, 1 x SSC corresponding to 0.15M NaCI and 0.05 M Na citrate. Subsequently, filter washes can be done at 37°C for 1 h in a solution containing 2 x SSC, 0.01 % PVP, 0.01% Ficoll, and 0.01 % BSA, followed by a wash in 0 1 X SSC at 50°C for 45 min. Alternatively, filter washes can be performed in a solution containing 2 x SSC and 0.1 % SDS, or 0.5 x SSC and 0.1 % SDS, or 0.1 x SSC and 0.1% SDS at 68°C for 15 minute intervals. Following the wash steps, the hybπdized probes are detectable by autoradiography. Other conditions of high stπngency which may be used are well known m the art and as cited m Sambrook et al., 1989; and Ausubel et al., 1989. These hybπdization conditions are suitable for a nucleic acid molecule of about 20 nucleotides in length. There is no need to say that the hybπdization conditions described above are to be adapted according to the length of the desired nucleic acid, following techniques well known to the one skilled m the art. The suitable hybridization conditions may for example be adapted according to the teachings disclosed m the book of Hames and Higgins (1985) or in Sambrook et al.(1989).
HOMOLOGIES OFTHE NOVEL OLFACTORY RECEPTOR GENE WITH KNOWN OLFACTORY RECEPTORS
A comparison analysis of various olfactory receptor amino acid sequences, including the novel sequences of the invention, has been performed with the alignment program Pileup and the translation program MAP (Wmsconsin Package version 8, GCG). The protein sequences were sorted into different families and subfamilies, taking into account their Ammo acid Sequence Identity (ASI). It was observed the Open Reading Frames of the OLF1 to OLF 10 genes are genetically clearly distinguished from the already known olfactory receptor sequences. For example, the olfactory receptor OLF2 presents respectively 39.9 %, 43 1 % and 44.2 % of identity with pπor art olfactory receptors referred m Genbank as L35475, U58675_l and Yl 0530 In addition, the nucleotide sequences of Orf-2 to Orf-10 according to the invention are all grouped together, whereas the nucleotide Orf-1 of the invention forms a new family by itself These amino acid sequence comparison data clearly indicate that the novel olfactory receptor sequences of the invention share common genetic characteπstics (Orf-2 to Orf-10) or have specific characteπstics (Orf-1) that are not found in the pπor art olfactory receptor sequences.
A. OLF1 TO OLF10 GENE POLYNUCLEOTIDES.
The cluster often olfactory receptor genes has been found by the inventors to be located on the human chromosome 11, more precisely withm the 1 Iql2-ql3 locus of said chromosome as descπbed m Example 1.
1. Genomic sequences of the olfactory receptor gene
The present invention concerns the genomic sequence of an olfactory receptor cluster. The present invention encompasses the olfactory receptor gene, or olfactory receptor genomic sequences consisting of, consisting essentially of, or compπsing the sequence of SEQ ID No 1, a sequence complementary thereto, as well as fragments and vaπants thereof. These polynucleotides may be puπfied, isolated, or recombinant.
The invention also encompasses a puπfied, isolated, or recombinant polynucleotide compπsing a nucleotide sequence having at least 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, or 95% nucleotide identity with 5 a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or a complementary sequence thereto or a fragment thereof. The nucleotide differences as regards to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 may be generally randomly distπbuted throughout the entire nucleic acid. Nevertheless, preferred nucleic acids are those wherein the nucleotide differences as regards to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 are predominantly located outside the coding sequences contained m the exons. These nucleic acids, as
10 well as their fragments and vaπants, may be used as oligonucleotide pπmers or probes in order to detect the presence of a copy of the olfactory receptor gene in a test sample, or alternatively in order to amplify a target nucleotide sequence withm the olfactory receptor sequences.
Another object of the invention consists of a purified, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid that hybndizes with the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or a complementary sequence thereto,
15 under stringent hybridization conditions as defined above.
Particularly preferred nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, puπfied, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span compnses at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide
20 positions of SEQ ID No 1: 1-113643, 114064-127488, 127855-144460. Additional preferred nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, puπfied, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span compπses at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 1-10000,
25 10001-20000, 20001-30000, 30001-40000, 40001-50000, 50001-60000, 60001-70000, 70001- 80000, 80001-90000, 90001-100000, 100001-110000, 110001-120000, 120001-130000, 130001- 140000, and 140001-144460. Further preferred nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the
30 complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-5000, 5001-10000, 10001-15000, 15001-20000, 20001-25000, 25001-30000, 30001-35000, 35001-40000, 40001-45000, 45001-50000, 50001- 55000, 55001-60000, 60001-65000, 65001-70000, 70001-75000, 75001-80000, 80001-85000, 85001-90000, 90001-95000, 95001-100000, 100001-105000, 105001-110000, 110001-115000,
35 115001-120000, 120001-125000, 125001-130000, 130001-135000, 135001-140000, and 140001- 144460. The olfactory receptor genomic nucleic acid comprises 10 open reading frames, each earned by a single exon and encoding a polypeptide designated OLFl to OLF 10 The open reading frames positions of OLFl to OLF 10 in SEQ ID No 1 are given as features in the sequence listing and are also detailed below in Table A. Two truncated ubiquitin polypeptides Ubil and Ubι2, unrelated to olfactory receptor coding sequences, are encoded on the complementary strand of the olfactory receptor gene. The complementary sequence of the Ubil ORF is located between the nucleotide in position 114063 and the nucleotide in position 113644 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1. The complementary sequence of the Ubι2 ORF is located between the nucleotide in position 127854 and the nucleotide in position 127489 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID No 1.
Table A
Figure imgf000018_0001
Thus, the invention embodies puπfied, isolated, or recombinant polynucleotides compπsing a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the 10 open reading frames of the olfactory receptor gene, or a sequence complementary thereto
The nucleic acid of SEQ ID No 1 also compπses non coding portions flanking each of the ten olfactory receptor open reading frames of the sense DNA strand
The invention also embodies puπfied, isolated, or recombinant polynucleotides compπsing a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the non-codmg regions contained in the olfactory receptor gene cluster of SEQ ID No 1 , or a sequence complementary thereto as well as their fragments or variants. The term "non-coding" sequence refers to any nucleotide sequence which does not encode an amino acid. The non-codmg sequences encompass upstream and downstream regions of the olfactory receptor ORFs of the invention, as well as regions located between two successive olfactory receptor ORFs, as indicated in Table A which lists the 11 non- codmg regions named from NCI to NCI 1
The nucleic acids defining the non-coding sequences of the polynucleotide of SEQ ID No 1 descπbed above, as well as their fragments and vaπants, may be used as oligonucleotide pπmers or probes in order to detect the presence of a copy of one of the olfactory receptor genes of the invention in a test sample, or alternatively in order to amplify a target nucleotide sequence within the cluster of olfactory receptor encoding sequences according to the invention.
While this section is entitled "Genomic Sequences of the olfactory receptor gene," it should be noted that nucleic acid fragments of any size and sequence may also be compπsed by the polynucleotides descnbed m this section, flanking the genomic sequences of olfactory receptor on either side or between two or more such genomic sequences
2. Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene
The 10 olfactory receptor open reading frames are presented individually as SEQ ID Nos 2- 11 in the appended sequence listing. Thus, another object of the invention is a puπfied, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid compπsing a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, complementary sequences thereto, as well as allelic vaπants, and fragments thereof. Moreover, preferred polynucleotides of the invention include puπfied, isolated, or recombinant olfactory receptor cDNAs consisting of, consisting essentially of, or compπsing a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11.
The invention also pertains to a punfied or isolated nucleic acid compnsmg a polynucleotide having at least 95% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, advantageously 99 % nucleotide identity, preferably 99 5% nucleotide identity and most preferably 99.8% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 , or a sequence complementary thereto or a biologically active fragment thereof.
Another object of the invention relates to puπfied, isolated or recombinant nucleic acids compπsing a polynucleotide that hybπdizes, under the stringent hybridization conditions defined herein, with a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, or a sequence complementary thereto or a biologically active fragment thereof.
Particularly preferred nucleic acids of the invention include isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof. Additional preferred embodiments of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence : 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 601-650, 651-700, 701-750, 751- 800, 801-850, 851-900, 901- the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions, to the extent that such nucleotide positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor coding region being referred to. Further preferred embodiments of the invention include isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2, 4, 7, 9 and 11, or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span compnses at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence: 1-25, 26-50, 51-75, 76-100, 101-125, 126-150, 151-175, 176- 200, 201-225, 226-250, 251-275, 276-300, 301-325, 326-350, 351-375, 376-400, 401-425, 426-450, 451-475, 476-500, 501-525, 526-550, 551-575, 576-the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions, to the extent that such nucleotide positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor coding region being referred to.
The present invention also embodies isolated, puπfied, and recombinant polynucleotides encoding olfactory receptor polypeptides, wherein olfactory receptor polypeptides comprise an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, a nucleotide sequence complementary thereto, a fragment or a vanant thereof. The present invention also embodies isolated, puπfied, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21. In a preferred embodiment, the present invention embodies isolated, puπfied, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 of the following amino acid positions in said selected sequence: 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 101-120, 121- 140, 141-160, 161-180, 181-200, 201-220, 221-240, 241-260, 261-280, 281-300, 301 -the terminal amino acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such ammo acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to. In another preferred embodiment, the present invention embodies isolated, punfied, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12, 14, 17, 19 or 21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 7 of the following amino acid positions in said selected sequence: 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60, 61-70, 71-80, 81-90, 91-100, 101- 110, 111-120, 121-130, 131-140, 141-150, 151-160, 161-170, 171-180, 181-190, 191 -the terminal amino acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such amino acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to.
In further preferred embodiments, the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polynucleotides which encode olfactory receptor polypeptides comprising a contiguous span of at least 6 amino acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID No 12-21, wherein said contiguous span includes at least one amino acid at the following positions of said selected sequence: i) 1-3, 10, 16, 21, 28, 33, 34, 36, 42-44, 46, 49, 53, 54, 57, 59, 63, and 64 for SEQ ID
No 12; ii) 2, 4, 6, 8, 18, 25, 34, 37, 44, 52, 56, 80, 83, 89, 98, 101, 102, 113, 114, 117, 120,
139, 148, 158, 186, 195, 212, 219, 247, 266, 270, 280, 295, 298, 299, 301, 311, and 313-315 for SEQ ID No 13; iii) 2-4, 6, 18, 21, 25, 34, 37, 98, 99, 102, 113, 114, 133, 143, 148, 158-163, 166, 167,
169, and 170 for SEQ ID No 14; iv) 2, 4, 6, 8, 18, 25, 34, 37, 44, 52, 54, 56, 80, 83, 89, 98, 101, 102, 113, 114, 117, 120, 139, 148, 158, 186, 195, 212, 219, 247, 266, 270, 280, 298, 299, 311, and 313-315 for SEQ ID No 15; v) 3, 18, 20, 25, 34, 47, 49, 67, 97, 100, 107, 108, 112, 1 13, 126, 135, 142, 146, 147,
157, 159-160, 194, 196, 228, 245, 264, 265, 269, 279, 298, and 302 for SEQ ID No 16; vi) 2, 6, 18, 20, 33, 34, 37, 65, 68, 69, 72, 86, 88, 101, 107, 113, 114, 148, 158, 161, 164, 195, and 198 for SEQ ID No 17; vii) 2, 6, 7, 52, 56, 67, 88, 94, 97, 110, 113, 116, 119, 120, 127, 135, 150, 153, 164, 174,
175, 180, 184, 217, 221, 259, 261, and 268 for SEQ ID No 18; viii) 17, 18, 20, 28, 33, 35, 49-52, 105, 111, and 112 for SEQ ID No 19; ix) 17, 20, 33, 35, 49-53, 56, 111, 112, 132, 138, 141, 147, 154, 157, 160, 163, 164, 194, 197, 204, 211, 214, 218, 219, 252, 265, 286, 295, 301, 303, 305, 306 and 309 for SEQ ID No 20; and x) 9, 18, 26-28, 34, 47 and 50 for SEQ ID No 21 , to the extent that such amino acid lengths are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to. Additional preferred fragments of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 are those encoding olfactory receptor polypeptide fragments located outside the transmembrane domains of the corresponding protein as located in boxes in Figure 1. The above disclosed polynucleotides that contain only coding sequences derived from the olfactory receptor ORFs may be expressed in a desired host cell or a desired host organism, when said polynucleotides are placed under the control of suitable expression signals. Such a polynucleotide, when placed under suitable expression signals, may be inserted in a vector for its expression.
While this section is entitled " Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene," it should be noted that nucleic acid fragments of any size and sequence may also be comprised by the polynucleotides described in this section, flanking the genomic sequences of olfactory receptor on either side or between two or more such genomic sequences.
3. Polynucleotide Constructs
The terms "polynucleotide construct" and "recombinant polynucleotide" are used interchangeably herein to refer to linear or circular, purified or isolated polynucleotides that have been artificially designed and which comprise at least two nucleotide sequences that are not found as contiguous nucleotide sequences in their initial natural environment.
DNA Construct That Enables Directing Temporal And Spatial olfactory receptor Gene Expression In Recombinant Cell Hosts And In Transgenic Animals.
In order to study the physiological and phenotypic consequences of a lack of synthesis of the olfactory receptor protein, both at the cell level and at the multi cellular organism level, the invention also encompasses DNA constructs and recombinant vectors enabling a conditional expression of a specific allele of the olfactory receptor genomic sequence or cDNA and also of a copy of this genomic sequence or cDNA harboring substitutions, deletions, or additions of one or more bases as regards to the olfactory receptor nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, or a fragment thereof, these base substitutions, deletions or additions being located in the coding regions of the olfactory receptor genomic sequence or within the olfactory receptor open reading frames of SEQ ID Nos 2-11. In a preferred embodiment, the olfactory receptor sequence comprises a biallelic marker of the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, the olfactory receptor sequence comprises a biallelic marker of the present invention, preferably one of the biallelic markers Al to A13.
The present invention embodies recombinant vectors comprising any one of the polynucleotides described in the present invention. More particularly, the polynucleotide constructs according to the present invention can comprise any of the polynucleotides described in the "Genomic sequences of the olfactory receptor gene" section, the "Coding regions of the olfactory receptor Gene" section, and the "Oligonucleotide probes and primers" section. DNA Constructs Allowing Homologous Recombination: Replacement Vectors
A first preferred DNA construct will comprise, from 5 '-end to 3 '-end: (a) a first nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence; (b) a nucleotide sequence comprising a positive selection marker, such as the marker for neomycine resistance (neo); and (c) a 5 second nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence, and is located on the genome downstream the first olfactory receptor nucleotide sequence (a).
In a preferred embodiment, this DNA construct also comprises a negative selection marker located upstream the nucleotide sequence (a) or downstream the nucleotide sequence (c). Preferably, the negative selection marker comprises the thymidine kinase (tk) gene (Thomas et al., 10 1986), the hygromycine beta gene (Te Riele et al., 1990), the hprt gene ( Van der Lugt et al., 1991; Reid et al., 1990) or the Diphteria toxin A fragment (Dt-A) gene (Nada et al., 1993; Yagi et al.1990). Preferably, the positive selection marker is located within an olfactory receptor open reading frame sequence so as to interrupt the sequence encoding an olfactory receptor protein. These replacement vectors are described, for example, by Thomas et al.(1986; 1987), Mansour et al.(1988) and Koller 15 et al.(1992).
The first and second nucleotide sequences (a) and (c) may be indifferently located within an olfactory receptor regulatory sequence, an intronic sequence, an exon sequence or a sequence containing both regulatory and/or intronic and/or exon sequences. The size of the nucleotide sequences (a) and (c) ranges from 1 to 50 kb, preferably from 1 to 10 kb, more preferably from 2 to 0 6 kb and most preferably from 2 to 4 kb.
DNA Constructs Allowing Homologous Recombination: Cre-LoxP System.
These new DNA constructs make use of the site specific recombination system of the PI phage. The PI phage possesses a recombinase called Cre which interacts specifically with a 34 base pairs loxP site. The loxP site is composed of two palindromic sequences of 13 bp separated by a 8 5 bp conserved sequence (Hoess et al., 1986). The recombination by the Cre enzyme between two loxP sites having an identical orientation leads to the deletion of the DNA fragment.
The Cre-/o P system used in combination with a homologous recombination technique has been first described by Gu et al.(1993, 1994). Briefly, a nucleotide sequence of interest to be inserted in a targeted location of the genome harbors at least two loxP sites in the same orientation 0 and located at the respective ends of a nucleotide sequence to be excised from the recombinant genome. The excision event requires the presence of the recombinase (Cre) enzyme within the nucleus of the recombinant cell host. The recombinase enzyme may be brought at the desired time either by (a) incubating the recombinant cell hosts in a culture medium containing this enzyme, by injecting the Cre enzyme directly into the desired cell, such as described by Araki et al.(1995), or by 5 lipofection of the enzyme into the cells, such as described by Baubonis et al.(1993); (b) fransfecting the cell host with a vector comprising the Cre coding sequence operably linked to a promoter functional in the recombinant cell host, which promoter being optionally inducible, said vector being introduced in the recombinant cell host, such as described by Gu et al.(1993) and Sauer et al.(1988); (c) introducing in the genome of the cell host a polynucleotide comprising the Cre coding sequence operably linked to a promoter functional in the recombinant cell host, which promoter is optionally inducible, and said polynucleotide being inserted in the genome of the cell host either by a random insertion event or an homologous recombination event, such as described by Gu et al.(1994).
In a specific embodiment, the vector containing the sequence to be inserted in the olfactory receptor gene by homologous recombination is constructed in such a way that selectable markers are flanked by loxP sites of the same orientation, it is possible, by treatment by the Cre enzyme, to eliminate the selectable markers while leaving the olfactory receptor sequences of interest that have been inserted by an homologous recombination event. Again, two selectable markers are needed: a positive selection marker to select for the recombination event and a negative selection marker to select for the homologous recombination event. Vectors and methods using the Cre-loxt? system are described by Zou et al.(1994).
Thus, a second preferred DNA construct of the invention comprises, from 5'-end to 3'-end: (a) a first nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence; (b) a nucleotide sequence comprising a polynucleotide encoding a positive selection marker, said nucleotide sequence comprising additionally two sequences defining a site recognized by a recombinase, such as a loxP site, the two sites being placed in the same orientation; and (c) a second nucleotide sequence that is comprised in the olfactory receptor genomic sequence, and is located on the genome downstream of the first olfactory receptor nucleotide sequence (a).
The sequences defining a site recognized by a recombinase, such as a loxP site, are preferably located within the nucleotide sequence (b) at suitable locations bordering the nucleotide sequence for which the conditional excision is sought. In one specific embodiment, two loxP sites are located at each side of the positive selection marker sequence, in order to allow its excision at a desired time after the occurrence of the homologous recombination event.
In a preferred embodiment of a method using the third DNA construct described above, the excision of the polynucleotide fragment bordered by the two sites recognized by a recombinase, preferably two loxP sites, is performed at a desired time, due to the presence within the genome of the recombinant host cell of a sequence encoding the Cre enzyme operably linked to a promoter sequence, preferably an inducible promoter, more preferably a tissue-specific promoter sequence and most preferably a promoter sequence which is both inducible and tissue-specific, such as described by Gu et al.(1994).
The presence of the Cre enzyme within the genome of the recombinant cell host may result from the breeding of two transgenic animals, the first transgenic animal bearing the olfactory receptor-derived sequence of interest containing the loxP sites as described above and the second transgenic animal bearing the Cre coding sequence operably linked to a suitable promoter sequence, such as described by Gu et al.(1994). Spatio-temporal control of the Cre enzyme expression may also be achieved with an adenovirus based vector that contains the Cre gene thus allowing infection of cells, or in vivo infection of organs, for delivery of the Cre enzyme, such as described by Anton and Graham (1995) and Kanegae et al.(1995). The DNA constructs described above may be used to introduce a desired nucleotide sequence of the invention, preferably an olfactory receptor genomic sequence or an olfactory receptor coding region sequences, and most preferably an altered copy of an olfactory receptor genomic or coding region sequences, within a predetermined location of the targeted genome, leading either to the generation of an altered copy of a targeted gene (knock-out homologous recombination) or to the replacement of a copy of the targeted gene by another copy sufficiently homologous to allow an homologous recombination event to occur (knock-in homologous recombination). In a specific embodiment, the DNA constructs described above may be used to introduce an olfactory receptor genomic sequence or an olfactory receptor coding region sequence comprising at least one biallelic marker of the present invention, preferably at least one biallelic marker selected from the group consisting of A 1 to A 13.
Nuclear Antisense DNA Constructs
Other compositions containing a vector of the invention comprising an oligonucleotide fragment of the nucleic sequence SEQ ID Nos 2-11, preferably a fragment including the start codon of the olfactory receptor gene, as an antisense tool that inhibits the expression of the corresponding olfactory receptor gene. Preferred methods using antisense polynucleotide according to the present invention are the procedures described by Sczakiel et al.(1995) or those described in PCT Application No WO 95/24223.
Preferred antisense polynucleotides according to the present invention are complementary to a sequence of the mRNAs of olfactory receptor that contains the translation initiation codon ATG. Preferably, the antisense polynucleotides of the invention have a 3' polyadenylation signal that has been replaced with a self-cleaving ribozyme sequence, such that RNA polymerase II transcripts are produced without poly(A) at their 3' ends, these antisense polynucleotides being incapable of export from the nucleus, such as described by Liu et al.(1994). In a preferred embodiment, these olfactory receptor antisense polynucleotides also comprise, within the ribozyme cassette, a histone stem-loop structure to stabilize cleaved transcripts against 3 '-5' exonucleolytic degradation, such as the structure described by Eckner et al.(1991).
4. Oligonucleotide probes and primers
Polynucleotides derived from the olfactory receptor gene are useful in order to detect the presence of at least a copy of a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, or a fragment, complement, or variant thereof in a test sample, preferably a human olfactory epithelium tissue or isolated human olfactory epithelium cells. Particularly preferred probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide 5 positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-113643, 114064-127488, 127855-144460. Additional preferred probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-10000,
10 10001-20000, 20001-30000, 30001-40000, 40001-50000, 50001-60000, 60001-70000, 70001- 80000, 80001-90000, 90001-100000, 100001-110000, 110001-120000, 120001-130000, 130001- 140000, and 140001-144460. Further preferred probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 500, or 1000 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements
15 thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-5000, 5001-10000, 10001-15000, 15001-20000, 20001-25000, 25001- 30000, 30001-35000, 35001-40000, 40001-45000, 45001-50000, 50001-55000, 55001-60000, 60001-65000, 65001-70000, 70001-75000, 75001-80000, 80001-85000, 85001-90000, 90001- 95000, 95001-100000, 100001-105000, 105001-110000, 110001-115000, 115001-120000, 120001-
20 125000, 125001-130000, 130001-135000, 135001-140000, and 140001-144460.
Other particularly preferred probes and primers of the invention include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the
25 following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence : 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 601-650, 651-700, 701-750, 751- 800, 801-850, 851-900, 901- the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions, to the extent that such nucleotide positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor coding region being referred to. Further preferred probes and primers of the invention
30 include isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising a contiguous span of at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 22 or 25 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2, 4, 7, 9 and 11, or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 of the following nucleotide positions of said selected sequence: 1-25, 26-50, 51-75, 76- 100, 101-125, 126-150, 151-175, 176-200, 201-225, 226-250, 251-275, 276-300, 301-325, 326-350,
35 351-375, 376-400, 401-425, 426-450, 451-475, 476-500, 501-525, 526-550, 551-575, 576-the terminal nucleotide of the olfactory receptor coding regions, to the extent that such nucleotide positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor coding region being referred to.
Thus, the invention also relates to nucleic acid probes characterized in that they hybridize specifically, under the stringent hybridization conditions defined above, with a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a variant thereof and a sequence complementary thereto.
In one embodiment the invention encompasses isolated, purified, and recombinant polynucleotides consisting of, or consisting essentially of a contiguous span of 8 to 50 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 and the complement thereof, wherein said span includes an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence; optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A 13, and the complements thereof; optionally, wherein said contiguous span is 18 to 47 nucleotides in length and said biallelic marker is within 4 nucleotides of the center of said polynucleotide; optionally, wherein said polynucleotide consists of said contiguous span and said contiguous span is 25 nucleotides in length and said biallelic marker is at the center of said polynucleotide; optionally, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is present at the 3' end of said polynucleotide; and optionally, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is located at the 3' end of said polynucleotide and said biallelic marker is present at the 3' end of said polynucleotide. In a preferred embodiment, said probes comprises, consists of, or consists essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: PI to P13 and the complementary sequences thereto, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 3. In another embodiment the invention encompasses isolated, purified and recombinant polynucleotides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of a contiguous span of 8 to 50 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1, or the complements thereof, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is located at the 3' end of said polynucleotide, and wherein the 3' end of said polynucleotide is located within 20 nucleotides upstream of an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence; optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof; optionally, wherein the 3' end of said polynucleotide is located 1 nucleotide upstream of said olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence; and optionally, wherein said polynucleotide consists essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: DI to D13 and El to E13, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 4.
In a further embodiment, the invention encompasses isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: BI to BI 1 and Cl to Cl 1, for which the respective locations in the sequence listing are provided in Table 1.
In an additional embodiment, the invention encompasses polynucleotides for use in hybridization assays, sequencing assays, and enzyme-based mismatch detection assays for determining the identity of the nucleotide at an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker m SEQ ID No 1, or the complements thereof, as well as polynucleotides for use in amplifying segments of nucleotides comprising an olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker in SEQ ID No 1, or the complements thereof; optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof.
A probe or a pnmer according to the invention has between 8 and 1000 nucleotides in length, or is specified to be at least 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100, 250, 500 or 1000 nucleotides in length. More particularly, the length of these probes and pnmers can range from 8, 10, 15, 20, or 30 to 100 nucleotides, preferably from 10 to 50, more preferably from 15 to 30 nucleotides. Shorter probes and pnmers tend to lack specificity for a target nucleic acid sequence and generally require cooler temperatures to form sufficiently stable hybrid complexes with the template. Longer probes and pπmers are expensive to produce and can sometimes self-hybπdize to form haiφin structures. The appropnate length for pπmers and probes under a particular set of assay conditions may be empirically determined by one of skill in the art. A preferred probe or pnmer consists of a nucleic acid comprising a polynucleotide selected from the group of the nucleotide sequences of PI to PI 3 and the complementary sequence thereto, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, and El to E13.
Pπmers and other oligonucleotides according to the invention are synthesized to be "substantially" complementary to a strand of the olfactory receptor gene of the invention to be amplified. The pnmer sequence does not need to reflect the exact sequence of the DNA template. Minor mismatches can be accommodated by reducing the stπngency of the hybridization conditions. Among the vaπous methods available to design useful pπmers, the OSP computer software can be used by the skilled person (see Hilher & Green, 1991) All pπmers contained a common upstream oligonucleotide tail enabling the easy systematic sequencing of the resulting amplification fragments.
The formation of stable hybπds depends on the melting temperature (Tm) of the DNA. The Tm depends on the length of the pnmer or probe, the ionic strength of the solution and the G+C content. The higher the G+C content of the primer or probe, the higher is the melting temperature because G:C pairs are held by three H bonds whereas A:T pairs have only two. The GC content in the probes of the invention usually ranges between 10 and 75 %, preferably between 35 and 60 %, and more preferably between 40 and 55 %.
The pπmers and probes can be prepared by any suitable method, including, for example, cloning and restnction of appropriate sequences and direct chemical synthesis by a method such as the phosphodiester method of Narang et al.(1979), the phosphodiester method of Brown et al.(1979), the diethylphosphoramidite method of Beaucage et al.( 1981 ) and the solid support method descπbed in EP 0 707 592. Detection probes are generally nucleic acid sequences or uncharged nucleic acid analogs such as, for example peptide nucleic acids which are disclosed in International Patent Application WO 92/20702, moφhohno analogs which are descπbed in U.S. Patents Numbered 5,185,444; 5,034,506 and 5,142,047. The probe may have to be rendered "non-extendable" in that additional dNTPs cannot be added to the probe. In and of themselves analogs usually are non-extendable and nucleic acid probes can be rendered non-extendable by modifying the 3' end of the probe such that the hydroxyl group is no longer capable of participating m elongation. For example, the 3' end of the probe can be functiona zed with the capture or detection label to thereby consume or otherwise block the hydroxyl group. Alternatively, the 3' hydroxyl group simply can be cleaved, replaced or modified, U.S. Patent Application Seπal No. 07/049,061 filed Apπl 19, 1993 descnbes modifications, which can be used to render a probe non-extendable
Any of the polynucleotides of the present invention can be labeled, if desired, by incoφorating any label known m the art to be detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, or chemical means. For example, useful labels include radioactive substances (including, 32P, 35S, 3H, 125I), fluorescent dyes (including, 5-bromodesoxyuπdm, fluorescem, acetylammofluorene, digoxigenm) or biotin. Preferably, polynucleotides are labeled at their 3' and 5' ends. Examples of non-radioactive labeling of nucleic acid fragments are described in the French patent No. FR-7810975 or by Urdea et al ( 1988) or Sanchez-Pescador et al (1988). In addition, the probes according to the present invention mav have structural charactenstics such that they allow the signal amplification, such structural characteristics being, for example, branched DNA probes as those descπbed by Urdea et al. m 1991 or in the European patent No. EP 0 225 807 (Chiron).
A label can also be used to capture the pnmer, so as to facilitate the immobilization of either the pnmer or a primer extension product, such as amplified DNA, on a solid support A capture label is attached to the pπmers or probes and can be a specific binding member which forms a binding pair with the solid's phase reagent's specific binding member (e.g. biotin and streptavidin). Therefore depending upon the type of label earned by a polynucleotide or a probe, it may be employed to capture or to detect the target DNA. Further, it will be understood that the polynucleotides, pnmers or probes provided herein, may, themselves, serve as the capture label. For example, in the case where a solid phase reagent's binding member is a nucleic acid sequence, it may be selected such that it binds a complementary portion of a pnmer or probe to thereby immobilize the pnmer or probe to the solid phase. In cases where a polynucleotide probe itself serves as the binding member, those skilled m the art will recognize that the probe will contain a sequence or "tail" that is not complementary to the target. In the case where a polynucleotide primer itself serves as the capture label, at least a portion of the pnmer will be free to hybπdize with a nucleic acid on a solid phase. DNA Labeling techniques are well known to the skilled technician. The probes of the present invention are useful for a number of puφoses They can be notably used in Southern hybridization to genomic DNA or Northern hybπdization to mRNA. The probes can also be used to detect PCR amplification products They may also be used to detect mismatches in the OLFl to OLF 10 genes or mRNA using other techniques Generally, the probes are complementary to the OLFl to OLF 10 gene coding sequences, although probes complementary to non-coding sequences are also contemplated. The probes of the present invention can also be useful for genotyping the biallehc markers of the cluster of olfactory receptor genes of the present invention.
Any of the polynucleotides, pnmers and probes of the present invention can be conveniently immobilized on a solid support Solid supports are known to those skilled in the art and include the walls of wells of a reaction tray, test tubes, polystyrene beads, magnetic beads, nitrocellulose stnps, membranes, microparticles such as latex particles, sheep (or other animal) red blood cells, duracytes and others. The solid support is not cntical and can be selected by one skilled in the art Thus, latex particles, microparticles, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, membranes, plastic tubes, walls of microtiter wells, glass or silicon chips, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells and duracytes are all suitable examples. Suitable methods for immobilizing nucleic acids on solid phases include ionic, hydrophobic, covalent interactions and the like. A solid support, as used herein, refers to any material which is insoluble, or can be made insoluble by a subsequent reaction The solid support can be chosen for its mtπnsic ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent Alternatively, the solid phase can retain an additional receptor which has the ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent. The additional receptor can include a charged substance that is oppositely charged with respect to the capture reagent itself or to a charged substance conjugated to the capture reagent. As yet another alternative, the receptor molecule can be any specific binding member which is immobilized upon (attached to) the solid support and which has the ability to immobilize the capture reagent through a specific binding reaction. The receptor molecule enables the indirect binding of the capture reagent to a solid support material before the performance of the assay or dunng the performance of the assay. The solid phase thus can be a plastic, deπvatized plastic, magnetic or non-magnetic metal, glass or silicon surface of a test tube, microtiter well, sheet, bead, microparticle, chip, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells, duracytes® and other configurations known to those of ordinary skill in the art The polynucleotides of the invention can be attached to or immobilized on a solid support individually or m groups of at least 2, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, or 25 distinct polynucleotides of the invention to a single solid support. In addition, polynucleotides other than those of the invention may be attached to the same solid support as one or more polynucleotides of the invention. Consequently, the invention also compπses a method for detecting the presence of a nucleic acid compπsing a nucleotide sequence selected from a group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a fragment or a vaπant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto m a sample, said method compnsmg the following steps of: a) bnngmg into contact a nucleic acid probe or a plurality of nucleic acid probes which can hybridize with a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID Nos 1 -1 1 , a fragment or a vaπant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto and the sample to be assayed; and b) detecting the hybrid complex formed between the probe and a nucleic acid in the sample. The invention further concerns a kit for detecting the presence of a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from a group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a fragment or a vanant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto in a sample, said kit comprising: a) a nucleic acid probe or a plurality of nucleic acid probes which can hybπdize with a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID Nos 1-11, a fragment or a variant thereof and a complementary sequence thereto; and b) optionally, the reagents necessary for performing the hybridization reaction In a first preferred embodiment of this detection method and kit, said nucleic acid probe or the plurality of nucleic acid probes are labeled with a detectable molecule. In a second preferred embodiment of said method and kit, said nucleic acid probe or the plurality of nucleic acid probes has been immobilized on a substrate. In a third preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid probe or the plurality of nucleic acid probes comprise either a sequence which is selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of PI to PI 3 and the complementary sequence thereto, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, El to E13 or a biallehc marker selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereto.
Oligonucleotide arrays
A substrate compnsmg a plurality of oligonucleotide pπmers or probes of the invention may be used either for detecting or amplifying targeted sequences in the olfactory receptor gene and may also be used for detecting mutations in the coding or m the non-codmg sequences of the olfactory receptor gene.
Any polynucleotide provided herein may be attached in overlapping areas or at random locations on the solid support. Alternatively the polynucleotides of the invention may be attached an ordered array wherein each polynucleotide is attached to a distinct region of the solid support which does not overlap with the attachment site of any other polynucleotide. Preferably, such an ordered array of polynucleotides is designed to be "addressable" where the distinct locations are recorded and can be accessed as part of an assay procedure. Addressable polynucleotide arrays typically compπse a plurality of different oligonucleotide probes that are coupled to a surface of a substrate in different known locations The knowledge of the precise location of each polynucleotides location makes these "addressable" arrays particularly useful in hybridization assays. Any addressable array technology known m the art can be employed with the polynucleotides of the invention. One particular embodiment of these polynucleotide arrays is known as the Genechips™, and has been generally descπbed in US Patent 5,143,854; PCT publications WO 90/15070 and 92/10092. These arrays may generally be produced using mechanical synthesis methods or light directed synthesis methods which mcoφorate a combination of photolithographic methods and solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis (Fodor et al., 1991). The immobilization of arrays of oligonucleotides on solid supports has been rendered possible by the development of a technology generally identified as "Very Large Scale Immobilized Polymer Synthesis" (VLSIPS™) in which, typically, probes are immobilized in a high density array on a solid surface of a chip. Examples of VLSIPS™ technologies are provided in US Patents 5,143,854; and 5,412,087 and in PCT Publications WO 90/15070, WO 92/10092 and WO 95/11995, which descπbe methods for forming oligonucleotide arrays through techniques such as light-directed synthesis techniques. In designing strategies aimed at providing arrays of nucleotides immobilized on solid supports, further presentation strategies were developed to order and display the oligonucleotide arrays on the chips m an attempt to maximize hybridization patterns and sequence information. Examples of such presentation strategies are disclosed in PCT Publications WO 94/12305, WO 94/11530, WO 97/29212 and WO 97/31256.
In another embodiment of the oligonucleotide arrays of the invention, an oligonucleotide probe matπx may advantageously be used to detect mutations occurπng m the olfactory receptor gene. For this particular puφose, probes are specifically designed to have a nucleotide sequence allowing their hybridization to the genes that carry known mutations (either by deletion, insertion or substitution of one or several nucleotides). By known mutations, it is meant, mutations on the olfactory receptor gene that have been identified according to, for example, the technique used by Huang et al.(1996) or Samson et al.(1996).
Another technique that is used to detect mutations m the olfactory receptor gene is the use of a high-density DNA array. Each oligonucleotide probe constituting a unit element of the high density DNA array is designed to match a specific subsequence of the olfactory receptor genomic DNA or cDNA. Thus, an array consisting of oligonucleotides complementary to subsequences of the target gene sequence is used to determine the identity of the target sequence with the wild gene sequence, measure its amount, and detect differences between the target sequence and the reference wild gene sequence of the olfactory receptor gene. In one such design, termed 4L tiled array, is implemented a set of four probes (A, C, G, T), preferably 15-nucleotιde ohgomers. In each set of four probes, the perfect complement will hybndize more strongly than mismatched probes. Consequently, a nucleic acid target of length L is scanned for mutations with a tiled array containing 4L probes, the whole probe set containing all the possible mutations m the known wild reference sequence. The hybndization signals of the 15-mer probe set tiled array are perturbed by a single base change in the target sequence. As a consequence, there is a characteπstic loss of signal or a "footprint" for the probes flanking a mutation position This technique was descπbed by Chee et al in 1996.
Consequently, the invention concerns an array of nucleic acid molecules compnsmg at least one polynucleotide descπbed above as probes and primers Preferably, the invention concerns an array of nucleic acid comprising at least two polynucleotides described above as probes and pnmers.
A further object of the invention consists of an array of nucleic acid sequences compnsmg either at least one of the sequences selected from the group consisting of PI to P13, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, El to E13, the sequences complementary thereto, a fragment thereof of at least 8, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, or 40 consecutive nucleotides thereof, and at least one sequence comprising a biallehc marker selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereto.
The invention also pertains to an array of nucleic acid sequences compnsmg either at least two of the sequences selected from the group consisting of PI to PI 3, BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, El to El 3, the sequences complementary thereto, a fragment thereof of at least 8 consecutive nucleotides thereof, and at least two sequences comprising a biallehc marker selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereof.
B. OLFl TO OFL10 PROTEINS AND POLYPEPTIDE FRAGMENTS
The proteins encoded by the Open Reading Frames of the OLFl to OLF10 genes are listed individually m the sequence listing as SEQ ID Nos 12-21 The term "olfactory receptor polypeptides" is used herein to embrace all of the proteins and polypeptides of the present invention Also forming part of the invention are polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides of the invention, as well as fusion polypeptides comprising such polypeptides. The invention embodies olfactory receptor proteins from humans, including isolated or purified olfactory receptor proteins consisting of, consisting essentially of, or comprising the sequences of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or naturally-occurnng variants or fragments thereof.
The present invention embodies isolated, punfied, and recombinant polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 or 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of SEQ ID Nos 12-21. In a preferred embodiment, the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 or 10 ammo acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 ammo acids of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 of the following ammo acid positions in SEQ ID Nos 12-21 : 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 101-120, 121-140, 141-160, 161-180, 181-200, 201- 220, 221-240, 241-260, 261-280, 281-300, 301-the terminal ammo acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such ammo acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to. In another preferred embodiment, the present invention embodies isolated, punfied, and recombinant polypeptides compnsmg a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12, 14, 17, 19 and 21 wherein said contiguous span includes at least 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 of the following ammo acid positions of said selected sequence: 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60, 61-70, 71-80, 81-90, 91-100, 101-110, 111-120, 121-130, 131-140, 141-150, 151-160, 161-170, 171-180, 181-190, 191- the terminal amino acid of the olfactory receptor proteins, to the extent that such ammo acid positions are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to. In further preferred embodiments, the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polypeptides comprising a contiguous span of at least 6 ammo acids, preferably at least 8 or 10 amino acids, more preferably at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said contiguous span includes at least one ammo acid at the following positions of said selected sequence l) 1-3, 10, 16, 21, 28, 33, 34, 36, 42-44, 46, 49, 53, 54, 57, 59, 63, and 64 for SEQ ID
No 12; n) 2,4,6,8, 18,25,34,37,44,52,56,80,83,89,98, 101,102, 113,114,117,120,
139, 148, 158, 186, 195, 212, 219, 247, 266, 270, 280, 295, 298, 299, 301, 311, and 313-315 for SEQ ID No 13; m) 2-4, 6, 18, 21, 25, 34, 37, 98, 99, 102, 113, 114, 133, 143, 148, 158-163, 166, 167, 169, and 170 for SEQ ID No 14; IV) 2, 4, 6, 8, 18, 25, 34, 37, 44, 52, 54, 56, 80, 83, 89, 98, 101, 102, 113, 114, 117, 120,
139, 148, 158, 186, 195, 212, 219, 247, 266, 270, 280, 298, 299, 311, and 313-315 for SEQ ID No 15; v) 3, 18,20,25,34,47,49,67,97, 100, 107, 108,112, 113,126, 135, 142,146,147,
157, 159-160, 194, 196, 228, 245, 264, 265, 269, 279, 298. and 302 for SEQ ID No 16; vi) 2, 6, 18, 20, 33, 34, 37, 65, 68, 69, 72, 86, 88, 101, 107, 113,114, 148, 158, 161,
164, 195, and 198 for SEQ ID No 17; vn) 2,6,7,52,56,67,88,94,97,110,113, 116, 119,120, 127,135,150,153,164,174, 175, 180, 184, 217, 221, 259, 261, and 268 for SEQ ID No 18; vin) 17, 18,20,28,33,35,49-52, 105, 11 Land 112 for SEQ ID No 19; lx) 17, 20, 33, 35, 49-53, 56, 111,112, 132, 138, 141, 147, 154, 157, 160, 163, 164, 194, 197, 204, 211, 214, 218, 219, 252, 265, 286, 295, 301, 303, 305, 306 and 309 for SEQ ID No 20; and x) 9, 18, 26-28, 34, 47 and 50 for SEQ ID No 21 , to the extent that such ammo acid lengths are consistent with the lengths of the particular olfactory receptor protein being referred to. Other preferred OLFl to OLF 10 polypeptide fragments are those located outside the transmembrane domains, most preferably peptide fragments naturally exposed on the cell membrane, particularly those that are available for binding to hgand molecules, either odorant substances or molecules or antibodies directed to the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention. Such transmembrane domains TMl to TM7 are boxed in Figure 1. In other preferred embodiments the contiguous stretch of amino acids comprises the site of a mutation or functional mutation, including a deletion, addition, swap or truncation of the ammo acids in the olfactory receptor protein sequence.
The invention also encompasses a puπfied, isolated, or recombinant polypeptides compnsmg an amino acid sequence having at least 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 98 or 99% ammo acid identity with the ammo acid sequence of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or a fragment thereof.
The invention also encompasses an olfactory receptor polypeptide or a fragment or a vanant thereof in which at least one peptide bound has been modified as defined in the "Definitions" section. A further object of the invention concerns a purified or isolated polypeptide which is encoded by a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1 or fragment or vaπants thereof.
Such mutated olfactory receptor proteins may be the target of diagnostic tools, such as specific monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies, useful for the detecting the mutated olfactory receptor proteins m a sample.
Olfactory receptor proteins are preferably isolated from human or mammalian tissue samples or expressed from human or mammalian genes.
The olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention is extracted from cells or tissues of humans or non-human animals. Methods for punfying proteins are known in the art, and include the use of detergents or chaotropic agents to disrupt particles followed by differential extraction and separation of the polypeptides by ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, sedimentation according to density, and gel electrophoresis.
In addition, shorter protein fragments may also be prepared by the conventional methods of chemical synthesis, either in a homogenous solution or in solid phase. As an illustrative embodiment of such chemical polypeptide synthesis techniques, it may be cited the homogenous solution technique descπbed by Houbenweyl in 1974. For solid phase synthesis the technique descπbed by Mernfield (1965) may be used m particular.
Alternatively, the proteins of the invention can be made using routine expression methods known in the art as described below and in the section "Expression of a OLFl to OLF 10 coding polynucleotide ". Briefly, the polynucleotide encoding the desired polypeptide, is ligated into an expression vector suitable for any convenient host. Both eukaryotic and prokaryotic host systems is used m forming recombinant polypeptides. The polypeptide is then isolated from lysed cells or from the culture medium and purified to the extent needed for its intended use. Puπfication is by any technique known in the art, for example, differential extraction, salt fractionation, chromatography, centnfugation, and the like. See, for example, Methods in Enzymology for a variety of methods for punfymg proteins. Any olfactory receptor cDN A, including SEQ ID Nos 12-21 , may be used to express olfactory receptor proteins and polypeptides. The nucleic acid encoding the olfactory receptor protein or polypeptide to be expressed is operably linked to a promoter m an expression vector using conventional cloning technology. The olfactory receptor insert m the expression vector may compπse the full coding sequence for the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof. For example, the olfactory receptor denved insert may encode a polypeptide compnsmg at least 10 consecutive ammo acids of the olfactory receptor protein of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, including any of the polypeptide fragment defined this section.
The expression vector is any of the mammalian, yeast, insect or bacteπal expression systems known in the art. Commercially available vectors and expression systems are available from a vaπety of suppliers including Genetics Institute (Cambπdge, MA), Stratagene (La Jolla, California), Promega (Madison, Wisconsin), and Invitrogen (San Diego, California). If desired, to enhance expression and facilitate proper protein folding, the codon context and codon paiπng of the sequence is optimized for the particular expression organism in which the expression vector is introduced, as explained by Hatfield, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,082,767. In one embodiment, the entire coding sequence of the olfactory receptor cDNA through the poly A signal of the cDNA are operably linked to a promoter in the expression vector. Alternatively, if the nucleic acid encoding a portion of the olfactory receptor protein lacks a methionme to serve as the initiation site, an initiating methionme can be introduced next to the first codon of the nucleic acid using conventional techniques. Similarly, if the insert from the olfactory receptor cDNA lacks a poly A signal, this sequence can be added to the construct by, for example, splicing out the Poly A signal from pSG5 (Stratagene) using Bgll and Sail restπction endonuclease enzymes and mcoφoratmg it into the mammalian expression vector pXTl (Stratagene).
The ligated product is transfected into mouse NTH 3T3 cells using Lipofectm (Life Technologies, Inc., Grand Island, New York) under conditions outlined in the product specification. Positive transfectants are selected after growing the transfected cells m 600ug/ml G418 (Sigma, St. Louis, Missouri).
The above procedures may also be used to express a mutant olfactory receptor protein responsible for a detectable phenotype or a portion thereof.
Purification of the recombinant protein or peptide according to the present invention may be realized by passage onto a Nickel or Copper affinity chromatography column. The Nickel chromatography column may contain the Ni-NTA resm (Porath et al., 1975). The polypeptides or peptides thus obtained may be purified, for example by high performance liquid chromatography, such as reverse phase and or cationic exchange HPLC, as descπbed by Rougeot et al (1994). The reason to prefer this kind of peptide or protein purification is the lack of side products found in the elution samples which renders the resultant purified protein or peptide more suitable for a therapeutic use. The expressed protein may also be puπfied using other conventional puπfication techniques such as ammonium sulfate precipitation or chromatographic separation based on size or charge. The protein encoded by the nucleic acid insert may also be puπfied using standard lmmunochromatography techniques. In such procedures, polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies capable of specifically binding to the expressed olfactory receptor protein sof SEQ ID Nos 12-21 , or a fragment or a vanant thereof, have been previously immobilized onto a chromatography matnx Such antibodies are descnbed in the section "Antibodies that bind olfactory receptor polypeptides" below Then, a solution containing the expressed olfactory receptor protein or portion thereof, such as a cell extract, is applied to the chromatography column in conditions allowing the expressed protein to bind to the antibodies m the lmmunochromatography column. Thereafter, the column is washed to remove non-specifically bound proteins. The specifically bound expressed protein is then released from the column and recovered using standard techniques.
If antibody production is not possible, the nucleic acids encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof is mcoφorated into expression vectors designed for use in puπfication schemes employing chimenc polypeptides. In such strategies the nucleic acid encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof is inserted m frame with the gene encoding the other half of the chimera. The other half of the chimera is β-globin or a nickel binding polypeptide encoding sequence. A chromatography matnx having antibody to β-globm or nickel attached thereto is then used to puπfy the chimenc protein. Protease cleavage sites is engineered between the β-globin gene or the nickel binding polypeptide and the olfactory receptor protein or portion thereof Thus, the two polypeptides of the chimera is separated from one another by protease digestion
One useful expression vector for generating β-globin chimenc proteins is pSG5 (Stratagene), which encodes rabbit β-globm. Intron II of the rabbit β-globm gene facilitates splicing of the expressed transcnpt, and the polyadenylation signal mcoφorated into the construct increases the level of expression. These techniques are well known to those skilled m the art of molecular biology. Standard methods are published m methods texts such as Davis et al., (1986) and many of the methods are available from Stratagene, Life Technologies, Inc., or Promega Polypeptide may additionally be produced from the construct using in vitro translation systems such as the In vitro Express™ Translation Kit (Stratagene).
To confirm expression of the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof, the proteins expressed from host cells containing an expression vector containing an insert encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof can be compared to the proteins expressed m host cells containing the expression vector without an insert The presence of a band m samples from cells containing the expression vector with an insert which is absent in samples from cells containing the expression vector without an insert indicates that the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof is being expressed.
Generally, the band will have the mobility expected for the olfactory receptor protein or portion thereof.
However, the band may have a mobility different than that expected as a result of modifications such as glycosylation, ubiquitmation, or enzymatic cleavage.
Other suitable techniques for producing and punfymg the olfactory receptor proteins of the invention or their fragments or variants are also described under the heading "Methods for scrreening substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor protein".
Thus, the present invention also concerns a method for the producing a polypeptide of the invention, and especially a polypeptide selected from the group of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or a fragment or a vanant thereof, wherein said methods comprises the steps of : a) cultuπng, an appropπate culture medium, a cell host previously transformed or transfected with the recombinant vector compnsmg a nucleic acid encoding an olfactory receptor polypeptide of the invention, or a fragment or a vanant thereof, b) harvesting the culture medium thus conditioned or lyze the cell host, for example by sonication or by an osmotic shock; c) separating or purifying, from the said culture medium, or from the pellet of the resultant host cell lysate the thus produced polypeptide of interest. d) optionally charactenzmg the produced polypeptide of interest. In a specific embodiment of the above method, step a) is preceded by a step wherein the nucleic acid coding for an olfactory receptor polypeptide, or a fragment or a variant thereof, is inserted m an appropπate vector, optionally after an appropriate cleavage of this amplified nucleic acid with one or several restriction endonucleases. The nucleic acid coding for an olfactory receptor polypeptide or a fragment or a variant thereof may be the resulting product of an amplification reaction using a pair of pπmers according to the invention (by PCR. SDA, TAS. 3SR NASBA, TMA etc.).
C. ANTIBODIES THAT BIND OLFACTORY RECEPTOR POLYPEPTIDES
Any olfactory receptor polypeptide or whole protein may be used to generate antibodies capable of specifically binding to an expressed olfactory receptor protein or fragments thereof as descnbed.
One antibody composition of the invention is capable of specifically binding or specifically bind to the vanant of the olfactory receptor protein of SEQ ID Nos 12-21. For an antibody composition to specifically bind to a first vanant of olfactory receptor protein, it must demonstrate at least a 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 50%, or 100% greater binding affinity for a first variant of the olfactory receptor protein than for a second vaπant of the olfactory receptor protein m an ELISA, RIA, or other antibody-based binding assay. In a preferred embodiment, the invention concerns antibody compositions, either polyclonal or monoclonal, capable of selectively binding, or that selectively bind to an epitope-containing a polypeptide comprising any of the fragments described in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments". Preferred peptide fragments are portions of OLF l to OLF 10 polypeptides that are located outside the transmembrane domains, most preferably peptide fragments naturally exposed on the cell membrane, particularly those that are available for binding to hgand molecules, either odorant substances or molecules or antibodies directed to the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention.
The invention also concerns a punfied or isolated antibody capable of specifically binding to a mutated olfactory receptor protein or to a fragment or variant thereof comprising an epitope of the mutated olfactory receptor protein. In another preferred embodiment, the present invention concerns an antibody capable of binding to a polypeptide compnsmg at least 10 consecutive ammo acids of an olfactory receptor protein.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention concerns the use in the manufacture of antibodies of a polypeptide comprising any of the fragments described in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments". Preferred peptide fragments are portions of OLFl to OLF 10 polypeptides that are located outside the transmembrane domains, most preferably peptide fragments naturally exposed on the cell membrane, particularly those that are available for recognition of hgand molecules, either odorant substances or molecules or antibodies directed to the olfactory receptor polypeptides of the invention.
The olfactory receptor expressed from a DNA comprising at least one of the nucleic sequences of SEQ ID Nos 1-1 1 or a fragment or a vaπant thereof may also be used to generate antibodies capable of specifically binding to the expressed olfactory receptor or fragments or variants thereof. In a prefeπed embodiment, any of the polynucleotide fragment encoding a polypeptide described in the section " Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene" may be used to generate such antibodies.
Substantially pure protein or polypeptide is isolated from transfected or transformed cells containing an expression vector encoding the olfactory receptor protein or a portion thereof. The concentration of protein in the final preparation is adjusted, for example, by concentration on an Amicon filter device, to the level of a few micrograms/ml. Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to the protein can then be prepared as follows:
1. Monoclonal Antibody Production by Hybridoma Fusion
Monoclonal antibody to epitopes in the olfactory receptor of the present invention or a portion thereof can be prepared from muπne hybπdomas according to the classical method of Kohler and Milstem, (1975) or denvative methods thereof. Bnefly, a mouse is repetitively inoculated with a few micrograms of the considered olfactory receptor or a portion thereof over a peπod of a few weeks. The mouse is then sacπficed, and the antibody producing cells of the spleen isolated. The spleen cells are fused by means of polyethylene glycol with mouse myeloma cells, and the excess unfused cells destroyed by growth of the system on selective media compnsmg ammoptenn (HAT media). The successfully fused cells are diluted and aliquots of the dilution placed in wells of a microtiter plate where growth of the culture is continued. Antibody-producing clones are identified by detection of antibody m the supernatant fluid of the wells by immunoassay procedures, such as ELISA, as oπgmally descnbed by Engvall, (1980), and denvative methods thereof. Selected positive clones can be expanded and their monoclonal antibody product harvested for use. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are descnbed in Davis, L. et al.
2. Polyclonal Antibody Production by Immunization Polyclonal antiserum containing antibodies to heterogeneous epitopes in the olfactory receptor of the present invention or a portion thereof can be prepared by immunizing suitable animals with the considered olfactory receptor or a portion thereof, which can be unmodified or modified to enhance lmmunogenicity A suitable non-human animal, preferably a non-human mammal, is selected, usually a mouse, rat, rabbit, goat, or horse. Alternatively, a crude preparation which has been ennched for olfactory receptor concentration can be used to generate antibodies. Such proteins, fragments or preparations are introduced into the non-human mammal in the presence of an appropriate adjuvant (e.g. aluminum hydroxide, RJBI, etc ) which is known m the art. In addition the protein, fragment or preparation can be pretreated with an agent which will increase antigenicity, such agents are known m the art and include, for example, methylated bovine serum albumin (mBSA), bovme serum albumin (BSA), Hepatitis B surface antigen, and keyhole limpet hemocyanm (KLH). Serum from the immunized animal is collected, treated and tested according to known procedures. If the serum contains polyclonal antibodies to undesired epitopes, the polyclonal antibodies can be punfied by lmmunoaffinity chromatography
Effective polyclonal antibody production is affected by many factors related both to the antigen and the host species. Also, host animals vary in response to site of inoculations and dose, with both inadequate or excessive doses of antigen resulting in low titer antisera. Small doses (ng level) of antigen administered at multiple mtradermal sites appears to be most reliable. Techniques for producing and processing polyclonal antisera are known in the art, see for example, Mayer and Walker (1987). An effective immunization protocol for rabbits can be found m Vaitukaitis, J. et al. (1971). Booster injections can be given at regular intervals, and antiserum harvested when antibody titer thereof, as determined semi-quantitatively, for example, by double lmmunodiffusion m agar against known concentrations of the antigen, begins to fall. See, for example, Ouchterlony et al., (1973). Plateau concentration of antibody is usually in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/ml of serum Affinity of the antisera for the antigen is determined by prepanng competitive binding curves, as descπbed, for example, by Fisher, (1980).
Antibody preparations prepared according to either the monoclonal or the polyclonal protocol are useful m quantitative lmmunoassays which determine concentrations of antigen-beaπng substances in biological samples; they are also used semi-quantitatively or qualitatively to identify the presence of antigen in a biological sample. The antibodies may also be used m therapeutic compositions for killing cells expressing the protein or reducing the levels of the protein in the body.
Non-human animals or mammals, whether wild-type or transgenic, which express a different species of olfactory receptor than the one to which antibody binding is desired, and animals which do not express olfactory receptor (i.e. an olfactory receptor knock out animal as descπbed herein) are particularly useful for preparing antibodies. Olfactory receptor knock out animals will recognize all or most of the exposed regions of an olfactory receptor protein as foreign antigens, and therefore produce antibodies with a wider array of olfactory receptor epitopes. Moreover, smaller polypeptides with only 10 to 30 amino acids may be useful m obtaining specific binding to any one of the olfactory receptor proteins. In addition, the humoral immune system of animals which produce a species of olfactory receptor that resembles the antigemc sequence will preferentially recognize the differences between the animal's native olfactory receptor species and the antigen sequence, and produce antibodies to these unique sites in the antigen sequence. Such a technique will be particularly useful m obtaining antibodies that specifically bind to any one of the olfactory receptor proteins.
The present invention also includes, chimenc single chain Fv antibody fragments (Martineau et al., 1998), antibody fragments obtained through phage displav hbraπes (Ridder et al, 1995; Vaughan et al, 1995) and humanized antibodies (Reinmann et al., 1997. Leger et al , 1997). The antibodies of the invention may be labeled by anv one of the radioactive, fluorescent or enzymatic labels known m the art.
Consequently, the invention is also directed to a method for detecting specifically the presence of a polypeptide according to the invention in a biological sample, said method comprising the following steps : a) bnng g into contact the biological sample with an antibody according to the invention; b) detecting the antigen-antibody complex formed. Is also part of the invention a diagnostic kit for in vitro detecting the presence of a polypeptide according to the present invention in a biological sample, wherein said kit compπses- a) a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody as described above, optionally labeled; b) a reagent allowing the detection of the antigen-antibody complexes formed, said reagent carrying optionally a label, or being able to be recognized itself by a labeled reagent, more particularly the case when the above-mentioned monoclonal or polyclonal antibody is not labeled by itself.
D. OLFACTORY RECEPTOR-RELATED BIALLELIC MARKERS
The invention also concerns olfactory receptor-related biallehc markers. As used herein the term "olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker" relates to a set of biallehc markers in linkage disequilibrium with the olfactory receptor gene. The term olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker includes the biallehc markers designated Al to A13
The biallehc markers of the present invention, namely Al to A 13. are disclosed in Table 2 of Example 4. The 13 olfactory receptor-related biallehc markers, Al to A13. are all located m the genomic non coding regions of the olfactory gene cluster of the invention. Their precise location on the olfactory receptor genomic sequence and their single base polymoφhism are indicated in Table 2 and also as features in the sequence listing for SEQ ID No 1. Appropriate pairs of primers allowing the amplification of a nucleic acid containing the polymoφhic base of the disclosed olfactory receptor biallehc marker are also listed m Table 1 of Example 3 and in features of SEQ ID No 1. In the present invention, the biallehc markers can be defined by nucleotide sequences corresponding to oligonucleotides of 47 bases in length comprising at the middle one of the polymoφhic base. More particularly, the biallehc markers can be defined by the polynucleotides PI to P13.
The biallehc markers contained m the olfactory gene cluster of the present invention, or a busset of such biallehc markers, are useful tools to perform association studies, preferably to perform association studies between the statistically significant occurrence of an allele of said biallehc marker m the genome of an individual and a specific phenotype, including a phenotype consisting of an alteration of the olfactory perception of odorant substances or molecules by said individual. The biallehc markers of the invention can also be used, for example, in linkage analysis m which evidence is sought for cosegregation between a locus and a putative trait locus using family studies, such as an alteration of olfactory perception In addition, the biallelhc markers of the invention may be included mthe generation of any complete or partial genetic map of the human genome. These different uses are specifically contemplated in the present invention and claims
1. Identification of biallelic markers Any of a variety of methods can be used to screen a genomic fragment for single nucleotide polymoφhisms such as differential hybπdization with oligonucleotide probes, detection of changes in the mobility measured by gel electrophoresis or direct sequencing of the amplified nucleic acid A preferred method for identifying biallehc markers involves comparative sequencing of genomic DNA fragments from an appropnate number of unrelated individuals In a first embodiment, DNA samples from unrelated individuals are pooled together, following which the genomic DNA of interest is amplified and sequenced The nucleotide sequences thus obtained are then analyzed to identify significant polymoφhisms. One of the major advantages of this method resides m the fact that the pooling of the DNA samples substantially reduces the number of DNA amplification reactions and sequencing reactions, which must be earned out. Moreover, this method is sufficiently sensitive so that a biallehc marker obtained thereby usually shows a sufficient degree of mformativeness to be useful m conducting association studies In a second embodiment, the DNA samples are not pooled and are therefore amplified and sequenced individually. This method is usually preferred when biallehc markers need to be identified in order to perform association studies withm candidate genes Preferably, highly relevant gene regions such as promoter regions or exon regions may be screened for bialle c markers. A biallehc marker obtained using this method may show a lower degree of mformativeness for conducting association studies, e.g. if the frequency of its less frequent allele may be less than about 10%. Such a biallehc marker will, however, be sufficiently informative to conduct association studies and it will further be appreciated that including less informative biallehc markers m the genetic analysis studies of the present invention, may allow in some cases the direct identification of causal mutations, which may, depending on their penetrance, be rare mutations.
The following is a descπption of the vanous parameters of a preferred method used by the inventors for the identification of the biallehc markers of the present invention
Genomic DNA Samples
The genomic DNA samples from which the biallehc markers of the present invention are generated are preferably obtained from unrelated individuals corresponding to a heterogeneous population of known ethnic background. The number of individuals from whom DNA samples are obtained can vary substantially, preferably from about 10 to about 1000, preferably from about 50 to about 200 individuals. It is usually preferred to collect DNA samples from at least about 100 individuals m order to have sufficient polymoφhic diversity in a given population to identify as many markers as possible and to generate statistically significant results
As for the source of the genomic DNA to be subjected to analysis, any test sample can be foreseen without any particular limitation. These test samples include biological samples, which can be tested by the methods of the present invention descπbed herein, and include human and animal body fluids such as whole blood, serum, plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, lymph fluids, and vanous external secretions of the respiratory, intestinal and genitouπnary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, white blood cells, myelomas and the like; biological fluids such as cell culture supematants; fixed tissue specimens including tumor and non-tumor tissue and lymph node tissues; bone marrow aspirates and fixed cell specimens. The preferred source of genomic DNA used m the present invention is from peπpheral venous blood of each donor. Techniques to prepare genomic DNA from biological samples are well known to the skilled technician. Details of a preferred embodiment are provided in Example 2. The person skilled m the art can choose to amplify pooled or unpooled DNA samples.
DNA Amplification
The identification of biallehc markers m a sample of genomic DNA may be facilitated through the use of DNA amplification methods. DNA samples can be pooled or unpooled for the amplification step. DNA amplification techniques are well known to those skilled the art Amplification techniques that can be used in the context of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the ligase chain reaction (LCR) described in EP-A- 320 308, WO 9320227 and EP-A-439 182, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR, RT-PCR) and techniques such as the nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) described in Guatelli J.C., et al.(1990) and in Compton J.( 1991 ), Q-beta amplification as described in European Patent Application No 4544610, strand displacement amplification as described in Walker et al.(1996) and EP A 684 315 and, target mediated amplification as described in PCT Publication WO 9322461.
LCR and Gap LCR are exponential amplification techniques, both depend on DNA ligase to join adjacent primers annealed to a DNA molecule. In Ligase Chain Reaction (LCR), probe pairs are used which include two primary (first and second) and two secondary (third and fourth) probes, all of which are employed in molar excess to target. The first probe hybridizes to a first segment of the target strand and the second probe hybridizes to a second segment of the target strand, the first and second segments being contiguous so that the primary probes abut one another in 5' phosphate- 3 'hydroxyl relationship, and so that a ligase can covalently fuse or ligate the two probes into a fused product. In addition, a third (secondary) probe can hybridize to a portion of the first probe and a fourth (secondary) probe can hybridize to a portion of the second probe in a similar abutting fashion. Of course, if the target is initially double stranded, the secondary probes also will hybridize to the target complement in the first instance. Once the ligated strand of primary probes is separated from the target strand, it will hybridize with the third and fourth probes, which can be ligated to form a complementary, secondary ligated product. It is important to realize that the ligated products are functionally equivalent to either the target or its complement. By repeated cycles of hybridization and ligation, amplification of the target sequence is achieved. A method for multiplex LCR has also been described (WO 9320227). Gap LCR (GLCR) is a version of LCR where the probes are not adjacent but are separated by 2 to 3 bases. For amplification of mRNAs, it is within the scope of the present invention to reverse transcribe mRNA into cDNA followed by polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR); or, to use a single enzyme for both steps as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,322,770 or, to use Asymmetric Gap LCR (RT-AGLCR) as described by Marshall et al.(1994). AGLCR is a modification of GLCR that allows the amplification of RNA. The PCR technology is the preferred amplification technique used in the present invention.
A variety of PCR techniques are familiar to those skilled in the art. For a review of PCR technology, see White (1997) and the publication entitled "PCR Methods and Applications" (1991, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press). In each of these PCR procedures, PCR primers on either side of the nucleic acid sequences to be amplified are added to a suitably prepared nucleic acid sample along with dNTPs and a thermostable polymerase such as Taq polymerase, Pfu polymerase, or Vent polymerase. The nucleic acid in the sample is denatured and the PCR primers are specifically hybridized to complementary nucleic acid sequences in the sample. The hybridized primers are extended. Thereafter, another cycle of denaturation, hybridization, and extension is initiated The cycles are repeated multiple times to produce an amplified fragment containing the nucleic acid sequence between the pnmer sites. PCR has further been described m several patents including US Patents 4,683,195; 4,683,202; and 4,965,188. The PCR technology is the preferred amplification technique used to identify new biallehc markers. A typical example of a PCR reaction suitable for the puφoses of the present invention is provided in Example 3.
One of the aspects of the present invention is a method for the amplification of the human olfactory receptor gene, particularly of a fragment of the genomic sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or of the coding region sequences of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, or a fragment or a variant thereof in a test sample, preferably using the PCR technology. This method comprises the steps of: a) contacting a test sample with amplification reaction reagents comprising a pair of amplification primers as described above and located on either side of the polynucleotide region to be amplified, and b) optionally, detecting the amplification products
The invention also concerns a kit for the amplification of an olfactory receptor gene sequence, particularly of a portion of the genomic sequence of SEQ ID No 1 or of the coding region sequences of SEQ ID Nos 2-11, or a vaπant thereof m a test sample wherein said kit compnses: a) a pair of oligonucleotide pnmers located on either side of the olfactory receptor region to be amplified; b) optionally, the reagents necessary for performing the amplification reaction
In one embodiment of the above amplification method and kit. the amplification product is detected by hybridization with a labeled probe having a sequence which is complementary to the amplified region. In another embodiment of the above amplification method and kit, primers comprise a sequence which is selected from the group consisting of the nucleotide sequences of BI to BI 1, Cl to Cl 1, DI to D13, and El to E13.
In a first embodiment of the present invention, biallehc markers are identified using genomic sequence information generated by the inventors. Sequenced genomic DNA fragments are used to design pπmers for the amplification of 500 bp fragments These 500 bp fragments are amplified from genomic DNA and are scanned for biallehc markers. Pπmers may be designed using the OSP software (Hilher L. and Green P., 1991). All pπmers may contain, upstream of the specific target bases, a common oligonucleotide tail that serves as a sequencing pnmer. Those skilled in the art are familiar with primer extensions, which can be used for these puφoses.
Sequencing Of Amplified Genomic DNA And Identification Of Single Nucleotide Polvmoφhisms The amplification products generated as descπbed above, are then sequenced using any method known and available to the skilled technician. Methods for sequencing DNA using either the dideoxy-mediated method (Sanger method) or the Maxam-Gilbert method are widely known to those of ordinary skill in the art Such methods are for example disclosed in Sambrook et al (1989) Alternative approaches include hybπdization to high-density DNA probe arrays as described in Chee et al.(1996).
Preferably, the amplified DNA is subjected to automated dideoxy terminator sequencing reactions using a dye-pπmer cycle sequencing protocol. Following gel image analysis and DNA sequence extraction, sequence data are automatically processed with adequate software to assess sequence quality.
A polymoφhism analysis software is used that detects the presence of biallehc sites among individual or pooled amplified fragment sequences. Polymoφhism search is based on the presence of supenmposed peaks m the electrophoresis pattern These peaks which present distinct colors correspond to two different nucleotides at the same position on the sequence. The polymoφhism has to be detected on both strands for validation.
Validation Of The Biallehc Markers Of The Present Invention
The polymoφhisms are evaluated for their usefulness as genetic markers by validating that both alleles are present m a population Validation of the biallelic markers is accomplished by genotypmg a group of individuals by a method of the invention and demonstrating that both alleles are present Microsequencmg is a preferred method of genotypmg alleles The validation by genotypmg step may be performed on individual samples derived from each individual m the group or by genotypmg a pooled sample denved from more than one individual The group can be as small as one individual if that individual is heterozygous for the allele in question Preferably the group contains at least three individuals, more preferably the group contains five or six individuals, so that a single validation test will be more likely to result m the validation of more of the biallehc markers that are being tested It should be noted, however, that when the validation test is performed on a small group it may result m a false negative result if as a result of sampling error none of the individuals tested carπes one of the two alleles Thus, the validation process is less useful in demonstrating that a particular initial result is an artifact, than it is at demonstrating that there is a bonafi.de biallehc marker at a particular position in a sequence All of the genotypmg, haplotypmg, association, and interaction study methods of the invention may optionally be performed solely with validated biallelic markers.
2. Genotyping of biallelic markers
The polymoφhisms identified above can be further confirmed and their respective frequencies can be determined through vanous methods using the previously descπbed pπmers and probes. These methods can also be useful for genotyping either new populations m association studies or individuals m the context of detection of alleles of biallehc markers which are known to be associated with a given trait Those skilled m the art should note that the methods descπbed below can be equally performed on individual or pooled DNA samples Once a given polymoφhic site has been found and characterized as a biallehc marker as descnbed above, several methods can be used in order to determine the specific allele carried by an individual at the given polymoφhic base
The identification of biallehc markers described previously allows the design of appropπate pnmers to amplify a region of the olfactory receptor gene cluster containing the polymoφhic site of interest and for the detection of such polymoφhisms.
Genotypmg can be performed using similar methods as those descπbed above for the identification of the biallehc markers, or using other genotyping methods such as those further descπbed below. In preferred embodiments, the comparison of sequences of amplified genomic fragments from different individuals is used to identify new biallehc markers whereas microsequencmg is used for genotyping known biallehc markers in diagnostic and genetic analysis applications.
In one embodiment the invention encompasses methods of genotypmg comprising determining the identity of a nucleotide at an olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker or the complement thereof m a biological sample, optionally, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof; optionally, wherein said biological sample is denved from a single subject, optionally, wherein the identity of the nucleotides at said biallehc marker is determined for both copies of said biallehc marker present in said individual's genome; optionally, wherein said biological sample is denved from multiple subjects; Optionally, the genotyping methods of the invention encompass methods with any further limitation described m this disclosure, or those following, specified alone or in any combination; Optionally, said method is performed in vitro; optionally, further comprising amplifying a portion of said sequence compnsmg the biallehc marker pnor to said determining step, Optionally, wherein said amplifying is performed by PCR, LCR, or replication of a recombinant vector compπsing an origin of replication and said fragment m a host cell; optionally, wherein said determining is performed by a hybridization assay, a sequencing assay, a microsequencmg assay, or an enzyme-based mismatch detection assay.
Source of Nucleic Acids for genotyping
Any source of nucleic acids, m punfied or non-purified form, can be utilized as the starting nucleic acid, provided it contains or is suspected of containing the specific nucleic acid sequence desired. DNA or RNA may be extracted from cells, tissues, body fluids and the like as described above. While nucleic acids for use m the genotypmg methods of the invention can be denved from any mammalian source, the test subjects and individuals from which nucleic acid samples are taken are generally understood to be human. Amplification Of DNA Fragments Comprising Biallehc Markers
Methods and polynucleotides are provided to amplify a segment of nucleotides comprising one or more biallehc marker of the present invention. It will be appreciated that amplification of DNA fragments compnsmg biallehc markers may be used in various methods and for vanous purposes and is not restricted to genotyping. Nevertheless, many genotypmg methods, although not all, require the previous amplification of the DNA region carrying the biallehc marker of interest. Such methods specifically increase the concentration or total number of sequences that span the biallehc marker or include that site and sequences located either distal or proximal to it. Diagnostic assays may also rely on amplification of DNA segments carrying a biallehc marker of the present invention. Amplification of DNA may be achieved by any method known m the art. Amplification techniques are described above in the section entitled, "DNA amplification."
Some of these amplification methods are particularly suited for the detection of single nucleotide polymoφhisms and allow the simultaneous amplification of a target sequence and the identification of the polymoφhic nucleotide as it is further descnbed below. The identification of biallehc markers as described above allows the design of appropnate oligonucleotides, which can be used as pπmers to amplify DNA fragments comprising the biallehc markers of the present invention. Amplification can be performed using the pnmers initially used to discover new biallehc markers which are descπbed herein or any set of primers allowing the amplification of a DNA fragment comprising a biallehc marker of the present invention. In some embodiments the present invention provides primers for amplifying a DNA fragment containing one or more biallehc markers of the present invention. Preferred amplification pπmers are listed in Example 3. It will be appreciated that the pπmers listed are merely exemplary and that any other set of pπmers which produce amplification products containing one or more biallehc markers of the present invention are also of use The spacing of the pπmers determines the length of the segment to be amplified. In the context of the present invention, amplified segments carrying biallehc markers can range m size from at least about 25 bp to 35 kbp. Amplification fragments from 25-3000 bp are typical, fragments from 50-1000 bp are preferred and fragments from 100-600 bp are highly preferred. It will be appreciated that amplification pπmers for the biallehc markers may be any sequence which allow the specific amplification of any DNA fragment carrying the markers. Amplification pnmers may be labeled or immobilized on a solid support as described in "Oligonucleotide probes and primers".
Methods of Genotyp g DNA samples for Biallehc Markers
Any method known m the art can be used to identify the nucleotide present at a biallehc marker site. Since the biallehc marker allele to be detected has been identified and specified m the present invention, detection will prove simple for one of ordinary skill m the art by employing any of a number of techniques. Many genotypmg methods require the previous amplification of the DNA region carrying the biallehc marker of interest While the amplification of target or signal is often preferred at present, ultrasensitive detection methods which do not require amphfication are also encompassed by the present genotyping methods. Methods well-known to those skilled in the art that can be used to detect biallehc polymoφhisms include methods such as, conventional dot blot analyzes, single strand conformational polymoφhism analysis (SSCP) descπbed by Oπta et al.(1989), denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE), heteroduplex analysis, mismatch cleavage detection, and other conventional techniques as descπbed in Sheffield et al.(1991), White et al.(1992), Grompe et al.(1989 and 1993). Another method for determining the identity of the nucleotide present at a particular polymoφhic site employs a specialized exonuclease-resistant nucleotide denvative as descnbed in US patent 4,656,127.
Preferred methods involve directly determining the identity of the nucleotide present at a biallehc marker site by sequencing assay, enzyme-based mismatch detection assay, or hybridization assay. The following is a descπption of some preferred methods. A highly prefeπed method is the microsequencmg technique. The term "sequencing" is generally used herein to refer to polymerase extension of duplex primer/template complexes and includes both traditional sequencing and microsequencmg. 1) Sequencing Assays
The nucleotide present at a polymoφhic site can be determined by sequencing methods. In a preferred embodiment, DNA samples are subjected to PCR amplification before sequencing as described above. DNA sequencing methods are described in "Sequencing Of Amplified Genomic DNA And Identification Of Single Nucleotide Polymoφhisms"
Preferably, the amplified DNA is subjected to automated dideoxy terminator sequencing reactions using a dye-primer cycle sequencing protocol. Sequence analysis allows the identification of the base present at the biallehc marker site. 2) Microsequencing Assays
In microsequencmg methods, the nucleotide at a polymoφhic site m a target DNA is detected by a single nucleotide primer extension reaction. This method involves appropnate microsequencmg pπmers which, hybndize just upstream of the polymoφhic base of interest m the target nucleic acid. A polymerase is used to specifically extend the 3' end of the primer with one single ddNTP (chain terminator) complementary to the nucleotide at the polymoφhic site. Next the identity of the mcoφorated nucleotide is determined in any suitable way.
Typically, microsequencmg reactions are carried out using fluorescent ddNTPs and the extended microsequencmg primers are analyzed by electrophoresis on ABI 377 sequencing machines to determine the identity of the mcoφorated nucleotide as descπbed in EP 412 883. Alternatively capillary electrophoresis can be used m order to process a higher number of assays simultaneously. An example of a typical microsequencmg procedure that can be used in the context of the present invention is provided m Example 5 Different approaches can be used for the labeling and detection of ddNTPs A homogeneous phase detection method based on fluorescence resonance energy transfer has been descnbed by Chen and Kwok (1997) and Chen et al.(1997). In this method, amplified genomic DNA fragments containing polymoφhic sites are incubated with a 5'-fluorescein-labeled primer in the presence of allelic dye-labeled dideoxyπbonucleoside tnphosphates and a modified Taq polymerase. The dye- labeled pnmer is extended one base by the dye-termmator specific for the allele present on the template. At the end of the genotyping reaction, the fluorescence intensities of the two dyes in the reaction mixture are analyzed directly without separation or purification. All these steps can be performed m the same tube and the fluorescence changes can be monitored in real time. Alternatively, the extended pnmer may be analyzed by MALDI-TOF Mass Spectrometry. The base at the polymoφhic site is identified by the mass added onto the microsequencmg pnmer (see Haff and Smimov, 1997).
Microsequencmg may be achieved by the established microsequencmg method or by developments or denvatives thereof. Alternative methods include several solid-phase microsequencmg techniques. The basic microsequencmg protocol is the same as described previously, except that the method is conducted as a heterogeneous phase assay, m which the pnmer or the target molecule is immobilized or captured onto a solid support To simplify the pnmer separation and the terminal nucleotide addition analysis, oligonucleotides are attached to solid supports or are modified in such ways that permit affinity separation as well as polymerase extension. The 5' ends and internal nucleotides of synthetic oligonucleotides can be modified in a number of different ways to permit different affinity separation approaches, e g., biotinylation. If a single affinity group is used on the oligonucleotides, the oligonucleotides can be separated from the mcoφorated terminator regent. This eliminates the need of physical or size separation More than one oligonucleotide can be separated from the terminator reagent and analyzed simultaneously if more than one affinity group is used. This permits the analysis of several nucleic acid species or more nucleic acid sequence information per extension reaction. The affinity group need not be on the pnming oligonucleotide but could alternatively be present on the template. For example, immobilization can be earned out via an interaction between biotinylated DNA and streptavidm- coated microtitration wells or avidm-coated polystyrene particles In the same manner, oligonucleotides or templates may be attached to a solid support in a high-density format. In such solid phase microsequencing reactions, incoφorated ddNTPs can be radiolabeled (Syvanen, 1994) or linked to fluorescem (Livak and Hamer, 1994). The detection of radiolabeled ddNTPs can be achieved through scmtillation-based techniques. The detection of fluorescein-lmked ddNTPs can be based on the binding of antifluorescem antibody conjugated with alkaline phosphatase, followed by incubation with a chromogenic substrate (such as/7-mtrophenyl phosphate). Other possible reporter- detection pairs include: ddNTP linked to dimtrophenyl (DNP) and anti-DNP alkaline phosphatase conjugate (Harju et al., 1993) or biotinylated ddNTP and horseradish peroxidase-conjugated streptavidin with ø-phenylenediamme as a substrate (WO 92/15712). As yet another alternative solid-phase microsequencmg procedure, Nyren et al.(1993) descπbed a method relying on the detection of DNA polymerase activity by an enzymatic lummometπc inorganic pyrophosphate detection assay (ELIDA). Pastmen et al.( 1997) describe a method for multiplex detection of single nucleotide polymoφhism in which the solid phase mimsequencmg principle is applied to an oligonucleotide array format. High-density arrays of DNA probes attached to a solid support (DNA chips) are further descπbed below.
In one aspect the present invention provides polynucleotides and methods to genotype one or more biallehc markers of the present invention by performing a microsequencmg assay. Preferred microsequencmg pπmers include the nucleotide sequences DI to Dn and El to En. It will be appreciated that the microsequencmg pnmers listed in Example 5 are merely exemplary and that, any primer having a 3* end immediately adjacent to the polymoφhic nucleotide may be used. Similarly, it will be appreciated that microsequencmg analysis may be performed for any biallehc marker or any combination of biallehc markers of the present invention. One aspect of the present invention is a solid support which includes one or more microsequencmg pπmers listed in Example 5, or fragments comprising at least 8, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 50 consecutive nucleotides thereof, to the extent that such lengths are consistent with the primer described, and having a 3' terminus immediately upstream of the corresponding biallehc marker, for determining the identity of a nucleotide at a biallehc marker site.
3) Mismatch detection assays based on polymerases and ligases
In one aspect the present invention provides polynucleotides and methods to determine the allele of one or more biallehc markers of the present invention in a biological sample, by mismatch detection assays based on polymerases and/or ligases. These assays are based on the specificity of polymerases and ligases. Polymerization reactions places particularly stπngent requirements on correct base pairing of the 3' end of the amplification primer and the joining of two oligonucleotides hybridized to a target DNA sequence is quite sensitive to mismatches close to the hgation site, especially at the 3' end. Methods, primers and various parameters to amplify DNA fragments comprising biallehc markers of the present invention are further described above in "Amplification Of DNA Fragments Comprising Biallelic Markers".
Allele Specific Amplification Primers Discnm ation between the two alleles of a biallehc marker can also be achieved by allele specific amphfication, a selective strategy, whereby one of the alleles is amplified without amplification of the other allele. For allele specific amplification, at least one member of the pair of pnmers is sufficiently complementary with a region of an olfactory receptor gene compnsmg the polymoφhic base of a biallehc marker of the present invention to hybridize therewith and to initiate the amplification. Such pπmers are able to discnmmate between the two alleles of a biallehc marker.
This is accomplished by placing the polymoφhic base at the 3' end of one of the amplification primers. Because the extension forms from the 3 'end of the primer, a mismatch at or near this position has an inhibitory effect on amplification. Therefore, under appropπate amplification conditions, these primers only direct amplification on their complementary allele. Determining the precise location of the mismatch and the corresponding assay conditions are well within the ordinary skill in the art.
Ligation/ Amplification Based Methods The "Oligonucleotide Ligation Assay" (OLA) uses two oligonucleotides which are designed to be capable of hybndizmg to abutting sequences of a single strand of a target molecules. One of the oligonucleotides is biotinylated, and the other is detectably labeled. If the precise complementary sequence is found in a target molecule, the oligonucleotides will hybridize such that their termini abut, and create a ligation substrate that can be captured and detected. OLA is capable of detecting single nucleotide polymoφhisms and may be advantageously combined with PCR as descnbed by Nickerson et al.(1990). In this method, PCR is used to achieve the exponential amplification of target DNA, which is then detected using OLA.
Other amplification methods which are particularly suited for the detection of single nucleotide polymoφhism include LCR (ligase chain reaction), Gap LCR (GLCR) which are described above in "DNA Amplification". LCR uses two pairs of probes to exponentially amplify a specific target. The sequences of each pair of oligonucleotides, is selected to permit the pair to hybridize to abutting sequences of the same strand of the target. Such hybridization forms a substrate for a template-dependant ligase. In accordance with the present invention, LCR can be performed with oligonucleotides having the proximal and distal sequences of the same strand of a biallelic marker site. In one embodiment, either oligonucleotide will be designed to include the biallehc marker site. In such an embodiment, the reaction conditions are selected such that the oligonucleotides can be ligated together only if the target molecule either contains or lacks the specific nucleotide that is complementary to the biallehc marker on the oligonucleotide. In an alternative embodiment, the oligonucleotides will not include the biallehc marker, such that when they hybridize to the target molecule, a "gap" is created as described in WO 90/01069. This gap is then "filled" with complementary dNTPs (as mediated by DNA polymerase), or by an additional pair of oligonucleotides. Thus at the end of each cycle, each single strand has a complement capable of serving as a target dunng the next cycle and exponential allele-specific amplification of the desired sequence is obtained. Ligase/Polymerase-mediated Genetic Bit Analysis™ is another method for determining the identity of a nucleotide at a preselected site m a nucleic acid molecule (WO 95/21271). This method involves the mcoφoration of a nucleoside tπphosphate that is complementary to the nucleotide present at the preselected site onto the terminus of a pnmer molecule, and their subsequent ligation to a second oligonucleotide. The reaction is monitored by detecting a specific label attached to the reaction's solid phase or by detection in solution. 4) Hybridization Assay Methods A preferred method of determining the identity of the nucleotide present at a biallehc marker site involves nucleic acid hybridization. The hybridization probes, which can be conveniently used in such reactions, preferably include the probes defined herein. Any hybridization assay may be used including Southern hybπdization, Northern hybridization, dot blot hybndization and solid- phase hybridization (see Sambrook et al., 1989). Hybπdization refers to the formation of a duplex structure by two single stranded nucleic acids due to complementary base painng. Hybπdization can occur between exactly complementary nucleic acid strands or between nucleic acid strands that contain minor regions of mismatch. Specific probes can be designed that hybπdize to one form of a biallehc marker and not to the other and therefore are able to discnmmate between different allelic forms Allele-specific probes are often used m pairs, one member of a pair showing perfect match to a target sequence containing the oπgmal allele and the other showing a perfect match to the target sequence containing the alternative allele. Hybndization conditions should be sufficiently stringent that there is a significant difference in hybridization intensity between alleles, and preferably an essentially binary response, whereby a probe hybridizes to only one of the alleles. Stπngent, sequence specific hybπdization conditions, under which a probe will hybridize only to the exactly complementary target sequence are well known in the art (Sambrook et al., 1989). Stπngent conditions are sequence dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. Although such hybπdization can be performed m solution, it is preferred to employ a sohd- phase hybπdization assay. The target DNA compnsmg a biallehc marker of the present invention may be amplified pnor to the hybπdization reaction. The presence of a specific allele the sample is determined by detecting the presence or the absence of stable hybrid duplexes formed between the probe and the target DNA. The detection of hybnd duplexes can be earned out by a number of methods. Vanous detection assay formats are well known which utilize detectable labels bound to either the target or the probe to enable detection of the hybrid duplexes. Typically, hybndization duplexes are separated from unhybπdized nucleic acids and the labels bound to the duplexes are then detected. Those skilled in the art will recognize that wash steps may be employed to wash away excess target DNA or probe as well as unbound conjugate. Further, standard heterogeneous assay formats are suitable for detecting the hybπds using the labels present on the pnmers and probes. Two recently developed assays allow hybndization-based allele discπmination with no need for separations or washes (see Landegren U. et al., 1998). The TaqMan assay takes advantage of the 5' nuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase to digest a DNA probe annealed specifically to the accumulating amplification product. TaqMan probes are labeled with a donor-acceptor dye pair that interacts via fluorescence energy transfer. Cleavage of the TaqMan probe by the advancing polymerase dunng amplification dissociates the donor dye from the quenching acceptor dye, greatly increasing the donor fluorescence. All reagents necessary to detect two allelic variants can be assembled at the beginning of the reaction and the results are monitored m real time (see Livak et al., 1995). In an alternative homogeneous hybπdization based procedure, molecular beacons are used for allele discπminations. Molecular beacons are haiφin-shaped oligonucleotide probes that report the presence of specific nucleic acids in homogeneous solutions When they bind to their targets they undergo a conformational reorganization that restores the fluorescence of an internally quenched fluorophore (Tyagi et al., 1998).
The polynucleotides provided herein can be used to produce probes which can be used m hybπdization assays for the detection of bialle c marker alleles in biological samples. These probes are characteπzed in that they preferably compπse between 8 and 50 nucleotides, and m that they are sufficiently complementary to a sequence compnsmg a biallehc marker of the present invention to hybπdize thereto and preferably sufficiently specific to be able to discriminate the targeted sequence for only one nucleotide vanation. A particularly prefened probe is 25 nucleotides in length. Preferably the biallehc marker is with 4 nucleotides of the center of the polynucleotide probe. In particularly preferred probes, the biallehc marker is at the center of said polynucleotide Preferred probes compπse a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of amphcons listed m Table 1 and the sequences complementary thereto, or a fragment thereof, said fragment compnsmg at least about 8 consecutive nucleotides, preferably 10, 15, 20, more preferably 25, 30, 40, 47, or 50 consecutive nucleotides and containing a polymoφhic base. Preferred probes compπse a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of PI to P13 and the sequences complementary thereto In preferred embodiments the polymoφhic base(s) are with 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, nucleotides of the center of the said polynucleotide, more preferably at the center of said polynucleotide
Preferably the probes of the present invention are labeled or immobilized on a solid support. Labels and solid supports are further described in "Oligonucleotide Probes and Primers". The probes can be non-extendable as described in "Oligonucleotide Probes and Pπmers".
By assaying the hybridization to an allele specific probe, one can detect the presence or absence of a biallehc marker allele in a given sample. High-Throughput parallel hybridization in array format is specifically encompassed within "hybridization assays" and are described below. 5) Hybridization To Addressable Arrays Of Oligonucleotides
Hybndization assays based on oligonucleotide arrays rely on the differences hybπdization stability of short oligonucleotides to perfectly matched and mismatched target sequence vanants. Efficient access to polymoφhism information is obtained through a basic structure compnsmg high- density arrays of oligonucleotide probes attached to a solid support (e.g., the chip) at selected positions Each DNA chip can contain thousands to millions of individual synthetic DNA probes arranged m a gπd-hke pattern and miniaturized to the size of a dime
The chip technology has already been applied with success in numerous cases For example, the screening of mutations has been undertaken m the BRCA1 gene, in S cerevistae mutant strains, and in the protease gene of HIV-1 virus (Hacia et al., 1996; Shoemaker et al., 1996, Kozal et al., 1996). Chips of vanous formats for use in detecting biallehc polymoφhisms can be produced on a customized basis by Affymetπx (GeneCh p™), Hyseq (HyChip and HyGnostics), and Protogene Laboratones.
In general, these methods employ arrays of oligonucleotide probes that are complementary to target nucleic acid sequence segments from an individual which, target sequences include a polymoφhic marker. EP 785280 descπbes a tiling strategy for the detection of single nucleotide polymoφhisms. Briefly, arrays may generally be "tiled" for a large number of specific polymoφhisms. By "tiling" is generally meant the synthesis of a defined set of oligonucleotide probes which is made up of a sequence complementary to the target sequence of interest, as well as preselected vanations of that sequence, e.g., substitution of one or more given positions with one or more members of the basis set of nucleotides Tiling strategies are further descnbed m PCT application No. WO 95/11995. In a particular aspect, arrays are tiled for a number of specific, identified biallehc marker sequences. In particular, the array is tiled to include a number of detection blocks, each detection block being specific for a specific biallehc marker or a set of biallehc markers. For example, a detection block may be tiled to include a number of probes, which span the sequence segment that includes a specific polymoφhism To ensure probes that are complementary to each allele, the probes are synthesized in pairs diffenng at the biallehc marker. In addition to the probes diffenng at the polymoφhic base, monosubstituted probes are also generally tiled withm the detection block. These monosubstituted probes have bases at and up to a certain number of bases m either direction from the polymoφhism, substituted with the remaining nucleotides (selected from A, T, G, C and U) Typically the probes in a tiled detection block will include substitutions of the sequence positions up to and including those that are 5 bases away from the biallehc marker. The monosubstituted probes provide internal controls for the tiled array, to distinguish actual hybndization from artefactual cross-hybridization. Upon completion of hybπdization with the target sequence and washing of the array, the array is scanned to determine the position on the array to which the target sequence hybridizes The hybπdization data from the scanned array is then analyzed to identify which allele or alleles of the biallehc marker are present m the sample. Hybπdization and scanning may be earned out as descnbed m PCT application No WO 92/10092 and WO 95/11995 and US patent No. 5,424,186. Thus, m some embodiments, the chips may compnse an array of nucleic acid sequences of fragments of about 15 nucleotides m length. In further embodiments, the chip may compπse an array including at least one of the sequences selected from the group consisting of amphcons listed table 1 and the sequences complementary thereto, or a fragment thereof, said fragment comprising at least about 8 consecutive nucleotides, preferably 10, 15, 20, more preferably 25, 30, 40, 47, or 50 consecutive nucleotides and containing a polymoφhic base In preferred embodiments the polymoφhic base is within 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, nucleotides of the center of the said polynucleotide, more preferably at the center of said polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the chip may compnse an array of at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more of these polynucleotides of the invention. Solid supports and polynucleotides of the present invention attached to solid supports are further descπbed in "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers". 6) Integrated Systems Another technique, which may be used to analyze polymoφhisms, includes multicomponent integrated systems, which miniaturize and compartmentalize processes such as PCR and capillary electrophoresis reactions m a single functional device. An example of such technique is disclosed in US patent 5,589,136 which descnbes the integration of PCR amplification and capillary electrophoresis m chips Integrated systems can be envisaged mamly when microfluidic systems are used. These systems compπse a pattern of microchannels designed onto a glass, silicon, quartz, or plastic wafer included on a microchip. The movements of the samples are controlled by electric, electroosmotic or hydrostatic forces applied across different areas of the microchip to create functional microscopic valves and pumps with no moving parts. For genotypmg biallehc markers, the microfluidic system may integrate nucleic acid amplification, microsequencmg, capillary electrophoresis and a detection method such as laser- induced fluorescence detection.
E. EXPRESSION OF AN OL1 TO OLF10 CODING POLYNUCLEOTIDE
Any of the coding polynucleotides of the invention may be inserted into recombinant vectors for expression in a recombinant host cell or a recombinant host organism.
Thus, the present invention also encompasses a family of recombinant vectors that contains a coding polynucleotide from the group of coding polynucleotides OLFl to OLF 10 genes. Consequently, the present invention further deals with a recombinant vector compnsmg a polynucleotide compnsmg any of the coding sequence of SEQ ID No 1, preferably those selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11.
In a first preferred embodiment, the present invention relates to expression vectors which include nucleic acids encoding an olfactory receptor protein descnbed herein under the control of an exogenous regulatory sequence.
In a second preferred embodiment, a recombinant vector of the invention is used to amplify the inserted polynucleotide denved from an olfactory receptor genomic sequence selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acids of SEQ ID No 1 and of olfactory receptor cDNAs, for example the open reading frames of SEQ ID Nos 2-1 1, in a suitable cell host , this polynucleotide being amplified at every time that the recombinant vector replicates.
More particularly, the present invention relates to expression vectors which include nucleic acids encoding an olfactory receptor protein, preferably the olfactory receptor proteins of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or variants or fragments thereof, under the control of an exogenous regulatory sequence.
Generally, a recombinant vector of the invention may comprise any of the polynucleotides described herein, including regulatory sequences, and coding sequences, as well as any olfactory receptor primer or probe as defined above. More particularly, the recombinant vectors of the present invention can comprise any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding Regions of the olfactory receptor gene" section, "Genomic sequence of the olfactory receptor gene" section, the "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers" section and the "Polynucleotide constructs" section.
Some of the elements which can be found in the vectors of the present invention are described in further detail in the following sections.
Vectors
A recombinant vector according to the invention comprises, but is not limited to, a YAC (Yeast Artificial Chromosome), a BAC (Bacterial Artificial Chromosome), a phage, a phagemid, a cosmid, a plasmid or even a linear DNA molecule which may consist of a chromosomal, non- chromosomal and synthetic DNA. Such a recombinant vector can comprise a transcriptional unit comprising an assembly of
(1) a genetic element or elements having a regulatory role in gene expression, for example promoters or enhancers. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually from about 10 to 300 bp that act on the promoter to increase the transcription.
(2) a structural or coding sequence which is transcribed into mRNA and eventually translated into a polypeptide, and
(3) appropriate transcription initiation and termination sequences. Structural units intended for use in yeast or eukaryotic expression systems preferably include a leader sequence enabling extracellular secretion of translated protein by a host cell. Alternatively, where recombinant protein is expressed without a leader or transport sequence, it may include an N- terminal residue. This residue may or may not be subsequently cleaved from the expressed recombinant protein to provide a final product.
Generally, recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication, selectable markers permitting transformation of the host cell, and a promoter derived from a highly expressed gene to direct transcription of a downstream structural sequence. The heterologous structural sequence is assembled in appropriate phase with translation initiation and termination sequences, and preferably a leader sequence capable of directing secretion of translated protein into the periplasmic space or extracellular medium. The selectable marker genes for selection of transformed host cells are preferably dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, TRPl for S cerevisiae or tetracychne, πfampicine or ampicilhn resistance m E coh, or levan saccharase for mycobactena.
For facilitating the purification of the expressed protein and increasing its stability, the coding sequence of an olfactory receptor according to the invention can be fused its N- or C- terminus with protein such as MBP (maltose binding protein) and GST (Glutathione S transferase) or with tag such as poly-histidme tag, Strep tag, Bio tag, and flag peptide epitope tag, those being detailed below. Thioredoxm can be eventually inserted between the olfactory receptor and the tag.
Useful expression vectors for bacteπal use are constructed by inserting a structural DNA sequence encoding a desired polypeptide with suitable translation initiation and termination signals m operable reading phase with a functional promoter. The vector will compπse one or more phenotypic selectable markers and an ongm of replication to ensure maintenance of the vector and to, if desirable, provide amplification withm the host.
As a representative but non-hmitmg example, useful expression vectors for bacterial use can compnse a selectable marker and bacteπal ongm of replication derived from commercially available plasmids compnsmg genetic elements of pBR322 (ATCC 37017). Such commercial vectors include, for example, pKK223-3 (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), and GEM1 (Promega Biotec, Madison, WI, USA).
Large numbers of suitable vectors and promoters are known to those of skill in the art, and commercially available, such as bactenal vectors : pQE70, pQE60, pQE-9 (Qiagen), pbs, pDIO, phagescπpt, psιX174, pbluescπpt SK, pbsks, pNH8A, pNH16A, pNH18A, pNH46A (Stratagene), ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRLT5 (Pharmacia): or eukaryotic vectors : pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl, pSG (Stratagene); pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG, pSVL (Pharmacia); baculovirus transfer vector pVL 1392/ 1393 (Pharmmgen); pQE-30 (QIAexpress). A suitable vector for the expression of the olfactory receptor above-defined or their peptide fragments is baculovirus vector that can be propagated in insect cells and m insect cell lines. A specific suitable host vector system is the pVL1392/1393 baculovirus transfer vector (Pharmmgen) that is used to transfect the SF9 cell line (ATCC N°CRL 171 1 ) which is derived from Spodoptera frugiperda. Other suitable vectors for the expression of an olfactory receptor or their peptide fragments or vanants in a baculovirus expression system include those descnbed by Chai et al. (1993), Vlasak et al. (1983) and Lenhard et al. (1996).
Mammalian expression vectors will compnse an ongm of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer, and also any necessary nbosome binding sites, polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, transcriptional termination sequences, and 5' flanking nontranscribed sequences. DNA sequences denved from the SV40 viral genome, for example SV40 ongm, early promoter, enhancer, splice and polyadenylation sites may be used to provide the required nontranscπbed genetic elements
Promoters
The suitable promoter regions used m the expression vectors according to the present invention are chosen taking into account of the cell host which the heterologous gene has to be expressed.
A suitable promoter may be heterologous with respect to the nucleic acid for which it controls the expression or alternatively can be endogenous to the native polynucleotide containing the coding sequence to be expressed. Additionally, the promoter is generally heterologous with respect to the recombinant vector sequences with which the construct promoter/coding sequence has been inserted.
Thus, the promoter is selected among the group compnsmg .
- an internal or an endogenous promoter, such as the natural promoter associated with the structural gene coding for the desired olfactory receptor polypeptide or the fragment or vaπant thereof; such a promoter may be completed by a regulatory element denved from the vertebrate host, in particular an activator element;
- a promoter derived from a cytoskeletal protein gene such as the desmin promoter (Bolmont et al., 1990; Zhenhn et al., 1989) or a promoter denved from a gene specifically expressed in epithelial cells and most preferably in olfactory epithelial cells. Preferred bactenal promoters are the Lad, LacZ, the T3 or T7 bacteπophage RNA polymerase promoters, the polyhednn promoter, or the pi 0 protein promoter from baculovirus (Kit Novagen) (Smith et al., 1983.; O'Reilly et al., 1992), the lambda PR promoter or also the trc promoter
Promoter regions can be selected from any desired gene using, for example, CAT (chloramphenicol transferase) vectors and more preferably pKK232-8 and pCM7 vectors.
Particularly preferred bacteπal promoters include lad, lacZ, T3, T7, gpt, lambda PR, PL and tφ. Eukaryotic promoters include CMV immediate early, HSV thymidme kinase, early and late SV40, LTRs from retrovirus, and mouse metallothionein-L. Selection of a convenient vector and promoter is well withm the level of ordinary skill m the art. The choice of a determined promoter, among the above-described promoters is well in the ability of one skill m the art, guided by his knowledge in the genetic engmeenng technical field, and by being also guided by the book of Sambrook et al. in 1989 or also by the procedures descπbed by Fuller et al. in 1996 (Fuller S.A. et al., 1996).
A preferred constitutive promoter that is used is one of the internal promoters that are active in the resting fibroblasts such the promoter of the phosphoglycerate kinase gene (PGK-1). The PGK- 1 promoter is either the mouse promoter or the human promoter such as descπbed by Adra et al.( 1987). Other constitutive promoters may also be used such that the beta-actin promoter (Kort et al., 1983) or the vimentin promoter (Rettlez and Basenga, 1987).
The vector containing the appropriate DNA sequence as described above, more preferably a OLFl to OLF 10 coding polynucleotide, can be utilized to transform an appropriate host to allow the expression of the desired polypeptide or polynucleotide.
Other types of vectors
The in vivo expression of an olfactory receptor polypeptide encompassed by the invention or a fragment or a variant thereof may be useful in order to correct a genetic defect related to the expression of the native gene in a host organism or to the production of biologically active olfactory receptor proteins.
Consequently, the present invention also deals with recombinant expression vectors mainly designed for the in vivo production of a therapeutic peptide fragment by the introduction of the genetic information in the organism of the patient to be treated. This genetic information may be introduced in vitro in a cell that has been previously extracted from the organism, the modified cell being subsequently reinfroduced in the said organism, directly in vivo into the appropriate tissue, and preferably in the olfactory epithelium.
One specific embodiment for a method for delivering the conesponding protein or peptide to the interior of a cell of a vertebrate in vivo comprises the step of introducing a preparation comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier and a naked polynucleotide operatively coding for the polypeptide into the interstitial space of a tissue comprising the cell, whereby the naked polynucleotide is taken up into the interior of the cell and has a physiological effect.
In a specific embodiment, the invention provides a composition for the in vivo production of an olfactory receptor polypeptide described therein containing a naked polynucleotide operatively coding for an olfactory receptor selected from the group of OLFl to OLF 10 or a fragment or a variant thereof, in solution in a physiologically acceptable carrier and suitable for introduction into a tissue to cause cells of the tissue to express the said protein or polypeptide.
Advantageously, the composition described above is administered locally, near the site in which the expression of the olfactory receptor polypeptide under consideration or a fragment or a variant thereof is sought. The polynucleotide operatively coding for an olfactory receptor polypeptide or a fragment or variant thereof may be a vector comprising the genomic DNA or the complementary DNA (cDNA) coding for the corresponding protein and a promoter sequence allowing the expression of the genomic DNA or the complementary DNA in the desired eukaryotic cells, such as vertebrate cells, specifically mammalian cells. This vector may also contain one origin of replication that allows it to replicate in the eukaryotic host cell such as an origin of replication from a bovine papillomavirus. Alternatively, the vector can contain several, for example two, origins of replication of different origins in order to allow said vector to replicate in different host cells, typically both in a prokaryotic cell such as E coli and in an eukaryotic cell such as a mammalian epithelial cell, preferably a mammalian olfactory epithelial cell.
Compositions compπsing a polynucleotide are described in the PCT application N° WO 90/1 1092 (Vical Inc.) and also the PCT application N° WO 95/1 1307 (Institut Pasteur, INSERM, Universite d'Ottawa) as well as in the articles of Tacson et al. (1996) and of Huygen et al. (1996).
In another embodiment, the DNA to be introduced is complexed with DEAE-dextran (Pagano et al., 1967) or with nuclear proteins (Kaneda et al, 1989), with hpids (Feigner et al., 1987) or encapsulated withm hposomes (Fraley et al., 1980). In another embodiment, the polynucleotide encoding an olfactory receptor polypeptide of the invention or a fragment or a vaπant thereof may be included in a transfection system compnsmg polypeptides that promote its penetration within the host cells as it is descπbed in the PCT application WO 95/10534 (Seikagaku Coφoration). They can also be encapsulated in polymer microparticles as it is descπbed m the PCT Application No WO 94/27238 The vector according to the present invention may advantageously be administered m the form of a gel that facilitates their transfection into the cells. Such a gel composition may be a complex of poly-L-lysine and lactose, as described by Midoux (1993) or also poloxamer 407 as descnbed by Pastore (1994). Said vector' may also be suspended in a buffer solution or be associated with hposomes. The amount of the vector to be injected to the desired host organism vary according to the site of injection. As an indicative dose, it will be injected between 0,1 and 100 μg of the vector in an animal body, preferably a mammal body, for example a mouse body
In another embodiment of the vector according to the invention, said vector may be introduced m vitro m a host cell, preferably m a host cell previously harvested from the animal to be treated and more preferably a somatic cell such as a muscle cell. In a subsequent step, the cell that has been transformed with the vector coding for the desired olfactory receptor polypeptide or the desired fragment or vanant thereof is implanted back into the animal body in order to deliver the recombinant protein withm the body either locally or systemically
Suitable vectors for the in vivo expression of an olfactory receptor polypeptide of the invention or a fragment or a vanant thereof are descnbed hereunder.
In one specific embodiment, the vector is denved from an adenovirus. Preferred adenovrruses vectors according to the invention are those descnbed by Feldman and Steg (1996) or Ohno et al. (1994). Another preferred recombinant adenovirus according to this specific embodiment of the present invention is the adenovirus descnbed by Ohwada et al. (1996) or the human adenovirus type 2 or 5 (Ad 2 or Ad 5) or an adenovirus of animal oπgin ( French patent application N° FR-93.05954). Among the adenoviruses of animal origin it can be cited the adenoviruses of canine (CAV2, strain Manhattan or A26/61 [ATCC VR-800]), bov e, muπne (Mavl, Beard et al, 1980) or simian (SAV).
Preferably, the inventors are using recombinant defective adenoviruses that may be prepared following a technique well-known by one skill m the art, for example as descπbed by Levrero et al (1991) or by Graham (1984) or in the European patent application N° EP-185 573. Another defective recombinant adenovirus that may be used according to the present invention, as well as a composition of matter containing such a defective recombinant adenovirus, is described m the PCT application N° WO 95/14785. Retrovirus vectors and adeno-associated virus vectors are generally understood to be the recombinant gene delivery system of choice for the transfer of exogenous polynucleotides in vivo , particularly to mammals, including humans These vectors provide efficient delivery of genes into cells, and the transferred nucleic acids are stably integrated into the chromosomal DNA of the host
The use of recombinant retrovirus vectors containing a nucleic acid according to the invention is also encompassed with the scope of the invention A major prerequisite for the use of retroviruses is to ensure the safety of their use, particularly with regard to the possibility of the spread of wild-type virus m the cell population The development of specialized cell lines (termed "packaging cells") which produce only replication defective retroviruses has increased the utility of retroviruses for in vivo gene delivery, and defective retroviruses are well charactenzed for use in gene transfer. Thus, recombinant retroviruses can be constructed m which a part of the retroviral coding sequence (gag, pol, env) has been replaced by nucleic acid encoding an olfactory receptor rendering the retrovirus defective Protocols for producing recombinant retroviruses and for infecting cells in vitro and in vivo with such viruses can be found in "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology" (1989). Furthermore, it has been shown that it is possible to limit the infection spectrum of retroviruses and consequently of retroviral-based vectors, by modifying the viral packaging proteins on the surface of the viral particle, as descnbed for example m the PCT Application No WO 93/25234 or m the PCT Application No WO 94/ 06920 For instance, strategies for the modification of the infection spectrum of retroviral vectors include coupling antibodies specific for cell surface antigens to the viral env protein (Julan et al., 1992) or coupling cell surface receptor ligands to the viral env protein (Neda et al., 1991) Coupling can be in the form of the chemical cross-linking with a protein or other vanety (e.g. lactose to convert the env protein to an asialoglycoprotem), as well by generating fusion proteins (e.g smgle-cham antιbody/e«v fusion proteins). This technique, while useful to limit or otherwise direct the infection to certain tissue types, can also be used to convert an ecotropic vector into an amphotropic vector.
Particularly preferred retroviruses for the preparation or construction of retroviral in vitro or in vitro gene delivery vehicles of the present invention include retroviruses selected from the group consisting of Mink-Cell Focus Inducing Virus, Muπne Sarcoma Virus, Reticuloendothehosis virus and Rous Sarcoma virus. Particularly preferred Munne Leukemia Viruses include 4070A and 1504A (Hartley et al., 1976), Abelson (ATCC No VR-999), Friend (ATCC No VR-245), Gross (ATCC No VR-590), Rauscher (ATCC No VR-998) and Moloney Munne Leukemia Virus (ATCC No VR-190, PCT Application No WO 94/24298). Particularly preferred Rous Sarcoma Viruses include Bryan high titer (ATCC Nos VR-334, VR-657, VR-726, VR-659 and VR-728). Another preferred retroviral vector is that descnbed by Roth et al. (Roth J.A. et al., 1996).
Yet another viral vector system that is contemplated by the invention consists m the adeno- associated virus (AAV). Adeno-associated virus is a naturally occurπng defective virus that requires another virus, such as an adenovirus or a heφes virus, as a helper virus for efficient replication and a productive life cycle (Muzyczka et al, 1992). It is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non-dividing cells, and exhibits a high frequency of stable integration (Flotte et al., 1992; Samulski et al., 1989; McLaughlin et al., 1989). One advantageous feature of AAV derives from its reduced efficacy for transducing pπmary cells relative to transformed cells
Cell hosts
Another object of the invention consists m host cell that have been transformed or transfected with one of the polynucleotides described therein, and more precisely a polynucleotide compnsmg the coding sequence of any of the olfactory receptor polypeptide having the ammo acid sequence of SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or fragments or variants thereof. Are included host cells that are transformed (prokaryotic cells) or that are transfected (eukaryotic cells) with a recombinant vector such as one of those descπbed above.
A recombinant host cell of the invention compπses any one of the polynucleotides or the recombinant vectors described therein. More particularly, the cell hosts of the present invention can comprise any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene" section, "Genomic sequence of olfactory receptor gene *' section, the "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers" section, the "Polynucleotide constructs" section.and the " Expression of an OLFl to OLF 10 coding polypeptide" section.
Suitable prokaryotic hosts for transformation include E coh, Bacillus subtilis, as well as vanous species withm the genera of Streptomyces or Mycobacterium. Suitable eukaryotic hosts compπse yeast, insect cells, such as Drosophila and Sf9. Various mammalian cell hosts can also be employed to express recombinant protein. Examples of mammalian cell hosts include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts (Guzman, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing a compatible vector, for example the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines. The selection of an host is within the scope of the one skilled in the art. Preferred cell hosts used as recipients for the expression vectors of the invention are the followings : a) Prokaryotic host cells : Eschenchia coh strains (I.E. DH5-α strain) or Bacillus subtilis. b) Eukaryotic host cells : HeLa cells (ATCC N°CCL2. N°CCL2.1 , N°CCL2.2). Cv 1 cells (ATCC N°CCL70), COS cells (ATCC N°CRL1650; N°CRL1651), Sf-9 cells (ATCC N°CRL171 1 )
The constructs in the host cells can be used in a conventional manner to produce the gene product encoded by the recombinant sequence. Following transformation of a suitable host and growth of the host to an appropπate cell density, the selected promoter is induced by appropπate means, such as temperature shift or chemical induction, and cells are cultivated for an additional period.
Cells are typically harvested by centπfugation, disrupted by physical or chemical means, and the resulting crude extract retained for further punfication. Microbial cells employed in expression of proteins can be disrupted by any convenient method, including freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or use of cell lysing agents. Such methods are well known by the skill artisan.
Transgenic animals
The terms "transgenic animals" or "host animals" are used herein designate animals that have their genome genetically and artificially manipulated so as to include one of the nucleic acids according to the invention. Preferred animals are non-human mammals and include those belonging to a genus selected from Mus (e.g. mice), Rattus (e.g. rats) and Oryctogalus (e.g. rabbits) which have their genome artificially and genetically altered by the insertion of a nucleic acid according to the invention. The transgenic animals of the invention all include withm a plurality of their cells a cloned recombinant or synthetic DNA sequence, more specifically one of the punfied or isolated nucleic acids compnsmg an olfactory receptor coding sequence selected from the group OLFl to OLF 10 an olfactory receptor regulatory polynucleotide or a DNA sequence encoding an antisense polynucleotide such as descπbed m the present specification. More particularly, transgenic animals according to the invention contain in their somatic cells and/or in their germ line cells any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding regions of the olfactory receptor gene" section, "Genomic sequence of olfactory receptor gene " section, the "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers" section, the "Polynucleotide constructs" section and the " Expression of an OLFl to OLF 10 coding polypeptide" section. The replacement of the native genomic olfactory receptor sequence by a defective copy of said sequence may be preformed by techniques of gene targeting. Such techniques are notably descπbed by Burπght et al. (1997), Bates et al. (1997), Mangiaπni et al. (1997), Davies et al. (1997)
Second preferred transgenic animals of the invention have the munne olfactory receptor gene replaced either by a defective copy of the munne olfactory receptor gene or by an interrupted copy of the human olfactory receptor gene. A "defective copy" of a murine or a human olfactory receptor gene, is intended to designate a modified copy of these genes that is not or poorly transcribed in the resulting recombinant host animal or a modified copy of these genes leading to the absence of synthesis of the corresponding translation product or alternatively leading to a modified and/or truncated translation product lacking the biological activity of the wild type olfactory receptor protein. The altered translation product thus contains amino acid modifications, deletions and substitutions. Modifications and deletions may render the naturally occurring gene nonfunctional, thus leading to a "knockout animal". These transgenic animals are critical for the creation of animal models of human diseases, and for eventual treatment of disorders related to alteration of the olfactory perception of odorant substances or molecules. Examples of such knockout mice are described m the PCT Applications Nos WO 97/34641, WO 96/12792 and WO 98/02354.
The endogenous murine olfactory receptor gene can be interrupted by the insertion, between two contiguous nucleotide of said gene, of a part of all of a marker gene placed under the control of the appropnate promoter, for example the endogenous promoter of the endogenous munne olfactory receptor gene. The marker gene may be the neomycin resistance gene (neo) that may be operably linked to the phosphoglycerate kmase-1 (PGK-1) promoter, as descπbed in the PCT Application No WO 98/02534. Thus, the invention is also directed to a transgenic animal contain m their somatic cells and/or in their germ line cells a polynucleotide selected from the following group of polynucleotides: a) a defective copy of the human olfactory receptor gene; b) a defective copy of the endogenous olfactory receptor gene, wherein the expression "endogenous olfactory receptor gene" designates an olfactory receptor gene that is naturally present within the genome of the animal host to be genetically modified
The invention also concerns a method for obtaining transgenic animals, wherein said methods compπse the steps of a) replacing the endogenous copy of the animal olfactory receptor gene by a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of a defective copy of the human olfactory receptor gene and a defective copy of the endogenous olfactory receptor gene in animal cells, preferably embryonic stem cells (ES); b) introducing the recombinant animal cells obtained at step a) m embryos, notably blastocysts of the animal; c) selecting the resulting transgenic animals, for example by detecting the defective copy of an olfactory receptor gene with one or several pnmers or probes according to the invention.
Optionally, the transgenic animals may be bred together m order to obtain homozygous transgenic animals for the defective copy of the olfactory receptor gene introduced.
The transgenic animals of the invention thus contain specific sequences of exogenous genetic matenal such as the nucleotide sequences described above m detail.
In a preferred embodiment, these transgenic animals may be good expeπmental models order to study the diverse pathologies related to disorders associated to alteration of the olfactory perception of odorant substances or molecules, m particular concerning the transgenic animals within the genome of which has been inserted one or several copies of a polynucleotide encoding a native olfactory receptor protein, or alternatively a mutant olfactory receptor protein
Third preferred transgenic animals according to the invention contains m their somatic cells and/or in their germ line cells a polynucleotide selected from the following group of polynucleotides
a) puπfied or isolated nucleic acid encoding an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from OLFl to OLF 10, or a polypeptide fragment or vaπant thereof. b) a punfied or isolated nucleic comprising at least 8 consecutive nucleotides of the nucleotide sequence SEQ ID No 1 , a nucleotide sequence complementary thereto or a fragment or a vaπant thereof; c) a punfied or isolated nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence selected from the group of SEQ ID 2-11 , a sequence complementary thereto or a fragment or a variant thereof.
The transgenic animals of the invention thus contain specific sequences of exogenous genetic material such as the nucleotide sequences descπbed above detail
In a first preferred embodiment, these transgenic animals may be good expeπmental models in order to screen the candidate substance of interest interacting with the olfactory receptor under consideration
Since it is possible to produce transgenic animals of the invention using a variety of different sequences, a general descnption will be given of the production of transgenic animals by refernng generally to exogenous genetic material This general descnption can be adapted by those skilled m the art in order to mcoφorate the DNA sequences into animals For more details regarding the production of transgenic animals, and specifically transgenic mice, it may be refened to Sandou et al. (1994) and also to US Patents Nos 4,873,191, issued Oct 10, 1989, 5,968,766, issued Dec. 16, 1997 and 5,387,742, issued Feb. 28, 1995.
Transgenic animals of the present invention are produced by the application of procedures which result in an animal with a genome that mcoφorates exogenous genetic material which is integrated into the genome. The procedure involves obtaining the genetic matenal, or a portion thereof, which encodes either a coding sequence, a non-codmg polynucleotide or a DNA sequence encoding an antisense polynucleotide of an olfactory receptor selected from the group OLFl to OLF 10 such as descnbed m the present specification
A recombinant polynucleotide of the invention is inserted into an embryonic or ES stem cell line. The insertion is made using electroporation. The cells subjected to electroporation are screened (e.g. Southern blot analysis) to find positive cells which have integrated the exogenous recombinant polynucleotide into their genome. An illustrative positive-negative selection procedure that may be used according to the invention is descπbed by Mansour et al (1988). Then, the positive cells are isolated, cloned and injected into 3.5 days old blastocysts from mice The blastocysts are then inserted into a female host animal and allowed to grow to term. The offspπngs of the female host are tested to determine which animals are transgenic e.g. include the inserted exogenous DNA sequence and which are wild-type.
Thus, the present invention also concerns a transgenic animal containing a nucleic acid, a recombinant expression vector or a recombinant host cell according to the invention.
Recombinant Cell Lines Derived From The Transgenic Animals Of The Invention.
A further object of the invention compnses recombinant host cells obtained from a transgenic animal descπbed herein. In one embodiment the invention encompasses cells denved from non-human host mammals and animals compnsmg a recombinant vector of the invention or an olfactory receptor gene disrupted by homologous recombination with a knock out vector.
Recombinant cell lines may be established in vitro from cells obtained from any tissue of a transgenic animal according to the invention, for example by transfection of pnmary cell cultures with vectors expressing owc-genes such as SV40 large T antigen, as descπbed by Chou (1989) and Shay et al.( 1991).
F. METHODS FOR SCREENING SUBSTANCES OR MOLECULES INTERACTING WITH AN OLFACTORY RECEPTOR PROTEIN
The present invention pertains to methods for screening substances of interest, m particular odorant substances or molecules that interact with an olfactory receptor protein selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or one peptide fragment or variant thereof. In one embodiment, the candidate substance is devoid of odorant propnety but it is able to bind the olfactory receptor and to tngger the transduction of signals.
For the puφose of the present invention, a hgand means a molecule, such as a protein, a peptide, an antibody or any synthetic chemical compound capable of binding to the olfactory receptor protein or one of its fragments or vanants or to modulate the expression of the polynucleotide coding for olfactory receptor or a fragment or vanant thereof.
In the hgand screening method according to the present invention, a biological sample or a defined molecule to be tested as a putative hgand of the olfactory receptor protein is brought into contact with the corresponding punfied olfactory receptor protein, for example the corresponding purified recombinant olfactory receptor protein produced by a recombinant cell host as descnbed herein, in order to form a complex between this protein and the putative hgand molecule to be tested As an illustrative example, to study the interaction of the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment comprising comprising any of the fragments described in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments" with drugs or small molecules, such as molecules generated through combmatoπal chemistry approaches, the microdialysis coupled to HPLC method described by Wang et al. ( 1997) or the affinity capillary electrophoresis method described by Bush et al. (1997) can be used. In further methods, peptides, drugs, fatty acids, hpoprotems, or small molecules which interact with the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment comprising any of the fragments descπbed in the section "OLFl to OLF 10 proteins and polypeptide fragments" may be identified using assays such as the following. The molecule to be tested for binding is labeled with a detectable label, such as a fluorescent , radioactive, or enzymatic tag and placed m contact with immobilized olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment thereof under conditions which permit specific binding to occur, such as affinity columns. In some embodiments, chimenc proteins containing the olfactory receptor protein fused to proteins facilitating punfication, such as glutathion S transferase (GST) are used
After removal of non-specifically bound molecules, bound molecules are detected using appropnate means.
In one embodiment, proteins, peptides, carbohydrates, hpids, or small molecules generated by combmatonal chemistry interacting with the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment or a vanant thereof can also be screened by using an Optical Biosensor as descnbed m Edwards and
Leatherbarrow (1997) and also in Szabo et al. (1995). The mam advantage of the method is that it allows the determination of the association rate between the olfactory receptor protein and molecules interacting with the olfactory receptor protein. It is thus possible to select specifically hgand molecules interacting with the olfactory receptor protein, or a fragment thereof, through strong or conversely weak association constants.
Another object of the present invention comprises methods and kits for the screening of candidate substances that interact with olfactory receptor polypeptide.
The present invention pertains to methods for screening substances of interest that interact with an olfactory receptor protein or one fragment or vaπant thereof. By their capacity to bind covalently or non-covalently to an olfactory receptor protein or to a fragment or variant thereof, these substances or molecules may be advantageously used both in vitro and in vivo In vitro, said interacting molecules may be used as detection means in order to identify the presence of an olfactory receptor protein m a sample, preferably a biological sample.
A first method for the screening of a candidate substance interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or fragments or vanants thereof, comprises the following steps : a) providing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the ammo acid sequences of SEQ ID
Nos 12-21 , or a peptide fragment or a vaπant thereof, b) obtaining a candidate substance; c) bπnging into contact said polypeptide with said candidate substance; and d) detecting the complexes formed between said polypeptide and said candidate substance. Various candidate substances or molecules can be assayed for interaction with an olfactory receptor polypeptide. These substances or molecules include, without being limited to, natural or synthetic organic compounds or molecules of biological ongm such as polypeptides When the candidate substance or molecule comprises a polypeptide, this polypeptide may be the resulting expression product of either a phage clone belonging to a phage-based random peptide library, or of a cDNA library cloned in a vector suitable for performing a two-hybrid screening assay.
In one embodiment of the screening method defined above, the complexes formed between the polypeptide and the candidate substance are further incubated in the presence of a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to the olfactory receptor protein of the invention under consideration or to said peptide fragment or vaπant thereof.
In another embodiment of the present screening method, increasing concentrations of a substance competing for binding to the olfactory receptor with the considered candidate substance is added, simultaneously or pπor to the addition of the candidate substance or molecule, when performing step c) of said method By this technique, the detection and optionally the quantification of the complexes formed between the olfactory receptor protein or the peptide fragment or vanant thereof and the candidate substance or molecule to be screened allows the one skilled in the art to determine the affinity value of said substance or molecule for said olfactory receptor protein or the peptide fragment or vanant thereof.
The olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or a peptide fragment or a vanant thereof, can be overexpressed and punfied m a bactenal system such as E coh as descnbed m Kiefer et al (1996) and Tucker et al. (1996) The olfactory receptor coding sequence can be fused to its N-termmus with GST (Glutathione S transferase) or MBP (Maltose Binding Protein) and to its C-termmus with poly-histidme tag, Bio tag or Strep tag for facilitating the punfication of the expressed protein. The Bio tag is 13 ammo acid residues long, is biotinylated in vivo in E. coh, and will therefore bind to both avidm and streptavidm. The Strep tag is 9 ammo acid residues long and binds specifically to streptavidm, but not to avidin. Therewith, a purification step by affinity can be earned out based on the interaction of a poly-histidme tail with immobilized metal ions, of the biotinylated Bio tag with monomenc avidm, of the Strep tag with streptavidm, of the GST segment with the glutathione, or of the MBP segment with the maltose. Thioredoxm can be eventually inserted between the receptor C-termmus and the tag and could increase the expression level. The fusion protein is solubihzed in 1% N-launoyl sarcosme, and 0.2 % digitonm is added. It is purified by affinity chromatography. The MBP, GST or tag segment can be then removed. After the olfactory receptor protein punfication, sarcosyl can be replaced with digitonm which is a detergent widely used to stabilize the G protem-coupled receptors. The punfied receptor is reconstituted into lipid vesicles preferably composed of phosphatidylchohne: phosphatidylglycerol (4: 1) by adding the lipid dissolved m dodecyl maltoside and removing the detergent The olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF10, or a peptide fragment or a vaπant thereof, can also be overexpressed and puπfied in a baculovιrus/Sf9 system as described in Nekrasova et al. (1996). The olfactory receptor gene, or a fragment thereof, is preferably expressed with a "flag" peptide epitope tag and/or a poly-histidme tag to either its N- or C-termmus for facilitating the purification of the expressed protein. Therefore, the olfactory receptor gene, or a fragment or a variant thereof, is preferably subcloned into the baculovirus transfer vector pAcSGHisNT to create constructs that encoded olfactory receptor with ammo-termmal poly- histidme tag. The resulting transfer vector is transfected preferably with BaculoGold DNA into Sf9 cells. The expressed olfactory receptors are then solubihzed either in 1 % N-lauryl sarcosme or 1.5 % lysophosphatidylchohne, but preferably in lysophosphatidylchohne. After solubihzation, the olfactory receptors are punfied by affinity chromatography on nickel nitπlotnacetic acid resm and by cation-exchange chromatography with carboxymethyl sepharaose cation-exchange column. The tag segment can be then removed. The punfied receptor is reconstituted into lipid vesicles preferably composed of dimyπtoylglycerophosphocholme, cholesterol, dialmitoylgycerophosphoseπne and dipalmitoylglycerophosphoethanolamine (in molecular ratio 54:35 10:1)
Once the olfactory receptor protein or one of its peptide fragments or vaπants has been obtained as described above, candidate substances or molecules can then be assayed for their capacity to bind thereto.
The candidate substance or molecule to be assayed for interacting with an olfactory receptor of the invention may be of diverse nature, including, without being limited to, natural or synthetic organic compounds or molecules of biological origin such as peptide It can comprise aromatic or aliphatic compounds with various functional groups such as alcohol, aldehyde, ester, ether, ketone, carboxylic, amme. An example of a substance panel which can be used is provided by Zhao et al. (1998). The screening of substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor, or a fragment thereof, is earned out by photoaffinity labeling expenments descπbed m Kiefer et al. (1996). The odorant is labeled, preferably radiolabeled, and incubated with lipid vesicles including the punfied olfactory receptor. The odorants bound to the olfactory receptors are crosshnked by exposure to ultraviolet light. Then, the samples are subjected to SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Proteins are visualized by Coomassie-blue staining and the odorants are revealed, preferably by autoradiography. In another embodiment, the proteins can be visualized by Western Blot with a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody that specifically binds to the olfactory receptor under consideration. Once a substance binding to the considered olfactory receptor is identified, the binding specificity of this substance is confirmed with competition expenments demonstrating that increasing concentrations of unlabeled hgand accomplish a dose-dependent displacement of the radioactive hgand. The identification of a first substance specific to one of the olfactory receptors of the present invention facilitates the screening of other substances. Indeed, the binding capacity of the screened substances to this olfactory receptor can be earned out through a competition experiments against the first identified substance which is labeled. The invention also pertains to kits useful for performing the hereinbefore descnbed screening method. Preferably, such kits comprise a polypeptide selected form the group consisting of the polypeptides compnsmg the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or a peptide fragment or a variant thereof, and optionally means useful to detect the complex formed between the considered olfactory receptor polypeptide or its peptide fragment or variant and the candidate substance. In a preferred embodiment, the kit can comprise an already identified substance specific of the olfactory receptor under consideration which is labeled, preferably radiolabeled, and a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody directed against the considered olfactory receptor.
A second screening method embodiment consists of a method for the screening of hgand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said method compπses : a) providing a recombinant eukaryotic host cell containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting the polypeptides comprising the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or variants or fragments thereof; b) preparing membrane extracts of said recombinant eukaryotic host cell; c) bπngmg into contact the membrane extracts prepared at step b) with a selected hgand molecule; and d) detecting the production level of second messengers metabolites.
The baculovιrus-Sf9 cell system enables a foreign DNA encoding an olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or a peptide fragment or a variant thereof, to be expressed with high efficiency. Moreover, it can be used to couple a heterologous expressed olfactory receptor to the second messenger cascades. Therefore, the binding specificity of an olfactory receptor can be assessed through an assay of odorant-induced generation of cAMP or inositol tπphosphate (InsP3) described m Rammg et al (1993). Bnefly, a cell line denved from Sf9 is infected by baculovirus, such as baculovirus transfer vector pVL1393, harbonng DNA encoding the olfactory receptor or a fragment thereof downstream from a strong promoter, preferably the polyhedral promoter. Recombinant virus are punfied and used to mfect 1.5 x 108 Sf9 cells m 100 ml spmner cultures at high multiplicity of infection. Cells are collected after a postmfection delay, preferably 48 h, and membrane fractions are isolated as follow. Cells are pelleted (at 250g for 10 min at 4°C), washed with Ringer solution (120 mM NaCI,
5 mM KC1, 1.6 mM K2HP04, 1.2 mM MgS04, 25 mM NaHC03, 5 mM glucose, pH7.4) and disrupted using a glass homoge zer m homogenization buffer (10 mM Tπs-HCl, pH 8.0, 2 mM EGTA, 3 mM MgC12) containing antiproteases. The homogenate is centπfuged and the pellet is washed. Supernatants are centπfuged at 33,000g for 20 mm. The final pellet is resuspended in homogenization buffer and the protein concentration is determined.
Assay of odorant substance-mduced generation of second messengers cAMP and InsP3 is performed as follow. Suspensions of Sf9 cell membrane preparations (300 μg protein) are rapidly mixed with a stimulation buffer (200 mM NaCI, 10 mM EGTA, 50 mM MOPS. 2.5 mM MgCl2, 1 M DTT, 0.05 % Na-cholate, 1 mM ATP, 1 μM GTP, and 0.02 μM free Ca2') containing the candidate substances at the appropπate concentrations. The reaction is stopped after a short time, preferably 1 sec, by injecting 10 % Perchloπc acid. Quenched samples are assayed for second messenger concentrations. The quenched and cooled samples are vortexed and centnfuged for 5 mm at 2500g at 4°C. 400 μl of the supernatants are transfeπed to a separate tube containing 100 μl of 10 mM EDTA (pH 7). The sample are neutralized by adding 500 μl of a 1 : 1 (v/v) mixture of 1,1,2 tnchlorofluoroethane, followed by thorough mixing. After centπfugation for 2 mm at 500g, three phases are obtained. The upper phase, which contains all water soluble components, is used for carrying out the concentration measurements. cAMP and InsP3 concentrations are determined according the procedure of Sterner et al. (1972) and Palmer et al. (1989), respectively
The invention also concerns a kit for the screening of odorant hgand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said kit comprises . a) a recombinant eukaryotic host cell containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the polypeptides comprising the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21 or variants or fragments thereof; and b) optionally, reagents necessary for the measurement of second messenger metabolites in a sample.
The screening of substances or molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor, or a fragment thereof, can also be earned out through the measurement of the increase of the response to odorants in an olfactory epithelium overexpressing an olfactory receptor selected from the group consisting of OLFl to OLF 10, or a peptide fragment or a vaπant thereof, as descπbed in Zhao et al. (1998). The response is assessed by elecfro-olfactogram which measures a transepithehal potential resulting from the summed activity of many olfactory neurons. In order to overexpress the olfactory receptor, or a fragment thereof, m an olfactory epithelium, an adenovirus containing the olfactory receptor gene is generated. To aid in electro-olfactogram electrode placements, the olfactory receptor coding sequence is preferably combined in the adenovirus with the physiological marker green fluorescent protein (GFP) m such manner that the two proteins are simultaneously expressed. The olfactory epithelium of an animal, preferably of a rat, is infected by the adenovirus. Animals are killed 3 to 8 days after infection and the nasal cavity is opened, exposing the medial surface of the nasal turbmates. Under fluorescent illumination, the GFP clearly marked the pattern of viral infection and olfactory receptor expression. Odorant substance are applied to the olfactory epithelium m the vapor phase by injecting a pressurized pulse of odorant vapor into a continuous stream of humidified clean air. Electro-olfactogram recordings are obtained with a glass capillary electrode placed on the surface of the epithelium and connected to a differential amplifier. The olfactory receptor specificity is assessed from the increase of response m infected animals compared to umnfected animals. To account for the vanabihty between animals, a standard odorant to which all other odorant responses are normalized is used.
A third screening method embodiment consists of a method for the screening of hgand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said method compπses : a) providing an adenovirus containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group compnsmg, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the polypeptides compnsmg the ammo acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or variants or fragments thereof: b) infecting an olfactory epithelium with said adenovirus; c) bπngmg into contact the olfactory epithelium b) with a selected hgand molecule; and d) detecting the increase of the response to said hgand molecule.
G. METHODS FOR INHIBITING THE EXPRESSION OF AN OLFACTORY RECEPTOR GENE
Other therapeutic compositions according to the present invention compnse advantageously an oligonucleotide fragment of the nucleic sequence of olfactory receptor as an antisense tool or a tπple helix tool that inhibits the expression of the corresponding olfactory receptor gene. A preferred fragment of the nucleic sequence of olfactory receptor comprises an allele of at least one of the biallelic markers Al to A13.
Antisense Approach
Preferred methods using antisense polynucleotide according to the present invention are the procedures described by Sczakiel et al.(1995). Preferred antisense polynucleotides are described in the section entitled "Nuclear Antisense
DNA Constructs".
The antisense nucleic acids should have a length and melting temperature sufficient to permit formation of an intracellular duplex having sufficient stability to inhibit the expression of the olfactory receptor mRNA in the duplex. Strategies for designing antisense nucleic acids suitable for use in gene therapy are disclosed in Green et al., (1986) and Izant and Wemtraub, (1984). In some strategies, antisense molecules are obtained by reversing the onentation of the olfactory receptor coding region with respect to a promoter so as to transcribe the opposite strand from that which is normally transcnbed in the cell. The antisense molecules may be transcribed using in vitro transcnption systems such as those which employ T7 or SP6 polymerase to generate the franscnpt. Another approach involves transcnption of olfactory receptor antisense nucleic acids in vivo by operably linking DNA containing the antisense sequence to a promoter in a suitable expression vector.
Alternatively, suitable antisense strategies are those descnbed by Rossi et al.(1991), in the International Applications Nos. WO 94/23026, WO 95/04141, WO 92/18522 and in the European Patent Application No. EP 0 572 287 A2
An alternative to the antisense technology that is used according to the present invention compnses using ribozymes that will bind to a target sequence via their complementary polynucleotide tail and that will cleave the corresponding RNA by hydrolyzmg its target site (namely "hammerhead ribozymes"). Briefly, the simplified cycle of a hammerhead ribozyme compπses (1) sequence specific binding to the target RNA via complementary antisense sequences; (2) site-specific hydrolysis of the cleavable motif of the target strand; and (3) release of cleavage products, which gives nse to another catalytic cycle. Indeed, the use of long-cham antisense polynucleotide (at least 30 bases long) or nbozymes with long antisense arms are advantageous. A preferred delivery system for antisense nbozyme is achieved by covalently linking these antisense ribozymes to lipophilic groups or to use hposomes as a convenient vector. Preferred antisense nbozymes according to the present invention are prepared as descπbed by Sczakiel et al.(1995), the specific preparation procedures being referred to m said article
Triple Helix Approach
The olfactory receptor genomic DNA may also be used to inhibit the expression of the olfactory receptor gene based on intracellular tπple helix formation.
Tnple helix oligonucleotides are used to inhibit transcπption from a genome. They are particularly useful for studying alterations in cell activity when it is associated with a particular gene.
Similarly, a portion of the olfactory receptor genomic DNA can be used to study the effect of inhibiting olfactory receptor transcπption withm a cell. Traditionally, homopunne sequences were considered the most useful for tπple helix strategies. However, homopynmidme sequences can also inhibit gene expression. Such homopynmidme oligonucleotides bind to the major groove at homopunne :homopyπmιdme sequences. Thus, both types of sequences from the olfactory receptor genomic DNA are contemplated with the scope of this invention. To carry out gene therapy strategies using the tnple helix approach, the sequences of the olfactory receptor genomic DNA are first scanned to identify 10-mer to 20-mer homopynmidme or homopunne stretches which could be used tπple-hehx based strategies for inhibiting olfactory receptor expression. Following identification of candidate homopynmidme or homopunne stretches, their efficiency m inhibiting olfactory receptor expression is assessed by introducing varying amounts of oligonucleotides containing the candidate sequences into tissue culture cells which express the olfactory receptor gene. The oligonucleotides can be introduced into the cells using a variety of methods known to those skilled m the art, including but not limited to calcium phosphate precipitation, DEAE-Dextran, electroporation, hposome-mediated transfection or native uptake.
Treated cells are monitored for altered cell function or reduced olfactory receptor expression using techniques such as Northern blotting, RNase protection assays, or PCR based strategies to monitor the transcπption levels of the olfactory receptor gene in cells which have been treated with the oligonucleotide.
The oligonucleotides which are effective in inhibiting gene expression m tissue culture cells may then be introduced in vivo using the techniques descnbed above m the antisense approach at a dosage calculated based on the in vitro results, as described m antisense approach. In some embodiments, the natural (beta) anomers of the oligonucleotide units can be replaced with alpha anomers to render the oligonucleotide more resistant to nucleases. Further, an intercalating agent such as ethidium bromide, or the like, can be attached to the 3' end of the alpha oligonucleotide to stabilize the tnple helix. For information on the generation of oligonucleotides suitable for tπple helix formation see Gnffin et al.(1989)
H. COMPUTER-RELATED EMBODIMENTS
As used herein the term "nucleic acid codes of the invention" encompass the nucleotide sequences compnsmg, consisting essentially of, or consisting of any of the polynucleotides described in the "Coding Regions of the olfactory receptor gene" section, "Genomic sequence of the olfactory receptor gene" section and the "Oligonucleotide Probes And Primers" section, or variants thereof, or complementary sequences thereto. Homologous sequences refer to a sequence havmg at least 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, or 75% homology to these contiguous spans. Homology may be determined using any method descnbed herein, including BLAST2N with the default parameters or with any modified parameters. Homologous sequences also may include RNA sequences m which undmes replace the thymmes in the nucleic acid codes of the invention. As used herein the term "polypeptide codes of the invention" encompass the polypeptide sequences comprising any of the polypeptides described in the " OLFl to OFL10 proteins and polypeptide fragments".
It will be appreciated that the nucleic acid and polypeptide codes of the invention can be represented in the traditional single character format or three letter format respectively (See the mside back cover of Stryer, Lubert. Biochemistry, 3rd edition. W. H Freeman & Co., New York.) or in any other format or code which records the identity of the nucleotides or the ammo acid respectively a sequence.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the nucleic acid codes of the invention and polypeptide codes of the invention can be stored, recorded, and manipulated on any medium which can be read and accessed by a computer. As used herein, the words "recorded" and "stored" refer to a process for stoπng information on a computer medium. A skilled artisan can readily adopt any of the presently known methods for recording information on a computer readable medium to generate manufactures compnsmg one or more of the nucleic acid codes of the invention, or one or more of the polypeptide codes of the invention. Another aspect of the present invention is a computer readable medium having recorded thereon at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 nucleic acid codes of the invention. Another aspect of the present invention is a computer readable medium having recorded thereon at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 polypeptide codes of the invention.
Computer readable media include magnetically readable media, optically readable media, electronically readable media and magnetic/optical media For example, the computer readable media may be a hard disc, a floppy disc, a magnetic tape, CD-ROM, DVD, RAM, or ROM as well as other types of other media known to those skilled in the art.
Embodiments of the present invention include systems, particularly computer systems which contain the sequence information described herein. As used herein, "a computer system" refers to the hardware components, software components, and data storage components used to store and/or analyze the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention, the ammo acid sequences of the polypeptide codes of the invention, or other sequences. The computer system preferably includes the computer readable media descnbed above, and a processor for accessing and manipulating the sequence data.
In some embodiments, the computer system may further compπse a sequence comparer for companng the nucleic acid codes or polypeptide codes of the invention stored on a computer readable medium to reference nucleotide sequences stored on a computer readable medium A "sequence comparer" refers to one or more programs which are implemented on the computer system to compare a nucleotide or polypeptide sequence with other nucleotide or polypeptide sequences and/or compounds including but not limited to peptides, peptidomimetics, and chemicals the sequences or structures of which are stored within the data storage means. For example, the sequence comparer may compare the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the ammo acid sequences of the polypeptide codes of the invention stored on a computer readable medium to reference sequences stored on a computer readable medium to identify homologies, motifs implicated in biological function, or structural motifs. The vanous sequence comparer programs identified elsewhere m this patent specification are particularly contemplated for use in this aspect of the invention.
Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention is a computer system compnsmg a processor, a data storage device having stored thereon a nucleic acid code of the invention or a polypeptide code of the invention, a data storage device having retπevably stored thereon reference nucleotide sequences or polypeptide sequences to be compared to the nucleic acid code of the invention or polypeptide code of the invention and a sequence comparer for conducting the companson. The sequence comparer may indicate a homology level between the sequences compared or identify structural motifs the nucleic acid code of the invention and polypeptide codes of the invention or it may identify structural motifs in sequences which are compared to these nucleic acid codes and polypeptide codes. In some embodiments, the data storage device may have stored thereon the sequences of at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or polypeptide codes of the invention Another aspect of the present invention is a method for determining the level of homology between a nucleic acid code of the invention and a reference nucleotide sequence, compnsmg the steps of reading the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence through the use of a computer program which determines homology levels and determining homology between the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence with the computer program The computer program may be any of a number of computer programs for determining homology levels, including those specifically enumerated herein, including BLAST2N with the default parameters or with any modified parameters. The method may be implemented using the computer systems descπbed above. The method may also be performed by reading 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the above described nucleic acid codes of the invention through the use of the computer program and determining homology between the nucleic acid codes and reference nucleotide sequences
Alternatively, the computer program may be a computer program which compares the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the present invention, to reference nucleotide sequences in order to determine whether the nucleic acid code of the invention differs from a reference nucleic acid sequence at one or more positions Optionally such a program records the length and identity of inserted, deleted or substituted nucleotides with respect to the sequence of either the reference polynucleotide or the nucleic acid code of the invention. In one embodiment, the computer program may be a program which determines whether the nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention contain one or more single nucleotide polymoφhisms (SNP) with respect to a reference nucleotide sequence. These single nucleotide polymoφhisms may each compnse a single base substitution, insertion, or deletion
Another aspect of the present invention is a method for determining the level of homology between a polypeptide code of the invention and a reference polypeptide sequence, compnsmg the steps of reading the polypeptide code of the invention and the reference polypeptide sequence through use of a computer program which determines homology levels and determining homology between the polypeptide code and the reference polypeptide sequence using the computer program.
Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is a method for determining whether a nucleic acid code of the invention differs at one or more nucleotides from a reference nucleotide sequence comprising the steps of reading the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence through use of a computer program which identifies differences between nucleic acid sequences and identifying differences between the nucleic acid code and the reference nucleotide sequence with the computer program. In some embodiments, the computer program is a program which identifies single nucleotide polymoφhisms. The method may be implemented by the computer systems descπbed above. The method may also be performed by reading at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the nucleic acid codes of the invention and the reference nucleotide sequences through the use of the computer program and identifying differences between the nucleic acid codes and the reference nucleotide sequences with the computer program. An "identifier" refers to one or more programs which identifies certain features within the above-descnbed nucleotide sequences of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the ammo acid sequences of the polypeptide codes of the invention.
In one embodiment, the identifier may comprise a molecular modeling program which determines the 3-dιmensιonal structure of the polypeptides codes of the invention. In some embodiments, the molecular modeling program identifies target sequences that are most compatible with profiles representing the structural environments of the residues m known three-dimensional protein structures. (See, e.g., Eisenberg et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,436,850 issued July 25, 1995). In another technique, the known three-dimensional structures of proteins m a given family are supenmposed to define the structurally conserved regions in that family This protein modeling technique also uses the known three-dimensional structure of a homologous protein to approximate the structure of the polypeptide codes of the invention. (See e g., Sπmvasan, et al., U.S Patent No. 5,557,535 issued September 17, 1996). Conventional homology modeling techniques have been used routinely to build models of proteases and antibodies (Sowdhammi et al., ( 1997)). Comparative approaches can also be used to develop three-dimensional protein models when the protein of interest has poor sequence identity to template proteins. In some cases, proteins fold into similar three-dimensional structures despite having very weak sequence identities. For example, the three-dimensional structures of a number of helical cytokmes fold in similar three-dimensional topology in spite of weak sequence homology.
The recent development of threading methods now enables the identification of likely folding patterns m a number of situations where the structural relatedness between target and template(s) is not detectable at the sequence level. Hybπd methods, m which fold recognition is performed using Multiple Sequence Threading (MST), structural equivalencies are deduced from the threading output using a distance geometry program DRAGON to construct a low resolution model, and a full-atom representation is constructed using a molecular modeling package such as QUANTA. According to this 3-step approach, candidate templates are first identified by using the novel fold recognition algonthm MST, which is capable of performing simultaneous threading of multiple aligned sequences onto one or more 3-D structures. In a second step, the structural equivalencies obtained from the MST output are converted into mterresidue distance restraints and fed into the distance geometry program DRAGON, together with auxiliary information obtained from secondary structure predictions. The program combines the restraints an unbiased manner and rapidly generates a large number of low resolution model confirmations. In a third step, these 5 low resolution model confirmations are converted into full-atom models and subjected to energy minimization using the molecular modeling package QUANTA. (See e.g., Aszόdi et al., (1997)). he results of the molecular modeling analysis may then be used in rational drug design techniques to identify agents which modulate the activity of the polypeptide codes of the invention. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is a method of identifying a feature
10 with the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention compnsmg reading the nucleic acid code(s) or the polypeptide code(s) through the use of a computer program which identifies features therein and identifying features within the nucleic acid code(s) or polypeptide code(s) with the computer program. In one embodiment, computer program compπses a computer program which identifies open reading frames. In a further embodiment, the computer
15 program identifies structural motifs m a polypeptide sequence. In another embodiment, the computer program compπses a molecular modeling program. The method may be performed by reading a single sequence or at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 of the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention through the use of the computer program and identifying features within the nucleic acid codes or polypeptide codes with the computer program.
20 The nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention may be stored and manipulated m a vanety of data processor programs m a vaπety of formats. For example, they may be stored as text in a word processing file, such as MicrosoftWORD or WORDPERFECT or as an ASCII file m a vanety of database programs familiar to those of skill m the art, such as DB2, SYBASE, or ORACLE. In addition, many computer programs and databases may be used as sequence
25 comparers, identifiers, or sources of reference nucleotide or polypeptide sequences to be compared to the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention. The following list is intended not to limit the invention but to provide guidance to programs and databases which are useful with the nucleic acid codes of the invention or the polypeptide codes of the invention. The programs and databases which may be used include, but are not limited to: MacPattern (EMBL), DiscoveryBase
30 (Molecular Applications Group), GeneMme (Molecular Applications Group), Look (Molecular Applications Group), MacLook (Molecular Applications Group), BLAST and BLAST2 (NCBI), BLASTN and BLASTX (Altschul et al, 1990), FASTA (Pearson and Lipman, 1988), FASTDB (Brutlag et al., 1990), Catalyst (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Catalyst/SHAPE (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Cenus2.DBAccess (Molecular Simulations Inc.), HypoGen (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Insight
35 13, (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Discover (Molecular Simulations Inc.), CHARMm (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Felix (Molecular Simulations Inc.), DelPhi, (Molecular Simulations Inc.), QuanteMM, (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Homology (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Modeler (Molecular Simulations Inc.), ISIS (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Quanta/Protein Design (Molecular Simulations Inc.), WebLab (Molecular Simulations Inc.), WebLab Diversity Explorer (Molecular Simulations Inc.), Gene Explorer (Molecular Simulations Inc.), SeqFold (Molecular Simulations Inc.), the EMBL/Swissprotem database, the MDL Available Chemicals Directory database, the MDL Drug Data Report data base, the Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry database, Derwents's World Drug Index database, the BioByteMasterFile database, the Genbank database, and the Genseqn database. Many other programs and data bases would be apparent to one of skill in the art given the present disclosure.
Motifs which may be detected using the above programs include sequences encoding leucine zippers, hehx-turn-hehx motifs, glycosylation sites, ubiquitmation sites, alpha helices, and beta sheets, signal sequences encoding signal peptides which direct the secretion of the encoded proteins, sequences implicated in transcription regulation such as homeoboxes, acidic stretches, enzymatic active sites, substrate binding sites, and enzymatic cleavage sites.
Throughout this application, various publications, patents and published patent applications are cited. The disclosures of these publications, patents and published patent specification referenced in this application are hereby mcoφorated by reference into the present disclosure to more fully descπbe the sate of the art to which this invention pertains.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1 : LOCALIZATION OF THE OLFACTORY RECEPTOR GENE OLF3 AND OLF5 ON THE HUMAN CHROMOSOMES.
Metaphase chromosome preparation
Metaphase chromosomes were prepared from phytohemagglutmin (PHA)-stιmulated blood cell donors. PHA stimulated lymphocytes from healthy males were cultured for 72 h in RPMI-1640 medium. For synchronization, methotrexate (10 μM) was added for 17 h, followed by addition of 5- bromodeoxyuπdine (5-BrdU, 0.1 mM) for 6 h. Colcemid (1 mg/ml) was added for the last 15 mm before harvesting the cells. Cells were collected, washed m RPMI, incubated with a hypotomc solution of KC1 (75 mM) at 37°C for 15 min and fixed in three changes of methano acid acetic (3: 1). The cell suspension was dropped onto a glass slide, air-dried and kept in darkness at -20°C until use.
Probes:
- The BAC H0526H04 containing 01f3 and 01f5 genes was used to generate probe by Alu- PCR. PCR amplification of BAC recombinant DNA (50 ng) was carried out as described by Romana et al. (1993). - Two DNA fragments carrying respectively 01f3 and 01f5 sequences were generated by long range PCR with specific pπmers (SEQ ID 96-99) and used as probes to confirm the localization of each genes. 01f3 and 01f5 amphcons are respectively 2.8 kb and 3.2 kb fragments.
Probes were labeled by nick translation with bιo-16-dUTP (Boehnnger Mannheim), and punfied over a Sephadex G50 column.
Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization
To determine the chromosomal localization of both genes, the BAC probe was initially hybridized to human metaphase cells. When biotinylated PCR products of BAC DNA were used in hybridization experiment, 75 ng of probe was precipitated with 75 μg of competitor DNA (human Cotl DNA, GIBCO-BRL) and resuspended in 10 μl of hybπdization buffer (50% formamide, 2 X SSC, 10%) dextran sulfate, 1 mg/ml sonicated hernng DNA, pH 7). When long range PCR products of 01f3 or 01f5 genes were used as probe, 5 ng of biotinylated probe were mixed with 5 μg of human Cotl DNA. Prior to hybridization, the probe was denatured at 70°C for 10 min and preannealed at 37°C for 2 h. Slides were treated for 1 h at 37°C with Rnase A (100 μg/ml), rinsed three times m 2 X SSC and dehydrated in an ethanol seπe. Chromosome preparations were denatured in 70% formamide, 2 X SSC (pH 7), for 2 min at 70°C, then dehydrated at 4°C The slides were treated with proteinase K (10 μg/ml in 20 mM Tris-HCl, 2 M CaC12) at 37°C for 8-10 min and dehydrated. After preannealmg, the hybridization mixture containing the probe was placed on the slide, covered with a coverslip, sealed with rubber cement and incubated overnight in a humid chamber at 37°C. After hybridization and post hybridization washes, the biotinylated probe was detected by avidin-FITC (5 μg/ml, Vector Laboratories) and amplified once with additional layers of biotinylated goat anti- avidm (5 μg ml, Vector Laboratories) and avidin-FITC. For chromosomal localization, fluorescent R-Bands were obtained as described by Chenf et al. (1990). The slides were observed under a LEICA fluorescent microscope (DMRXA). Chromosomes were counterstained with propidium iodide and the fluorescent signal of the probe appeared as two symmetrical yellow-green spots on both chromatids of the fluorescent R-band chromosome.
Localization
A specific signal (a double yellow-green spot) was observed on band 1 Iql2-ql3 on at least on chromosome 11 in >80% of the metaphases with all the probes.
EXAMPLE 2 : IDENTIFICATION OF BIALLELIC MARKERS: DNA EXTRACTION
Donors were unrelated and healthy. They presented a sufficient diversity for being representative of a French heterogeneous population. The DNA from 100 individuals was extracted and tested for the detection of the biallehc markers. 30 ml of peripheral venous blood were taken from each donor in the presence of EDTA. Cells (pellet) were collected after centrifugation for 10 minutes at 2000 φm. Red cells were lysed by a lysis solution (50 ml final volume : 10 mM Tris pH7.6; 5 mM MgCl2; 10 mM NaCI). The solution was centrifuged (10 minutes, 2000 φm) as many times as necessary to eliminate the residual red cells present in the supernatant, after resuspension of the pellet in the lysis solution.
The pellet of white cells was lysed overnight at 42°C with 3.7 ml of lysis solution composed of:
- 3 ml TE 10-2 (Tris-HCl 10 mM, EDTA 2 mM) / NaCI 0.4 M - 200 μl SDS 10% - 500 μl K-proteinase (2 mg K-proteinase in TE 10-2 / NaCI 0.4 M).
For the extraction of proteins, 1 ml saturated NaCI (6M) (1/3.5 v/v) was added. After vigorous agitation, the solution was centrifuged for 20 minutes at 10000 φm.
For the precipitation of DNA, 2 to 3 volumes of 100% ethanol were added to the previous supernatant, and the solution was centrifuged for 30 minutes at 2000 φm. The DNA solution was rinsed three times with 70% ethanol to eliminate salts, and centrifuged for 20 minutes at 2000 φm. The pellet was dried at 37°C, and resuspended in 1 ml TE 10-1 or 1 ml water. The DNA concentration was evaluated by measuring the OD at 260 nm ( 1 unit OD = 50 μg/ml DNA).
To determine the presence of proteins in the DNA solution, the OD 260 / OD 280 ratio was determined. Only DNA preparations having a OD 260 / OD 280 ratio between 1.8 and 2 were used in the subsequent examples described below.
The pool was constituted by mixing equivalent quantities of DNA from each individual.
EXAMPLE 3 : IDENTIFICATION OF BIALLELIC MARKERS: AMPLIFICATION OF GENOMIC DNA BY PCR
The amplification of specific genomic sequences of the DNA samples of example 2 was carried out on the pool of DNA obtained previously. In addition, 50 individual samples were similarly amplified.
PCR assays were performed using the following protocol:
Final volume 25 μl
DNA 2 ng/μl MgCl2 2 mM dNTP (each) 200 μM primer (each) 2.9 ng/μl
Ampli Taq Gold DNA polymerase 0.05 unit/μl
PCR buffer (lOx = 0.1 M TrisHCl pH8.3 0.5M KC1 lx Each pair of first primers was designed using the sequence information of the olfactory receptor gene cluster disclosed herein and the OSP software (Hillier & Green, 1991). This first pair n of pπmers was about 20 nucleotides in length and had the sequences disclosed m Table 1 in the columns labeled PU and RP.
Table 1
Figure imgf000083_0001
5 Preferably, the pnmers contained a common oligonucleotide tail upstream of the specific bases targeted for amplification which was useful for sequencing.
Primers PU contain the following additional PU 5" sequence : TGTAAAACGACGGCCAGT; primers RP contain the following RP 5' sequence : CAGGAAACAGCTATGACC. The primer containing the additional PU 5' sequence is listed in 10 SEQ ID No 26. The primer containing the additional RP 5' sequence is listed in SEQ ID No 27.
The synthesis of these primers was performed following the phosphoramidite method, on a GENSET UFPS 24.1 synthesizer.
DNA amplification was performed on a Genius II thermocycler. After heating at 95°C for 10 min, 40 cycles were performed. Each cycle comprised: 30 sec at 95°C, 54°C for 1 min, and 30 sec at 15 72°C. For final elongation, 10 min at 72°C ended the amplification. The quantities of the amplification products obtained were determined on 96-well microtiter plates, using a fluorometer and Picogreen as mtercalant agent (Molecular Probes).
EXAMPLE 4 : IDENTIFICATION OF BIALLELIC MARKERS: SEQUENCING OF AMPLIFIED GENOMIC DNA AND IDENTIFICATION OF POLYMORPHISMS.
20 The sequencing of the amplified DNA obtained in example 3 was earned out on ABI 377 sequencers. The sequences of the amphfication products were determined using automated dideoxy terminator sequencing reactions with a dye terminator cycle sequencing protocol. The products of the sequencing reactions were run on sequencing gels and the sequences were determined using gel image analysis (ABI Prism DNA Sequencing Analysis software (2.1.2 version)). The sequence data were further evaluated using the above mentioned polymoφhism analysis software designed to detect the presence of biallelic markers among the pooled amplified fragments. The polymoφhism search was based on the presence of superimposed peaks in the electrophoresis pattern resulting from different bases occurring at the same position as described previously.
11 fragments of amplification were analyzed. In these segments, 13 biallelic markers referred to as Al to A13 in the BM column were detected. The localization of these biallelic markers is as shown in Table 2.
Table 2
Figure imgf000084_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000084_0002
EXAMPLE 5 : VALIDATION OF THE POLYMORPHISMS THROUGH MICROSEQUENCING
The biallehc markers identified in example 4 were further confirmed and their respective frequencies were determined through microsequencmg. Microsequencmg was carried out for each individual DNA sample described m Example 2.
Amplification from genomic DNA of individuals was performed by PCR as descnbed above for the detection of the biallehc markers with the same set of PCR pnmers (Table 1).
The preferred pnmers used in microsequencmg were about 19 nucleotides m length and hybridized just upstream of the considered polymoφhic base. According to the invention, the primers used in microsequencmg are detailed in Table 4.
Table 4
Figure imgf000085_0001
Mis 1 and Mis 2 respectively refer to microsequenc g pπmers which hybridized with the non-codmg strand of the olfactory receptor gene or with the coding strand of the olfactory receptor gene.
The microsequencmg reaction was performed as follows :
After punfication of the amplification products, the microsequencing reaction mixture was prepared by adding, in a 20μl final volume: 10 pmol microsequencing oligonucleotide, 1 U Thermosequenase (Amersham E79000G), 1.25 μl Thermosequenase buffer (260 mM Tris HC1 pH 9.5, 65 mM MgCl2), and the two appropnate fluorescent ddNTPs (Perkm Elmer, Dye Terminator Set 401095) complementary to the nucleotides at the polymoφhic site of each biallehc marker tested, following the manufacturer's recommendations. After 4 minutes at 94°C, 20 PCR cycles of 15 sec at 55°C, 5 sec at 72°C, and 10 sec at 94°C were carried out in a Tetrad PTC-225 thermocycler (MJ Research). The unincoφorated dye terminators were then removed by ethanol precipitation. Samples were finally resuspended in formamide-EDTA loading buffer and heated for 2 min at 95°C before being loaded on a polyacrylamide sequencing gel. The data were collected by an ABI PRISM 377 DNA sequencer and processed using the GENESCAN software (Perkin Elmer).
Following gel analysis, data were automatically processed with software that allows the determination of the alleles of biallelic markers present in each amplified fragment. The software evaluates such factors as whether the intensities of the signals resulting from the above microsequencing procedures are weak, normal, or saturated, or whether the signals are ambiguous. In addition, the software identifies significant peaks (according to shape and height criteria). Among the significant peaks, peaks corresponding to the targeted site are identified based on their position. When two significant peaks are detected for the same position, each sample is categorized classification as homozygous or heterozygous type based on the height ratio.
While the preferred embodiment of the invention has been illustrated and described, it will be appreciated that various changes can be made therein by the one skilled in the art without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
REFERENCES :
Adra et al.,1987, Gene, 60:65-74
Beard et al., 1980, Virology, Vol. 75:81
Beaucage et al., Tetrahedron Lett 1981, 22: 1859-1862
Bolmont et al., J. of Submicroscopic cytology and pathology, 1990, 22: 1 17-122 Brown EL, Belagaje R, Ryan MJ, Khorana HG, Methods Enzymol 1979;68: 109-151
Chai H. et al., 1993, Biotechnol. Appl. Biochem., 18:259-273
Cherif D, Julier C, Delattre O, Derre J, Lathrop GM and Berger R, P.N.A.S. USA (1990) 87: 6639-
6643
Compton J. Nature. 1991 Mar 7; 350(6313): 91-92. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 1989, Ausubel FM et al. (eds), Greene Publishing
Associates, Sections 9.10-9.14.
Davis, L. et al. Basic Methods in Molecular Biology Elsevier, New York. Section 21-2
Engvall E, 1980, Methods Enzymol, 70(A):419-439
Feldman and Steg, 1996, Medecine/Sciences, synthese, 12:47-55 Feigner et al., 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 84:7413
Fisher, D., Chap. 42 in: Manual of Clinical Immunology, 2d Ed. (Rose and Friedman, Eds.) Amer. Soc.
For Microbiol., Washington, D.C. (1980).
Flotte et al., 1992, Am. J. Respir. Cell Mol. Biol., 7 : 349-356.
Fraley et al., 1980, J. Biol. Chem., 255:10431). Fuller S.A. et al., 1996, Immunology in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel et al. Eds,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA Graham, 1984, EMBO J., 3:2917
Guatelli JC et al., 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87 : 1874-1878.
Guzman, 1981 , Cell, 23 : 175
Hames BD and Higgins SJ, 1985, "Nucleic acid hybridization : a practical approach", Hames and Higgins Ed., IRL Press, Oxford.
Harju L, et al., Clin Chem 1993;39(1 lPt l):2282-2287
Hartley JW, Rowe WP, J Virol 1976; 19(1): 19-25
Hillier L. and Green P. Methods Appl, 1991, 1: 124-8.
Houbenweyl, 1974, in Meuthode der Organischen Chemie, E. Wunsch Ed., Volume 15-1 et 15-11, Thieme, Stuttgart
Huygen et al., 1996, Nature Medicine, 2(8):893-898
Julan et al., 1992, J. Gen. Virol., 73 : 3251 - 3255.
Kaneda et al., 1989, Science, 243:375
Kiefer H et al., 1996, Biochemistry, 35(50):16077-16084. Koch Y., 1977, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 74:488-491
Kohler G. and Milstein C, 1975, Nature, 256 : 495.
Kort et al., 1983, Nucleic Acids Research, 11:8287-8301
Lenhard T. et al., 1996, Gene, 169:187-190
Levrero et al., 1991, Gene, 101:195 Lin Z, Floras J, 1998, Biotechniques, 24(6):937-940
Livak KJ, and Hainer JW., 1994, Hum Mutat., 3(4): 379-385.
Mackey K, Steinkamp A, Chomczynski P, 1998, Mol Biotechnol, 9(1): 1-5
Mansour SL, Thomas KR, Capecchi MR, N-.t-.re 1988;336(6197):348-52
McLaughlin et al., 1989, J. Virol., 62 : 1963 - 1973. Merrifield RB 1965 Nature. 207: 522-523.
Merrifield RB 1965 Science. 150: 178-185.
Midoux, 1993, Nucleic Acids Research, 21:871-878
Muzyczka et al., 1992, Curr. Topics in Micro, and Immunol., 158 : 97-129.
Narang SA, Hsiung HM, Brousseau R, Methods Enzymol 1979;68:90-98 Neda et al., 1991, J. Biol. Chem., 266 : 14143 - 14146.
Nekrasova E, Sosinskaya A, Natochin M, Lancet D, Gat U, EurJ Biochem 1996;238(l):28-37
O'Reilly et al., 1992, Baculovirus expression vectors : a Laboratory Manual. W.H. Freeman and Co.,
New York Adra et al., 1987, Gene, 60:65-74
Ohno et al., 1994, Sciences, 265:781-784 Ohwada A, Hirschowitz EA, Crystal RG, Hum Gene Ther 1996;7: 1567-76
Ouchterlony, O. et al., Chap. 19 in: Handbook of Experimental Immunology D. Wier (ed) Blackwell
(1973) Pagano et al., 1967, J. Virol., 1:891
Palmer S et al., 1989, Biochim Biophys Acta, 1014(3):239-246.
Pastore, 1994, Circulation, 90:1-517
PCR Methods and Applications" (1991 , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 5 Pearson WR, Lrpman DJ, røc Natl Acad Sci US A 1988;85(8).2444-8
Porath J et al., 1975, Nature, 258(5536) : 598-599.
Raming K et al., 1993, Nature, 361(6410):353-356
Rettlez and Basenga, 1987, Mol. Cell. Biol., 7:1676-1685
Romana SP, Tachdjian G, Druart L, Cohen D, Berger R, Chenf D EurJHum Genet (1993) 1: 245- 10 251.
Roth J.A. et al., 1996, Nature Medicine, 2(9):985-991
Rougeot, C. et al.,. Eur. J Biochem 219 (3): 765-773, 1994
Sambrook, J. Fntsch, E. F., and T. Maniatis. 1989. Molecular cloning: a laboratory manual. 2ed.
Cold Spπng Harbor Laboratory, Cold spring Harbor, New York 15 Samulski et al, 1989, J. Virol., 63 : 3822-3828.
Sanchez-Pescador R., 1988, J. Chn. Microbiol., 26(10): 1934-1938
Sczakiel G. et al., 1995, Trends Microbiol., 1995, 3(6):213-217
Smith et al., 1983, Mol. Cell. Biol., 3:2156-2165.
Sterner AL et al., 1972, J Biol Chem, 247(4):1106-1113 0 Syvanen AC, et al., 1994, Hum Mutat., 3(3): 172-179.
Tacson et al., 1996, Nature Medicine, 2(8):888-892
Tucker J, Gπsshammer R, Biochem J 1996;317( Pt 3): 891-899
Urdea M.S., 1988, Nucleic Acids Research, 11: 4937-4957
Urdea MS et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Symp Ser., 24: 197-200. 5 Vaitukaitis J. et al., 1971, J. Chn. Endocnnol. Metab., 33 : 988-991
Vlasak R. et al., 1983, Eur. J. Biochem., 135:123-126
White, B.A. Molecular Cloning to Genetic Engineenng Ed. m Methods m Molecular Biology 67:
Humana Press, Totowa 1997
Zhao H et al., 1998, Science, 279(5348):237-242 0 Zhenlm et al., Gene, 1989, 78:243-254. SEQUENCE LISTING FREE TEXT
The following free text appears in the accompanying Sequence Listing : open reading frame ubiquitin 1 pseudogene complement ubiquitin 2 pseudogene complement polymoφhic base or complement probe sequencing oligonucleotide PrimerPU sequencing oligonucleotide PrimerRP

Claims

What is claimed:
1. An isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotide comprising a contiguous span of at least 12 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complements thereof, wherein said contiguous span comprises at least 1 of the following nucleotide positions of SEQ ID No 1 : 1-113643, 114064-
5 127488, 127855-144460.
2. An isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotide comprising a contiguous span of at least 12 nucleotides of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 2-11 or the complements thereof. 0
3. An isolated, puπfied, or recombinant polynucleotide consisting essentially of a contiguous span of 8 to 50 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complement thereof, wherein said span includes an olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker in said sequence.
5 4. A polynucleotide according to claim 3, wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13, and the complements thereof.
5. A polynucleotide according to claims 3 or 4, wherein said contiguous span is 18 to 47 nucleotides in length and said biallehc marker is withm 4 nucleotides of the center of said 0 polynucleotide.
6. A polynucleotide according to claim 5, wherein said polynucleotide consists essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: PI to PI 3, and the complementary sequences thereto. 5
7. A polynucleotide according to any one of claims 1, 2 or 3, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is present at the 3' end of said polynucleotide.
8. A polynucleotide according to claims 3 or 4, wherein the 3' end of said contiguous span is 0 located at the 3' end of said polynucleotide and said biallehc marker is present at the 3' end of said polynucleotide.
9. An isolated, punfied, or recombinant polynucleotide consisting essentially of a contiguous span of 8 to 50 nucleotides of SEQ ID No 1 or the complement thereof, wherein the 3' end of said 5 contiguous span is located at the 3' end of said polynucleotide, and wherein the 3' end of said polynucleotide is located within 20 nucleotides upstream of an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence.
10. A polynucleotide according to claim 9, wherein the 3' end of said polynucleotide is located 1 nucleotide upstream of said olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker in said sequence.
11. A polynucleotide according to claim 10, wherein said polynucleotide consists essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: DI to D13, and El to El 3.
12. A polynucleotide according to claim 7 consisting essentially of a sequence selected from the following sequences: BI to BI 1 and Cl to Cl l.
13. An isolated, purified, or recombinant polynucleotide which encodes a polypeptide comprising a contiguous span of at least 6 amino acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21.
14. A polynucleotide for use in a genotyping assay for determining the identity of the nucleotide at an olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker or the complement thereof.
15. A polynucleotide according to claim 14, wherein the polynucleotide is used in an assay selected from the group consisting of: a hybridization assay, a sequencing assay, an enzyme-based mismatch detection assay, and an amplification of a segment of nucleotides comprising said biallelic marker.
16. A polynucleotide according to any one of claims 1-15 attached to a solid support.
17. An array of polynucleotides comprising at least one polynucleotide according to claim 16.
18. An array according to claim 17, wherein said array is addressable.
19. A polynucleotide according to any one of claims 1-15, further comprising a label.
20. A recombinant vector comprising a polynucleotide according to any one of claims 1-15.
21. A host cell comprising a recombinant vector according to claim 20.
22. A non-human host animal or mammal comprising a recombinant vector according to claim 20.
23. A mammalian host cell compπsing an olfactory receptor gene disrupted by homologous recombination with a knock out vector, comprising a polynucleotide according to any one of claims
1-15.
24. A non-human host mammal comprising an olfactory receptor gene disrupted by homologous recombination with a knock out vector, comprising a polynucleotide according to any one of claims 1-15.
25. An isolated, punfied, or recombinant polypeptide comprising a contiguous span of at least 6 am o acids of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21.
26. An isolated or punfied antibody composition are capable of selectively binding to an epitope-contammg fragment of a polypeptide according to claim 25.
27. A method of genotyping comprising determining the identity of a nucleotide at an olfactory receptor-related biallehc marker or the complement thereof in a biological sample.
28. A method according to claim 27, wherein said biological sample is derived from a single subject.
29. A method according to claim 28, wherein the identity of the nucleotides at said biallehc marker is determined for both copies of said biallehc marker present in said individual's genome.
30. A method according to claim 27, wherein said biological sample is denved from multiple subjects.
31. A method according to claim 27, further comprising amplifying a portion of said sequence comprising the biallehc marker pπor to said determining step.
32. A method according to claim 31 , wherein said amplifying step is performed by PCR.
33. A method according to claim 27, wherein said determining is performed by an assay selected from the group consisting of: a hybndization assay, a sequencing assay, a microsequencmg assay, and an enzyme-based mismatch detection assay.
34. A method according to claim 27 wherein said olfactory receptor-related biallelic marker is selected from the group consisting of Al to A13 and the complements thereof.
35. A method for the screening of a candidate substance interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, or fragments or variants thereof, comprises the following steps : a) providing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the sequences of SEQ ED Nos 12-21 , or a peptide fragment or a variant thereof; b) obtaining a candidate substance; c) bringing into contact said polypeptide with said candidate substance; and d) detecting the complexes formed between said polypeptide and said candidate substance.
36. A method for the screening of ligand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said method comprises : a) providing a recombinant eukaryotic host cell containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21; b) preparing membrane extracts of said recombinant eukaryotic host ceil; c) bringing into contact the membrane extracts prepared at step b) with a selected ligand molecule; and d) detecting the production level of second messengers metabolites.
37. A method for the screening of ligand molecules interacting with an olfactory receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID Nos 12-21, wherein said method comprises : a) providing an adenovirus containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of the polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequences SEQ ID Nos 12-21; b) infecting an olfactory epithelium with said adenovirus; c) bringing into contact the olfactory epithelium b) with a selected ligand molecule; and d) detecting the increase of the response to said ligand molecule.
PCT/IB1999/001729 1998-10-14 1999-10-13 Genes encoding olfactory receptors and biallelic markers thereof WO2000021985A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU61176/99A AU6117699A (en) 1998-10-14 1999-10-13 Genes encoding olfactory receptors and biallelic markers thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10429998P 1998-10-14 1998-10-14
US60/104,299 1998-10-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000021985A2 true WO2000021985A2 (en) 2000-04-20
WO2000021985A3 WO2000021985A3 (en) 2000-08-03

Family

ID=22299733

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB1999/001729 WO2000021985A2 (en) 1998-10-14 1999-10-13 Genes encoding olfactory receptors and biallelic markers thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU6117699A (en)
WO (1) WO2000021985A2 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001027275A1 (en) * 1999-10-13 2001-04-19 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Novel human membrane proteins
WO2001036484A1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2001-05-25 Merck Patent Gmbh New olfactory receptor polypeptides and dna sequences thereof
WO2002036632A2 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-10 Curagen Corporation Single nucleotide polymorphisms in nucleic acids encoding human olfactory receptor-like polypeptides
WO2002052047A3 (en) * 2000-12-22 2004-02-12 Mergen Ltd Methods for identifying g-protein coupled receptors associated with diseases
EP1612222A2 (en) * 2000-09-22 2006-01-04 ChemCom S.A. Olfactory and pheromones G-protein coupled receptors
US7579453B2 (en) 2003-06-19 2009-08-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Dapartment Of Health And Human Services Variants of human taste receptor genes
CN104152458A (en) * 2014-08-19 2014-11-19 新疆旺源驼奶实业有限公司 Nucleotide sequence for coding bactrian camel olfaction receptor, bactrian camel olfaction receptor and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995018140A1 (en) * 1993-12-28 1995-07-06 Yeda Research & Development Co., Ltd. Olfactory genes and receptors

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995018140A1 (en) * 1993-12-28 1995-07-06 Yeda Research & Development Co., Ltd. Olfactory genes and receptors

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BUETTNER J A ET AL: "Organization and evolution of olfactory receptor genes on human chromosome 11." GENOMICS, (1998 OCT 1) 53 (1) 56-68., XP002135640 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] EBI accesssion no. AC004474, 30 March 1998 (1998-03-30) BIRREN B. ET AL.: " Homo sapiens chromosome Y, clone 475I1, complete sequence" XP002135642 *
ROUQUIER S ET AL: "Distribution of olfactory receptor genes in the human genome" NATURE GENETICS, vol. 18, no. 3, 18 March 1998 (1998-03-18), pages 243-250, XP002111208 *
TRASK BARBARA J ET AL: "Members of the olfactory receptor gene family are contained in large blocks of DNA duplicated polymorphically near the ends of human chromosomes." HUMAN MOLECULAR GENETICS JAN., 1998, vol. 7, no. 1, January 1998 (1998-01), pages 13-26, XP002135641 ISSN: 0964-6906 *

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001027275A1 (en) * 1999-10-13 2001-04-19 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Novel human membrane proteins
WO2001036484A1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2001-05-25 Merck Patent Gmbh New olfactory receptor polypeptides and dna sequences thereof
EP1612222A2 (en) * 2000-09-22 2006-01-04 ChemCom S.A. Olfactory and pheromones G-protein coupled receptors
EP1612222A3 (en) * 2000-09-22 2006-10-25 ChemCom S.A. Olfactory and pheromones G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002036632A2 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-10 Curagen Corporation Single nucleotide polymorphisms in nucleic acids encoding human olfactory receptor-like polypeptides
WO2002036632A3 (en) * 2000-11-02 2003-08-14 Curagen Corp Single nucleotide polymorphisms in nucleic acids encoding human olfactory receptor-like polypeptides
WO2002052047A3 (en) * 2000-12-22 2004-02-12 Mergen Ltd Methods for identifying g-protein coupled receptors associated with diseases
US7579453B2 (en) 2003-06-19 2009-08-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Dapartment Of Health And Human Services Variants of human taste receptor genes
US8309701B2 (en) 2003-06-19 2012-11-13 The United States of America as represented by the Secrectary of the Department of Health and Human Services Variants of human taste receptor genes
US9783590B2 (en) 2003-06-19 2017-10-10 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Variants of human taste receptor genes
CN104152458A (en) * 2014-08-19 2014-11-19 新疆旺源驼奶实业有限公司 Nucleotide sequence for coding bactrian camel olfaction receptor, bactrian camel olfaction receptor and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2000021985A3 (en) 2000-08-03
AU6117699A (en) 2000-05-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7432367B2 (en) Nucleic acid encoding a retinoblastoma binding protein (RBP-7) and polymorphic markers associated with said nucleic acid
US6429011B1 (en) Neuronal apoptosis inhibitor protein gene sequence and mutations causative of spinal muscular atrophy
EP1071710A2 (en) Genomic sequence of the 5-lipoxygenase-activating protein (flap), polymorphic markers thereof and methods for detection of asthma
US20080184381A1 (en) Schizophrenia-related voltage-gated ion channel gene and protein
EP1307560B1 (en) Schizophrenia related gene and protein
EP1127120B1 (en) Genomic and complete cdna sequences of human adipocyte-specific apm1 and biallelic markers thereof
WO2000021985A2 (en) Genes encoding olfactory receptors and biallelic markers thereof
AU2002233573A1 (en) Schizophrenia-related voltage-gated ion channel gene and protein
US6472517B1 (en) Nucleic acids encoding human CIDE-B protein and polymorphic markers thereof
WO2001014550A1 (en) Prostate cancer-relased gene 3 (pg-3) and biallelic markers thereof
WO2000005382A2 (en) A nucleic acid encoding a geranyl-geranyl pyrophosphate synthetase (ggpps) and polymorphic markers associated with said nucleic acid
WO2000063375A1 (en) Dna encoding a kinesin-like protein (hklp) comprising biallelic markers
AU2004202848B2 (en) A nucleic acid encoding a retinoblastoma binding protein (RBP-7) and polymorphic markers associated with said nucleic acid
WO2001040493A2 (en) Schizophrenia associated gene, proteins and biallelic markers
WO2000008209A2 (en) Nucleic acids encoding human tbc-1 protein and polymorphic markers thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase